SEC Filing | LPL Financial Holdings

View:

Download DOC

Download PDF

Download XLS

Download XBRL

LPLA 2011.12.31 10-K

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K



x	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
	For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011
or
o	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
	For the transition period from________to

Commission file number 001-34963

LPL Investment Holdings Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)



Delaware	20-3717839
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

One Beacon Street, Boston, MA 02108

(Address of principal executive offices; including zip code)

617-423-3644

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:



Title of Each Class	Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock — $.001 par value per share	NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes o No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):



Large accelerated filer x	Accelerated filer o	Non-accelerated filer o	Smaller reporting company o
		(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o No x

As of June 30, 2011, the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $1.3 billion. For purposes of this information, the outstanding shares of Common Stock owned by directors and executive officers of the registrant were deemed to be shares of the voting stock held by affiliates.

The number of shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, outstanding as of February 20, 2012 was 110,814,426.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement to be delivered to stockholders in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III.

TABLE OF CONTENTS



		Page
PART I
Item 1	Business	1
Item 1A	Risk Factors	14
Item 1B	Unresolved Staff Comments	27
Item 2	Properties	27
Item 3	Legal Proceedings	27
Item 4	Mine Safety Disclosures	27

PART II
Item 5	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	28
Item 6	Selected Financial Data	31
Item 7	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	33
Item 7A	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	62
Item 8	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	65
Item 9	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	65
Item 9A	Controls and Procedures	65
Item 9B	Other Information	67

PART III
Item 10	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	67
Item 11	Executive Compensation	69
Item 12	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	69
Item 13	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	69
Item 14	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	69

PART IV
Item 15	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	70
EXHIBIT INDEX		70
SIGNATURES		73

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information required by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"). You may read and copy any document we file with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, U.S.A. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room. Our SEC filings are also available to the public from the SEC’s internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

On our Internet website, http://www.lpl.com, we post the following recent filings as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC: our annual reports on Form 10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, our current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Hard copies of all such filings are available free of charge by request via email (investor.relations@lpl.com), telephone (617) 897-4574, or mail (LPL Financial Investor Relations at One Beacon Street, 22nd Floor, Boston, MA 02108). The information contained or incorporated on our website is not a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

When we use the terms “LPLIH”, “we”, “us”, “our”, and the “firm” we mean LPL Investment Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as well as any predecessor entities, unless the context otherwise indicates.

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Item 7 — “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” — and other sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K contain forward-looking statements (regarding future financial position, budgets, business strategy, projected costs, plans, objectives of management for future operations, and other similar matters) that involve risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements can be identified by words such as “anticipates”, “expects”, “believes”, “plans”, “predicts”, and similar terms. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and there are important factors that could cause our actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from the results, level of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements including, but not limited to, changes in general economic and financial market conditions, fluctuations in the value of assets under management, our ability to close and integrate our acquisition of Fortigent Holdings Company, Inc., effects of competition in the financial services industry, changes in the number of our financial advisors and institutions and their ability to effectively market financial products and services, the effect of current, pending and future legislation and regulation and regulatory actions. In particular, you should consider the numerous risks outlined in Part I, Item 1A — “Risk Factors”.

Although we believe the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, level of activity, performance or achievements. You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Unless required by law, we will not undertake and we specifically disclaim any obligation to release publicly the result of any revisions which may be made to any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of such statements or to reflect the occurrence of events, whether or not anticipated. In that respect, we caution readers not to place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made.

PART I

Item 1. Business

General Corporate Overview

We provide an integrated platform of brokerage and investment advisory services to approximately 12,800 independent financial advisors and financial advisors at financial institutions (our “advisors”) across the country, enabling them to successfully serve their retail investors with objective, conflict-free financial advice. In addition, we support approximately 4,000 financial advisors with customized clearing, advisory platforms and technology solutions. Our singular focus is to support our advisors with the front, middle and back-office support they need to serve the large and growing market for independent investment advice in the mass affluent and high-net-worth markets. We believe we are the only company that offers advisors the unique combination of an integrated technology platform, comprehensive self-clearing services and full open architecture access to leading financial products, all delivered in an environment unencumbered by conflicts from product manufacturing, underwriting or market making.

For over 20 years we have served and supported the independent advisor market. We are the market leader with the largest independent advisor base and the fourth largest overall advisor base in the United States. Through our advisors, we are also one of the largest distributors of financial products in the United States. Our scale is a substantial competitive advantage and enables us to effectively attract and retain advisors. Our unique model allows us to invest more resources in our advisors to help them manage complexity and increase their productivity, creating a virtuous cycle of growth. We currently have approximately 2,700 employees with headquarters in Boston, Charlotte and San Diego.

Our Business

With our focus and scale, we are not only a beneficiary of the secular shift among advisors toward independence, but an active catalyst of this trend. We enable our advisors to provide their clients with high quality independent financial advice and investment solutions, and support our advisors in managing the complexity of their businesses by providing a comprehensive integrated platform of technology and clearing services. We provide these services through an open architecture product platform offering no proprietary manufactured products, which helps ensure an objective, conflict-free environment. Our business is dedicated exclusively to our advisors; we are not a market-maker nor do we offer investment banking or underwriting services. Additionally, we offer our advisors the highest average payout ratios among the five largest U.S. broker-dealers, as ranked by number of advisors, which we believe provides us with an important competitive advantage.

The size of our organization and scalability of our solutions allow us to continually reinvest in our technology and clearing platforms, tailor our services to the needs of our advisors and provide them with an attractive value proposition. Our technology and service platforms allow our advisors to spend more time with their clients and efficiently manage and grow their businesses. Our flexible platform attracts many different types of advisors, such as independent financial advisors, registered investment advisors (“RIAs”) and advisors at small and mid-sized financial institutions. Furthermore, our wholly owned subsidiary LPL Financial LLC ("LPL Financial") is the only independent broker-dealer with an integrated platform servicing RIAs.

Our revenues are derived primarily from commissions and fees generated by our advisors. We also generate asset-based fees from our financial product sponsor relationships, our cash sweep programs and omnibus processing and networking services. Under our self-clearing platform, we custody the majority of client assets invested in these products, which includes providing statements, transaction processing and ongoing account management for which we receive fees.

Our Financial Advisors

Serving clients in communities across the nation, our advisors build long-term relationships with their clients by guiding them through the complexities of investment decisions, retirement solutions, financial planning and wealth-management. We support the evolution of our advisors’ businesses over time and provide a range of solutions as their needs change.

The relationship with our advisors is embodied in our Commitment Creed, which serves as a set of guiding principles for our relationships with our advisors. For more than 20 years it has been the foundation of our culture and reflects our singular focus on the advisors we serve. The size and growth of our business has benefited from this focus.

Advisors licensed with LPL Financial are able to conduct both commission-based business on our brokerage platform and fee-based business on our corporate registered RIA platform. In order to license with us, advisors must meet our stringent requirements which include a thorough review of the advisor’s education, experience, credit and compliance history. These advisors are licensed with LPL Financial and enter into a registered representative agreement that establishes the duties and responsibilities of each party. Pursuant to the registered representative agreement, each advisor makes a series of representations, including that the advisor will disclose to all customers and prospective customers that the advisor is acting as our registered representative, that all orders for securities will be placed through us, that the advisor will sell only products we have approved and that the advisor will comply with LPL policies and procedures as well as securities rules and regulations. These advisors also agree not to engage in any outside business activity without prior approval from us and not to act as an agent for any of our competitors.

In return for the services we provide, including, among others, transaction processing and technology services we provide to the advisors to support their daily activities, we typically retain a range of 10 to 15 percent of the commission and advisory fee revenue generated by our advisors and pay out the remaining 85 to 90 percent to them. In addition, advisors pay certain fees directly to us relating to technology and platform access, insurance coverage and licensing fees. The registered representative agreement is terminable by us without cause on 30 days notice and for cause immediately upon notice.

LPL Financial also supports stand-alone RIAs ("Independent RIAs") who conduct their advisory business through separate entities by establishing their own RIAs pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, rather than using our corporate registered RIA. These Independent RIAs engage us for technology, clearing, regulatory and custody services, as well as access to certain of our investment platforms. In return, we charge fees to the Independent RIAs including a program fee based on the value of assets within these advisory accounts. In addition, Independent RIAs carry their brokerage license exclusively with LPL Financial and access our fully-integrated brokerage platform for those seeking to operate a dually-registered model.

Our advisors average over 14 years of industry experience. This substantial industry experience allows us to focus on enhancing our advisors’ businesses without the need for basic training or subsidizing advisors that are new to the industry. Our independent advisors join us from a broad range of firms including wirehouses, regional and insurance broker dealers, banks and other independent firms. Our flexible business platform allows our advisors to choose the most appropriate business model to support their clients, whether they conduct brokerage business, offer brokerage and fee-based services on our corporate RIA platforms or provide fee-based services through their own RIAs.

Our advisors are entrepreneurial independent contractors who deliver their services through over 4,100 branch offices. They are primarily located in rural and suburban areas and as such are viewed as local providers of independent advice. Approximately 70% of these advisors operate under their own business name. We approve and assist these advisors with their own branding, marketing and promotion.

A subset of our advisors is primarily focused on providing advice and managing group retirement plans for predominantly small and mid-size businesses. LPL Financial provides these advisors with marketing tools and technology capabilities, which are geared towards retirement solutions.

We believe we are the market leader in providing support to over 2,200 advisors at approximately 670 banks and credit unions seeking to provide a broad array of services for their financial advisors. For these institutions, whose core capabilities may not include investment and financial planning services, or who find the technology, infrastructure and regulatory requirements to be cost prohibitive, we provide their financial advisors with the services they need to be successful, allowing the institutions to focus their energy and capital on their core businesses. In addition, we have expanded our technology and wealth management solutions to support trust departments enabling them to efficiently manage their assets.

We also provide support to approximately 4,000 additional financial advisors who are affiliated and licensed with insurance companies. These outsourcing arrangements provide customized clearing, advisory platforms and technology solutions that enable financial advisors at these insurance companies to efficiently provide a breadth of services to their client base.

Our Value Proposition

The core of our business is dedicated to meeting the evolving needs of our advisors and providing the platform and tools to grow and enhance the profitability of their businesses. We support our advisors by providing front, middle and back-office solutions through the four pillars of our distinct value proposition: enabling technology, comprehensive clearing and compliance services, practice management programs and training and independent research. The comprehensive and automated nature of our offering enables our advisors to focus on their clients while successfully and efficiently managing the complexities of running their own practice.

Enabling Technology

We provide our technology and service to advisors through BranchNet, our proprietary, integrated technology platform that is server-based and web-accessed. Using the BranchNet workstation, our advisors effectively manage all critical aspects of their businesses while remaining highly efficient and responsive to their clients’ needs. Time-consuming processes, such as account opening and management, document imaging, transaction execution, and account rebalancing, are automated to improve efficiency and accuracy. Our advisors utilize BranchNet as their core technology platform. Through BranchNet, our advisors have direct access to a fully integrated array of tools and support systems, including:


•	comprehensive account lookup for accounts and direct business data;


•	straight-through processing of trade orders and account maintenance requests and


•	secure and reliable data maintenance.

In addition to the account management capabilities of BranchNet, our Resource Center, embedded within BranchNet, provides advisors with access to our research, training, compliance and support services and the ability to review products and develop marketing materials, including:


•	direct access to financial product information, exclusive research commentaries, detailed regulatory requirements, valuable marketing tools, operational details, comprehensive training and technical support;


•	client management and business development tools;


•	trading and research tools and


•	business management resources.

Many advisors also subscribe to premium features, such as performance reporting, financial planning and customized websites. Select third-party resources have been integrated into our technology software, enabling seamless access to important tools, broadening our range of offerings and reducing duplicate operational functions.

We believe BranchNet allows our advisors to transact and monitor their business more efficiently, lowering operating costs for their business. Once on BranchNet, advisors have the ability to choose which services suit their business plan, purchasing only the services that they believe are needed to grow their business.

Comprehensive Clearing and Compliance Services

We custody and clear the majority of our advisors’ transactions, providing an enhanced advisor experience and expedited processing capabilities. Our self-clearing platform enables us to better control client data, more efficiently process and report trades, facilitate platform development, reduce costs and ultimately enhance the quality of the services we provide our advisors. Our self-clearing platform also enables us to serve a wider variety of advisors, including RIAs and Independent RIAs.

Because we are self-clearing, we can address all facets of securities transaction processing, including:


•	order routing, trading support, execution and clearing, and position keeping;


•	regulatory and tax compliance and reporting and


•	investment accounting and recordkeeping.

All of these services are backed by our service center and operations organizations focused on providing timely, accurate and consistent support, with each employee committed to delivering best-in-class service. This shared commitment allows us to meet our advisors’ needs so they can best serve their clients.

In 2010, we launched Service360, a service paradigm initially available to our top producing advisors. Service360 offers a wide array of organizational support, adopting a team-based approach to service, in which teams are dedicated to a defined set of advisors. This service structure was fully implemented in December 2010, and now services over 9,200 advisors with timely, accurate and efficient service delivered in a more personal, relationship-focused manner and with greater accountability and empowerment on the part of the service teams.

We continue to make substantial investments in our compliance offering to provide our advisors a strong compliance framework. Our ongoing investments include hiring and retaining experienced compliance and risk professionals and keeping our technology current. Several years ago we made the strategic decision to fully integrate our compliance tools into our technology platform to further enhance compliance effectiveness and scalability. All of this enables us to maintain our long term trend of having one of the best regulatory compliance records, as evidenced by the number of regulatory events reported in the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority's (“FINRA”) BrokerCheck Reports.

Approximately 300 risk and compliance employees assist our advisors through:


•	training and advising advisors on new products, new regulatory guidelines, compliance and risk management tools, security policies and procedures, anti-money laundering and best practices;


•	reviewing and approving advertising materials;


•	technology-enabled surveillance of trading activities and sales practices;


•	overseeing and monitoring of registered investment advisory activities;


•	securities registration and advisory and insurance licensing of advisors;


•	inspecting branch offices and advising on how to strengthen compliance procedures; and


•	continuing to invest in technology assisted supervisory tools.

Practice Management Programs and Training

Our practice management programs help our advisors enhance and grow their businesses. Our experience gives us the ability to benchmark the best practices of successful advisors and develop customized recommendations to meet the specific needs of an advisor’s business and market. Because of our scale, we are able to dedicate an experienced group of approximately 120 professionals that work with our advisors to build and better manage their business and client relationships through one-on-one consulting as well as group training. In addition, we hold over 140 conferences and group training events annually for the benefit of our advisors. Our practice management and training services include:


•	personalized business consulting support that helps advisors enhance the value and operational efficiency of their businesses;


•	advisory and brokerage consulting and financial planning to support advisors in growing their businesses with our broad range of products and fee-based offerings, as well as wealth management services to assist advisors serving high net worth clients with comprehensive estate, tax, philanthropic, and financial planning processes;


•	marketing campaigns and consultation to enable advisors to build awareness of their services and capitalize on opportunities in their local markets;


•	transition services to help advisors establish independent practices and migrate client accounts to us and


•	training and consulting programs on topics including technology, use of advisory platforms and business development.

Independent Research

We provide our advisors with integrated access to comprehensive research on mutual funds, separate accounts, alternative investments and annuities, asset allocation strategies, financial markets and the economy, among other areas. Our research team consists of approximately 35 professionals. Our investments team has an average of 10 years of industry experience, dedicated to providing unbiased and conflict-free advice. Our research is designed to empower our advisors to give their clients thoughtful advice in an efficient manner. In particular, our research facilitates the growth of our advisory platform by providing asset allocation, investment recommendation guidance and completely packaged, turnkey portfolios. Our research team actively works with our product due diligence group to effectively vet the financial products offered through our platform. Our lack of proprietary products or investment banking services helps ensure that our research remains unbiased and objective. A substantial portion of our research is approved by our Marketing Regulatory Review organization for use with clients, allowing our advisors to leverage these materials to help clients understand complex investment topics and make informed decisions.

Our research enables advisors to:


•	keep abreast of changes in markets and the global economy, through our daily market update call and email, published materials, blogs and media presence;


•	proactively respond to emerging trends;


•	leverage the expertise and experience of our research team in building individual investment portfolios and


•	seek specific advice through our ASK (accurate, swift and knowledgeable) Research Team, a group of research professionals dedicated exclusively to advisor investment-research inquiries via phone and email.

With a focus on performance, service and transparency, our research team utilizes a wide spectrum of available tools to deliver timely perspectives on the ever-changing economic marketplace and products, enabling advisors to help their clients understand and adjust to the latest developments. Through its objective recommendations and portfolio management, the research group helps advisors meet a broad range of investor needs effectively, which allows them to focus on their clients and growing their practice.

Our Economic Value Proposition

We offer a compelling economic value proposition that is a key factor in our ability to attract and retain advisors. The independent channels pay advisors a greater share of brokerage commissions and advisory fees than the captive channels — generally 80-90% compared to 30-50%. Because of our scale and efficient operating model, we believe we offer our advisors the highest average payout ratios among the five largest U.S. broker-dealers, ranked by number of advisors, which we believe provides us with an important competitive advantage. We believe our superior technology and service platforms enable our advisors to operate their practices at a lower cost than other independent advisors. As a result, we believe owners of practices associated with us earn meaningfully more pre-tax profit than owners of practices affiliated with other independent brokerage firms. We attribute this difference in profitability in part to lower fixed costs driven by the need for fewer staff at our associated practices. Finally, as business owners, independent financial advisors, unlike captive advisors, also have the opportunity to

build equity in their own businesses. We also believe our solutions enable our financial institutions to be more productive and therefore generate greater profitability relative to other financial institutions supported by third party firms.

Our Product Access

We do not manufacture any financial products. Instead, we provide our advisors open architecture access to a unique variety of commission, fee-based, cash and money market products and services. Our product due diligence group conducts extensive diligence on substantially all of the new products we offer, including annuities, mutual funds, exchange-traded funds, alternative investments and real estate investment trusts. Our platform provides access to over 10,000 financial products, manufactured by over 575 product sponsors. Typically, we enter into arrangements with these product sponsors pursuant to the sponsor’s standard distribution agreement.

The sales and administration of these products are facilitated through BranchNet and our Resource Center, which allow our advisors to access client accounts, product information, asset allocation models, investment recommendations, and economic insight as well as perform trade execution.

As of December 31, 2011, advisory and brokerage assets totaled $330.3 billion, of which $101.6 billion was in advisory assets. Of the $330.3 billion billion in assets, $22.7 billion is attributable to our Independent RIA platform, which includes advisory and brokerage assets of 146 Independent RIA firms who either conduct investment advisory business on our platform or carry a dual license and manage brokerage accounts as well.

In 2011, brokerage sales were over $26 billion, including over $9 billion in mutual funds and $15 billion in annuities. Advisory sales were over $32 billion, which consisted primarily of mutual funds. As a result of this scale and significant distribution capabilities, we can offer leading products and services with attractive economics to our advisors.

Commission-Based Products

Commission-based products are those for which we and our advisors receive an upfront commission and, for certain products, a trailing commission. Our brokerage offerings include variable and fixed annuities, mutual funds, general securities, alternative investments, retirement and 529 education savings plans, fixed income and insurance. Our insurance offering is provided through LPL Insurance Associates, Inc. (“LPLIA”), a brokerage general agency which provides personalized advance case design, point-of-sale service and product support for a broad range of life, disability and long-term care products. As of December 31, 2011, the total assets in our commission-based products were approximately $228.7 billion.

Fee-Based Advisory Platforms and Support

We have been an innovator in fee-based advisory solutions since the introduction of our Strategic Asset Management platform in 1991. Today we have five fee-based advisory platforms that provide centrally managed or customized solutions from which advisors can choose to meet the investment needs of their mass affluent and high net worth clients. The fee structure aligns the interests of our advisors with their clients, while establishing a valuable recurring revenue stream for the advisor and for us. Our fee-based platforms provide access to no-load/load-waived mutual funds, exchange-traded funds, stocks, bonds, conservative option strategies, unit investment trusts and no-load, institutional money managers and multi-manager variable annuities. We also provide third-party equity research and asset-management services as well as fee-based advisory and consulting services to retirement plans. As of December 31, 2011, the total assets in these platforms were $101.6 billion.

Cash Sweep Programs

We assist our advisors in managing their clients’ cash balances through two primary cash sweep programs depending on account type: a money market sweep vehicle involving multiple money market fund providers and an insured bank deposit sweep vehicle. Our insured bank deposit sweep vehicle allocates client cash balances across multiple non-affiliated banks to provide advisors with up to $1.5 million ($3.0 million joint) of insurance through the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). As of December 31, 2011, the total assets in our cash sweep programs, which are held within brokerage and advisory accounts, were approximately $22.4 billion.

Other Services

We provide a number of tools and services that enable advisors to maintain and grow their practice. Through our subsidiary, The Private Trust Company, N.A. ("PTC"), we provide administrative and custodial services to trusts for estates and families. Under our unique model, the advisor may provide the trust with investment management services. We also are an industry leader in providing technology and open architecture investment management solutions to trust departments of financial institutions through Concord Capital Partners, Inc. and its subsidiaries ("Concord Wealth Management" or "CCP"). At December 31, 2011, CCP serviced $8.7 billion in trust assets for 61 institutions. These assets are not custodied by LPL Financial and are therefore not included in our reported brokerage and advisory assets.

Our Financial Model

We have a proven track record of strong financial performance. We have increased our annual Adjusted EBITDA for the past five years with only one decline in annual revenue in 2009 in conjunction with the major market downturn. We have experienced greater variability in our net income primarily due to amortization of purchased assets and interest expense from our senior secured credit facilities and subordinated notes, a result of our merger transaction in 2005 with TPG Capital and Hellman & Friedman LLC (collectively, the “Majority Holders”), and expenses associated with our acquisition integration and restructuring initiatives. In 2010, we generated a net loss due to equity issuance and other costs related to our initial public offering (“IPO”) that was completed in the fourth quarter. Accordingly, the presentation of net income Compound Annual Growth Rate ("CAGR") is not meaningful. Since 2005, we have grown our net revenues at a 5.1% CAGR, our Adjusted EBITDA at a 6.9% CAGR and our Adjusted Earnings at a 15.3% CAGR. In 2011, we grew our net revenues by 11.8%, our Adjusted EBITDA by 11.3%, and our Adjusted Earnings by 26.6% as compared to 2010. Our historical growth rates do not guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. A reconciliation of non-GAAP measures Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Earnings, to GAAP measures, along with an explanation of these metrics, is provided in Item 7 — “Management’s Discussion and Analysis”.

As we demonstrated during the financial crisis of 2008 and 2009, our financial model has inherent resilience, and our overall financial performance is a function of the following dynamics of our business:

•

Our revenues stem from diverse sources, including advisor-generated commission and advisory fees as well as fees from product manufacturers, recordkeeping, cash sweep balances and other ancillary services. They are not concentrated by advisor, product or geography. For the year ended December 31, 2011, no single relationship with our independent advisor practices, banks, credit unions, or insurance companies accounted for more than 3% of our net revenues, and no single advisor accounted for more than 1% of our net revenues.


•	Furthermore, a majority of our revenue base is recurring in nature, with 63% recurring revenue in 2011.


•	A significant proportion of our revenues, such as software licensing, account and client fees, are not correlated with the equity financial markets.


•	The variable component of our cost base is directly linked to revenues generated by our advisors. Furthermore, the payout percentages are tied to advisor productivity levels.


•	Our profit margins are stable and should expand over time because we actively manage our general and administrative expenses.


•	We are able to operate with low capital expenditures and limited capital requirements, and as a result our cash flow is not encumbered.


•	We generate substantial free cash flow which we reinvest into our business.

Our Competitive Strengths


•	Significant Scale and Market Leadership Position. We are the established leader in the independent advisor market, which is our core business focus. Our scale enables us to benefit from the following dynamics:


•	We actively reinvest in our comprehensive technology platform and practice support, which further improves the productivity of our advisors.


•	As one of the largest distributors of financial products in the United States, we are able to obtain attractive economics from product manufacturers.


•	Among the five largest U.S. broker-dealers by number of advisors, we offer the highest average payout ratios to our advisors.

The combination of our ability to reinvest in the business and maintain highly competitive payout ratios allows us to attract and retain advisors successfully. This, in turn, drives our growth and leads to a virtuous cycle that reinforces our established scale advantage.

•

Unique Value Proposition for Independent Advisors. We deliver a comprehensive and integrated suite of products and services to support the practices of our independent advisors. We believe we are the only institution that offers a conflict-free, open architecture and scalable platform. The benefits of our purchasing power lead to high average payouts and greater economics to our advisors. Our platform also creates an entrepreneurial opportunity that empowers independent advisors to build equity in their businesses. This generates a significant opportunity to attract and retain highly qualified advisors who are seeking independence.

•

Unique Value Proposition for Institutions. We provide solutions to financial institutions, such as regional banks, credit unions and insurers, who seek to provide a broad array of services for their customers. We believe many institutions find the technology, infrastructure and regulatory requirements associated with delivering financial advice to be cost-prohibitive. We provide comprehensive solutions that enable financial advisors at these institutions to offer financial advice.

•

Ability to Profitably Serve the Mass-Affluent Market. Our historic focus has been on advisors who serve the mass-affluent market. We have designed and integrated all aspects of our platforms and services to profitably meet the needs of these advisors. We believe there continues to be an attractive opportunity in the mass-affluent market, in part because wirehouses have not historically focused on this space. We believe our scale position will sustain and strengthen our competitive advantage in the mass-affluent market.

•

Ability to Serve a Broad Range of Advisor Models. As a result of our integrated technology platform and the resulting flexibility, we are able to attract and retain advisors from multiple channels, including wirehouses, regional broker-dealers and other independent broker-dealers. This platform serves a variety of independent advisor models, including independent financial advisors, RIAs and Independent RIAs.


•	We are able to give our advisors flexibility in choosing how they conduct their business. This enables us to better retain our existing advisor base by facilitating their ability to transition among independent advisor models as preferences evolve within the market.

•

In addition, although we have grown through our focus on the mass-affluent market (investors with $100,000 or greater in investable assets), the breadth of our platform has facilitated growing penetration of the high net worth market. As of December 31, 2011, our advisors supported accounts with more than $1 million in assets that in the aggregate represented $52.2 billion in advisory and brokerage assets, 15.8% of our total. Although our advisors average production is typically below that of some of the wirehouse channel firms, our array of integrated technology and services can support advisors with significant production and compete directly with wirehouses.

These abilities results in advisor production retention of 96%, which we believe to be industry leading.

•

Experienced and Committed Senior Management Team. We have an experienced and committed senior management team that provides stable and long-standing leadership for our business. On average, our senior management has 27 years of industry experience. The team has a track record of delivery and success as demonstrated in the company’s financial performance through the recent market downturn. As the current management team has played a significant role in building out the business, they have a fundamental and thorough understanding of the operations. The management team is aligned with stockholders and holds significant equity ownership in the company.

Our Sources of Growth

We expect to increase our revenue and profitability by benefiting from favorable industry trends and by executing strategies to accelerate our growth beyond that of the broader markets in which we operate.

Favorable Industry Trends

•

Growth in Investable Assets. According to Cerulli Associates, over the next four years, assets under management for the predominant market segments in the United States are anticipated to grow at 8.9% per year and retirement assets are expected to grow 6.6% per year (in part due to the retirement of the baby boomer generation and the resulting assets which are projected to flow out of retirement plans and into individual retirement accounts). In addition, individual retirement account ("IRA") assets are projected to grow from $4.8 trillion as of 2011 to $6.7 trillion by 2015.

•

Increasing Demand for Independent Financial Advice. Retail investors, particularly in the mass affluent market, are increasingly seeking financial advice from independent sources. We are highly focused on helping independent advisors meet the needs of the mass-affluent market, which constitutes a significant and underserved portion of investable assets, according to Cerulli Associates, and we believe presents significant opportunity for growth.


•	Advisor Migration to Independence. Independent channels are gaining market share from captive channels. We believe that we are not just a beneficiary of this secular shift, but an active catalyst in the movement to independence.


•	Macroeconomic Trends. While the current macroeconomic environment has shown volatility recently, we anticipate an appreciation in asset prices and a rise in interest rates in the long term. We expect that our business will benefit from growth in advisory and brokerage assets as well as increasing asset-based and cash sweep fees.

LPL-Specific Growth Opportunities


•	Increasing Productivity of Existing Advisor Base. The productivity of advisors increases over time as we enable them to add new clients, gain shares of their clients’ investable assets, and expand their existing practices with additional advisors. We facilitate these productivity improvements by helping our advisors better manage their practices in an increasingly complex environment.


•	Ramp-up of Newly-Attracted Advisors. We predominately attract experienced advisors who have established practices. In our experience, it takes an average of three years for newly hired advisors to fully re-establish their practices and associated revenues. This seasoning process creates accelerated growth of revenue from new advisors.


•	Our Business Model has Inherent Economies of Scale. The largely fixed costs necessary to support our advisors delivers higher marginal profitability as client assets and revenue grow. Historically, this dynamic has been demonstrated through the growth in our operating margins.


•	Expansions of our Product & Service Offerings. Through our internally developed projects and synergies from opportunistic acquisitions we have further advanced our capabilities and servicing offerings in order to ensure we are continuing to provide a premium platform for our advisors.

•

Attracting New Advisors to Our Platform. We intend to grow the number of advisors — either independent or with financial institutions — who are served by our platform. Based on the number of financial advisors, we have only 3.9% market share of the approximately 320,000 financial advisors in the United States, according to Cerulli Associates, and we have the ability to attract seasoned advisors of any practice size and from any channel, including wirehouses, regional broker-dealers and other independent broker-dealers.


•	Opportunistic Pursuit of Acquisitions. We have a proven history of expanding our business through opportunistic acquisitions. In the past seven years, we have successfully completed six transactions providing scale and entry to adjacent markets. Our scalable business model and operating platform make us an attractive acquirer in a fragmented and consolidating market.

Competition

We believe we offer a unique and dedicated value proposition to independent financial advisors and financial institutions. This value proposition is built upon the delivery of our services through our scale, independence and integrated technology, which we believe is not replicated in the industry, and as a result we do not have any direct competitors to our business model. For example, because we do not have any proprietary manufacturing products, we do not view firms that manufacture asset management products and other financial products as competitors.

We compete to attract and retain experienced and productive advisors with a variety of financial firms. Within the independent channel, the industry is highly fragmented, comprised primarily of small regional firms that rely on third-party custodians and technology providers to support their operations. The captive wirehouse channel tends to consist of large nationwide firms with multiple lines of business that have a focus on the highly competitive high-net-worth investor market. Competitors in this channel include Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC; Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner, & Smith Incorporated; UBS Financial Services Inc.; and Wells Fargo Advisors, LLC. Competition for

advisors also includes regional firms, such as Edward D. Jones & Co., L.P. and Raymond James Financial Services, Inc. Registered Investment Advisors (RIAs), who are licensed directly with the SEC and not through a broker-dealer, choose third-party firms to provide custodial services. Competitors in this space include Charles Schwab & Co., Fidelity Brokerage Services LLC and TD Ameritrade.

Our competitors who do not offer a complete solution for advisors are frequently enabled by third-party firms. Pershing LLC and Albridge Solutions, subsidiaries of Bank of New York Mellon, offer custodial services to independent firms and RIAs who are not self-clearing and offer technology solutions, respectively. Other examples include Advent Software, Inc. and Morningstar, Inc., who provide an array of technology and research resources.

Our advisors compete for clients with financial advisors of brokerage firms, banks, insurance companies, asset management and investment advisory firms. In addition, they also compete with a number of firms offering direct to investor on-line financial services and discount brokerage services, such as Charles Schwab & Co. and Fidelity Brokerage Services LLC.

Employees

As of December 31, 2011, we had 2,726 full-time employees. None of our employees are subject to collective bargaining agreements governing their employment with us. Our continued growth is dependent, in part, on our ability to recruit and retain skilled technical sales and professional personnel. We believe that our relationship with our employees is strong.

Our Corporate Structure

LPL Investment Holdings Inc. is the parent company of our collective businesses. Our original broker-dealer, LPL Financial, was formed in 1989. In 2005, investment funds affiliated with the Majority Holders acquired a majority ownership stake in LPL Investment Holdings Inc., with the remaining interest owned primarily by our founders, senior management and advisors.

In recent years we have grown our business through a number of opportunistic acquisitions. We strengthened our position as a leading independent broker-dealer through our acquisition on June 20, 2007 of Pacific Select Group, LLC (renamed LPL Independent Advisor Services Group, LLC) and its wholly owned subsidiaries: Mutual

Service Corporation (“MSC”), Associated Financial Group, Inc. (“AFG”), Associated Securities Corp. (“Associated”), Associated Planners Investment Advisory, Inc. (“APIA”) and Waterstone Financial Group, Inc. (“WFG”) (MSC, AFG, Associated, APIA and WFG, are collectively referred to herein as the “Affiliated Entities”). In September of 2009, we consolidated the operations of the Affiliated Entities with those of LPL Financial. The consolidation involved the transfer of securities licenses of certain registered representatives associated with the Affiliated Entities and their client accounts. Following the completion of these transfer activities, the registered representatives and client accounts that transferred are associated with LPL Financial. On February 5, 2011, Forms BD-W for Associated and WFG were approved by the SEC and on November 11, 2011, the Form BD-W for MSC was approved by the SEC. As a result, Associated, WFG, and MSC are no longer registered as broker-dealers.

Our acquisitions of UVEST Financial Services Group, Inc. (“UVEST”), and IFMG Securities, Inc., Independent Financial Marketing Group, Inc. and LSC Insurance Agency of Arizona, Inc. (collectively “IFMG”) further expanded our reach in offering financial services through banks, savings and loan institutions and credit unions nationwide. In March 2011, we committed to a corporate restructuring plan to enhance our service offering, while generating efficiencies by consolidating the operations of UVEST with those of LPL Financial (See Item 7 — “Management’s Discussion and Analysis” for further discussion).

Our acquisition of certain assets of National Retirement Partners, Inc. (“NRP”) in February of 2011 enhanced our capabilities in the group retirement space. Our NRP advisors offer retirement products, consulting and investment services to retirement plan sponsors and plan participants as well as comprehensive financial services to plan participants. In June of 2011, we acquired Concord Capital Partners, Inc. (“CCP”) and its subsidiaries Concord Technology Services (“CTS”) and Concord Equity Group Advisors (“CEGA”, and together with CCP and CTS, “Concord Wealth Management”). Concord Wealth Management is an industry leader in providing technology and open architecture investment management solutions for trust departments of financial institutions. Through this acquisition, we will have the ability to support both the brokerage and trust business lines of current and prospective financial institutions. The acquisition will also create new expansion opportunities such as giving us the ability to custody personal trust assets within banks across the country. (See Item 7 — “Management’s Discussion and Analysis” for further discussion of our acquisitions of NRP and Concord Wealth Management.)

Our subsidiary, Independent Advisers Group Corporation (“IAG”), offers an investment advisory solution to insurance companies to support their financial advisors who are licensed with them. Our subsidiary, LPLIA, operates as a brokerage general agency which offers life, long-term care and disability insurance sales and services. Through our subsidiary PTC we offer trust, investment management oversight and custodial services for estates and families.

Regulation

The financial services industry is subject to extensive regulation by U.S. federal, state, and international government agencies as well as various self-regulatory organizations. We take an active leadership role in the development of the rules and regulations that govern our industry. Given the recent turmoil in the financial services industry, we anticipate continued heightened scrutiny and significant modifications in these rules and regulations. We strive to be at the forefront of influencing this change. Throughout our history we have also invested heavily, with the benefit of our scale, in our compliance functions to monitor our compliance with the numerous legal and regulatory requirements applicable to our business.

Broker-Dealer Regulation

LPL Financial is a registered broker-dealer with the SEC, a member of FINRA and various other self-regulatory organizations and a participant in various clearing organizations including the Depository Trust Company, the National Securities Clearing Corporation and the Options Clearing Corporation. LPL Financial is registered as a broker-dealer in each of the 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands.

Our subsidiary UVEST is also a registered broker-dealer with the SEC, and is a member of FINRA. In March of 2011, we committed to a corporate restructuring plan to enhance our service offering while generating efficiencies by consolidating the operations of UVEST with those of LPL Financial. Prior to this consolidation, UVEST conducted business on a national basis; however it acted as an introducing firm and used a third-party firm for securities clearing and custody functions.

Broker-dealers are subject to rules and regulations covering all aspects of the securities business, including sales and trading practices, public offerings, publication of research reports, use and safekeeping of clients’ funds and securities, capital adequacy, recordkeeping and reporting, and the conduct of directors, officers and employees. Broker dealers are also regulated by state securities administrators in those jurisdictions where they do business. Compliance with many of the rules and regulations applicable to us involves a number of risks because rules and regulations are subject to varying interpretations. Regulators make periodic examinations and review annual, monthly and other reports on our operations, track record and financial condition. Violations of rules and regulations governing a broker dealer’s actions could result in censure, penalties and fines, the issuance of cease-and-desist orders, the suspension or expulsion from the securities industry of such broker dealer or its officers or employees, or other similar adverse consequences. The rules of the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board, which are enforced by the SEC and FINRA, apply to the municipal securities activities of LPL Financial and UVEST.

Our margin lending is regulated by the Federal Reserve Board’s restrictions on lending in connection with client purchases and short sales of securities, and FINRA rules also require our subsidiaries to impose maintenance requirements on the value of securities contained in margin accounts. In many cases, our margin policies are more stringent than these rules.

Significant new rules and regulations are likely to arise as a result of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which was enacted in July 2010. Provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act that may impact our business include, but are not limited to: the potential implementation of a more stringent fiduciary standard for broker-dealers and enhanced regulatory oversight of incentive compensation. Compliance with these provisions, including those related to executive compensation, have resulted in, and are likely to continue to result in, increased costs. Moreover, to the extent the Dodd-Frank Act impacts the operations, financial condition, liquidity and capital requirements of financial institutions with whom we do business, those institutions may seek to pass on increased costs, reduce their capacity to transact, or otherwise present inefficiencies in their interactions with us. The ultimate impact that the Dodd-Frank Act will have on us, the financial industry and the economy cannot be known until all such applicable regulations called for under the Dodd-Frank Act have been finalized and implemented.

Investment Adviser Regulation

As investment advisers registered with the SEC, our subsidiaries LPL Financial, UVEST, IAG, and CEGA are subject to the requirements of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the "Advisers Act"), and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as well as to examination by the SEC’s staff. Such requirements relate to, among other things, fiduciary duties to clients, performance fees, maintaining an effective compliance program, solicitation arrangements, conflicts of interest, advertising, limitations on agency cross and principal transactions between the advisor and advisory clients, recordkeeping and reporting requirements, disclosure requirements and general anti-fraud provisions.

The SEC is authorized to institute proceedings and impose sanctions for violations of the Advisers Act, ranging from fines and censure to termination of an investment adviser’s registration. Investment advisers also are subject to certain state securities laws and regulations. Non-compliance with the Advisers Act or other federal and state securities laws and regulations could result in investigations, sanctions, disgorgement, fines or other similar consequences.

ERISA Regulation

Certain of our subsidiaries are subject to ERISA, and Sections 4975(c)(1)(A), (B), (C) or (D) of the Internal Revenue Code, and to regulations promulgated thereunder, insofar as they are a “fiduciary” under ERISA with respect to benefit plan clients or otherwise deal with benefit plan clients. ERISA and applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, impose certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries under ERISA, prohibit certain transactions involving ERISA plan clients (including, without limitation, employee benefit plans (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA), individual retirement accounts and Keogh plans) and provide monetary penalties for violations of these prohibitions.

Commodities and Futures Regulation

LPL Financial is licensed as a futures commission merchant (“FCM”) and commodity pool operator ("CPO")

with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) and is a member of the National Futures Association (“NFA”). Although licensed as a FCM and a CPO, LPL Financial’s futures activities are limited to conducting business as a guaranteed introducing broker. LPL Financial is regulated by the CFTC and NFA. Violations of the rules of the CFTC and the NFA could result in remedial actions including fines, registration terminations or revocations of exchange memberships. As a guaranteed introducing broker, LPL Financial clears commodities and futures products through ADM Investor Services International Limited (“ADM”), and all commodities accounts and related client positions are held by ADM.

Trust Regulation

Through our subsidiary, PTC, we offer trust, investment management oversight and custodial services for estates and families. PTC is chartered as a non-depository national banking association. As a limited purpose national bank, PTC is regulated and regularly examined by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”). PTC files reports with the OCC within 30 days after the conclusion of each calendar quarter. Because the powers of PTC are limited to providing fiduciary services and investment advice, it does not have the power or authority to accept deposits or make loans. For this reason, trust assets under PTC’s management are not insured by the FDIC.

As PTC is not a “bank” as defined under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, neither it nor its parent, PTC Holdings, Inc., is regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as a bank holding company. However, because it is subject to regulation by the OCC, PTC is subject to various laws and regulations enforced by the OCC, such as capital adequacy, change of control restrictions and regulations governing fiduciary duties, conflicts of interest, self-dealing and anti-money laundering. For example, the Change in Bank Control Act, as implemented by OCC supervisory policy, imposes restrictions on parties who wish to acquire a controlling interest in a trust company or the holding company of a trust company such as LPL Investment Holdings Inc. In general, an acquisition of 10% or more of our common stock, or an acquisition of “control” as defined in OCC regulations, would require OCC approval. These laws and regulations are designed to serve specific bank regulatory and supervisory purposes and are not meant for the protection of PTC, LPL Financial or its stockholders.

Regulatory Capital

The SEC, FINRA, CFTC and the NFA have stringent rules and regulations with respect to the maintenance of specific levels of net capital by regulated entities. Generally, a broker-dealer’s net capital is net worth plus qualified subordinated debt less deductions for certain types of assets. The net capital rule under the Exchange Act requires that at least a minimum part of a broker-dealer’s assets be maintained in a relatively liquid form. LPL Financial is registered as a FCM and as such, CFTC rules permit us to meet CFTC net capital requirements by complying with the net capital requirements of the net capital rule under the Exchange Act.

The SEC, FINRA and CFTC impose rules that require notification when net capital falls below certain predefined criteria. These rules also dictate the ratio of debt to equity in the regulatory capital composition of a broker-dealer, and constrain the ability of a broker-dealer to expand its business under certain circumstances. If a broker-dealer fails to maintain the required net capital, it may be subject to suspension or revocation of registration by the applicable regulatory agency, and suspension or expulsion by these regulators ultimately could lead to the broker-dealer’s liquidation. Additionally, the net capital rule and certain FINRA rules impose requirements that may have the effect of prohibiting a broker-dealer from distributing or withdrawing capital, and that require prior notice to the SEC and FINRA for certain capital withdrawals. All of our subsidiaries that are subject to net capital rules have been, and currently are, in compliance with those rules and have net capital in excess of the minimum requirements.

Anti-Money Laundering

The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (the “PATRIOT Act”) contains anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws and mandates the implementation of various regulations applicable to broker-dealers, FCMs and other financial services companies. Financial institutions subject to the PATRIOT Act generally must have anti-money laundering procedures in place, implement specialized employee training programs, designate an anti-money laundering compliance officer and are audited periodically by an independent party to test the effectiveness of compliance. We have established policies, procedures and systems designed to comply with these regulations.

Privacy

Regulatory activity in the areas of privacy and data protection continues to grow worldwide and is generally being driven by the growth of technology and related concerns about the rapid and widespread dissemination and use of information. To the extent they are applicable to us, we must comply with these global, federal, and state information-related laws and regulations, including, for example, those in the United States, such as the 1999 Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, SEC Regulation S-P and the Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1970, as amended.

Financial Information about Geographic Areas

Our revenues for fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were derived from our operations in the United States.

Trademarks

LPL Financial^®, LPL^®, LPL Career Match^®, the LPL Financial logo, LPL Partners Program^®, Integrated Advisory Services^®, Manager Access Select^®, OMP^®, DO IT SMARTER^®, Manager Access Network^®, BranchNet^®, National Retirement Partners^®, and NRP National Retirement Partners^®, are our registered trademarks. Service360^tm, LPL Financial AdvisorFirst^tm, ClientsFirst^tm, LPL Financial RolloverNet^tm, LPL Account^tm, Montage^tm, Mosaic^tm, INVIEW Dashboard^tm, Symphony^tm and Model Wealth Portfolio^tm are unregistered trademarks that we use as well.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We depend on our ability to attract and retain experienced and productive advisors.

We derive a large portion of our revenues from commissions and fees generated by our advisors. Our ability to attract and retain experienced and productive advisors has contributed significantly to our growth and success, and our strategic plan is premised upon continued growth in the number of our advisors. If we fail to attract new advisors or to retain and motivate our current advisors, our business may suffer.

The market for experienced and productive advisors is highly competitive, and we devote significant resources to attracting and retaining the most qualified advisors. In attracting and retaining advisors, we compete directly with a variety of financial institutions such as wirehouses, regional broker-dealers, banks, insurance companies and other independent broker-dealers. If we are not successful in attracting or retaining highly qualified advisors, we may not be able to recover the expense involved in attracting and training these individuals. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in our efforts to attract and retain the advisors needed to achieve our growth objectives.

Our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by market fluctuations and other economic factors.

Our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by market fluctuations and other economic factors. Significant downturns and volatility in equity and other financial markets have had and could continue to have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

General economic and market factors can affect our commission and fee revenue. For example, a decrease in market levels can:


•	reduce new investments by both new and existing clients in financial products that are linked to the stock market, such as variable life insurance, variable annuities, mutual funds and managed accounts;


•	reduce trading activity, thereby affecting our brokerage commissions;


•	reduce the value of advisory and brokerage assets, thereby reducing asset-based fee income and


•	motivate clients to withdraw funds from their accounts, reducing advisory and brokerage assets, advisory fee revenue and asset-based fee income.

In addition, because certain of our expenses are fixed, our ability to reduce them over short periods of time is limited, which could negatively impact our profitability.

Significant interest rate changes could affect our profitability and financial condition.

Our revenues are exposed to interest rate risk primarily from changes in the interest rates payable to us from banks participating in our cash sweep program. In the current low interest rate environment, our revenue from our cash sweep program has declined and may decline further due to changes in interest rates or clients moving assets out of our cash sweep program. We may also be limited in the amount we can reduce interest rates payable to clients in our cash sweep program and still offer a competitive return. Furthermore, a sustained low interest rate environment may have a negative impact upon our ability to renegotiate contracts with banks participating in our cash sweep program.

Lack of liquidity or access to capital could impair our business and financial condition.

Liquidity, or ready access to funds, is essential to our business. We expend significant resources investing in our business, particularly with respect to our technology and service platforms. In addition, we must maintain certain levels of required capital. As a result, reduced levels of liquidity could have a significant negative effect on us. Some potential conditions that could negatively affect our liquidity include:


•	illiquid or volatile markets;


•	diminished access to debt or capital markets or


•	unforeseen cash or capital requirements, adverse legal settlements or judgments (including, among others, risks associated with auction rate securities).

The capital and credit markets continue to experience varying degrees of volatility and disruption. In some cases, the markets have exerted downward pressure on availability of liquidity and credit capacity for businesses similar to ours. Without sufficient liquidity, we could be required to curtail our operations, and our business would suffer.

Notwithstanding the self-funding nature of our operations, we may sometimes be required to fund timing differences arising from the delayed receipt of client funds associated with the settlement of client transactions in securities markets. These timing differences are funded either with internally generated cash flow or, if needed, with funds drawn under our revolving credit facility, and/or uncommitted lines of credit at our broker-dealer subsidiary LPL Financial.

In the event current resources are insufficient to satisfy our needs, we may need to rely on financing sources such as bank debt. The availability of additional financing will depend on a variety of factors such as


•	market conditions;


•	the general availability of credit;


•	the volume of trading activities;


•	the overall availability of credit to the financial services industry;


•	our credit ratings and credit capacity and


•	the possibility that our stockholders, advisors or lenders could develop a negative perception of our long-or short-term financial prospects if the level of our business activity decreases due to a market downturn. Similarly, our access to funds may be impaired if regulatory authorities or rating organizations take negative actions against us.

Disruptions, uncertainty or volatility in the capital and credit markets may also limit our access to capital required to operate our business. Such market conditions may limit our ability to satisfy statutory capital requirements, generate commission, fee and other market-related revenue to meet liquidity needs and access the capital necessary to grow our business. As such, we may be forced to delay raising capital, issue different types of capital than we would otherwise, less effectively deploy such capital or bear an unattractive cost of capital, which could decrease our profitability and significantly reduce our financial flexibility.

If the counterparties to the derivative instruments we use to hedge our interest rate risk default, we may be exposed to risks we had sought to mitigate.

We use derivative instruments to hedge our interest rate risk. If our counterparties fail to honor their obligations under the derivative instruments, we could be subject to the risk of loss and our hedges of the interest rate risk will be ineffective. That failure could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows that could be material. For the names of key counterparties upon which we currently rely, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Risk — Interest Rate Risk”.

A loss of our marketing relationships with manufacturers of financial products could harm our relationship with our advisors and, in turn, their clients.

We operate on an open-architecture product platform offering no proprietary financial products. To help our advisors meet their clients’ needs with suitable investment options, we have relationships with most of the industry-leading providers of financial and insurance products. We have sponsorship agreements with some manufacturers of fixed and variable annuities and mutual funds that, subject to the survival of certain terms and conditions, may be terminated by the manufacturer upon notice. If we lose our relationships with one or more of these manufacturers, our ability to serve our advisors and, in turn, their clients, and our business may be materially adversely affected.

Our business could be materially adversely affected as a result of the risks associated with acquisitions and investments.

We have made acquisitions in the past and may pursue further acquisitions in the future. These acquisitions are accompanied by risks. For instance, an acquisition could have a negative effect on our financial and strategic position and reputation or the acquired business could fail to further our strategic goals. Moreover, we may not be able to successfully integrate acquired businesses into ours, and therefore we may not be able to realize the intended benefits from an acquisition. We may have a lack of experience in new markets, products or technologies brought on by the acquisition and we may have an initial dependence on unfamiliar supply or distribution partners. An acquisition may create an impairment of relationships with customers or suppliers of the acquired business or our advisors or suppliers. All of these and other potential risks may serve as a diversion of our management's attention from other business concerns, and any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Risks Related to Our Regulatory Environment

Regulatory developments and our failure to comply with regulations could adversely affect our business by increasing our costs and exposure to litigation, affecting our reputation and making our business less profitable.

Our business is subject to extensive U.S. regulation and supervision, including securities and investment advisory services. The securities industry in the United States is subject to extensive regulation under both federal and state laws. Our broker-dealer subsidiary, LPL Financial, is:


•	registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC, each of the 50 states, and the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands;


•	registered as an investment advisor with the SEC;


•	a member of FINRA;


•	regulated by the CFTC with respect to the futures and commodities trading activities it conducts as an

introducing broker and


•	a member of the NASDAQ Global Select Market (“NASDAQ”) and the Chicago Stock Exchange.

Much of the regulation of broker-dealers has been delegated to self-regulatory organizations (“SROs”). The primary regulators of LPL Financial are FINRA, and for municipal securities, the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board (“MSRB”). The CFTC has designated the National Futures Association ("NFA") as LPL Financial’s primary regulator for futures and commodities trading activities.

The SEC, FINRA, CFTC, OCC, various securities and futures exchanges and other U.S. governmental or regulatory authorities continuously review legislative and regulatory initiatives and may adopt new or revised laws and regulations. There can also be no assurance that other federal or state agencies will not attempt to further regulate our business. These legislative and regulatory initiatives may affect the way in which we conduct our business and may make our business model less profitable.

Our ability to conduct business in the jurisdictions in which we currently operate depends on our compliance with the laws, rules and regulations promulgated by federal regulatory bodies and the regulatory authorities in each of these jurisdictions. Our ability to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations is largely dependent on our establishment and maintenance of compliance, audit and reporting systems and procedures, as well as our ability to attract and retain qualified compliance, audit and risk management personnel. While we have adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, these systems and procedures may not be fully effective, and there can be no assurance that regulators or third parties will not raise material issues with respect to our past or future compliance with applicable regulations.

Our profitability could also be affected by rules and regulations that impact the business and financial communities generally and, in particular, our advisors’ and their clients, including changes to the interpretation or enforcement of laws governing taxation (including the classification of independent contractor status of our advisors), electronic commerce, privacy and data protection. For instance, failure to comply with new rules and regulations, including in particular, rules and regulations that may arise pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the "Dodd-Frank Act"), could subject us to regulatory actions or litigation and it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows or financial condition. Provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act that may impact our business include, but are not limited to: the potential implementation of a more stringent fiduciary standard for broker-dealers and enhanced regulatory oversight of incentive compensation. Compliance with these provisions, including those related to executive compensation, have resulted in, and are likely to continue to result in, increased costs. Moreover, to the extent the Dodd-Frank Act impacts the operations, financial condition, liquidity and capital requirements of financial institutions with whom we do business, those institutions may seek to pass on increased costs, reduce their capacity to transact, or otherwise present inefficiencies in their interactions with us. The ultimate impact that the Dodd-Frank Act will have on us, the financial industry and the economy cannot be known until all such applicable and regulations called for under the Dodd-Frank Act have been finalized and implemented.

In addition, new rules and regulations could result in limitations on the lines of business we conduct, modifications to our business practices, increased capital requirements or additional costs. For example, the U.S. Department of Labor has stated that it plans to re-propose a rule that, if re-proposed and adopted as previously proposed, would broaden the circumstances under which we may be considered a “fiduciary” under Section 3(21) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) and would impact the compensation we receive for retirement accounts.

We are subject to various regulatory ownership requirements, which, if not complied with, could result in the restriction of the ongoing conduct or growth, or even liquidation of, parts of our business.

The business activities that we may conduct are limited by various regulatory agencies. Our membership agreement with FINRA may be amended by application to include additional business activities. This application process is time-consuming and may not be successful. As a result, we may be prevented from entering new potentially profitable businesses in a timely manner, or at all. In addition, as a member of FINRA, we are subject to certain regulations regarding changes in control of our ownership. Rule 1017 of the National Association of Securities Dealers generally provides, among other things, that FINRA approval must be obtained in connection with any transaction resulting in a change in our equity ownership that results in one person or entity directly or indirectly owning or controlling 25% or more of our equity capital. Similarly, the OCC imposes advance approval

requirements for a change of control, and control is presumed to exist if a person acquires 10% or more of our common stock. These regulatory approval processes can result in delay, increased costs and/or impose additional transaction terms in connection with a proposed change of control, such as capital contributions to the regulated entity. As a result of these regulations, our future efforts to sell shares or raise additional capital may be delayed or prohibited.

We are subject to various regulatory capital requirements, which, if not complied with, could result in the restriction of the ongoing conduct or growth, or even liquidation of, parts of our business.

The SEC, FINRA, CFTC, OCC and NFA have extensive rules and regulations with respect to capital requirements. As a registered broker-dealer, LPL Financial is subject to Rule 15c3-1 (“Uniform Net Capital Rule”) under the Exchange Act, and related SRO requirements. The CFTC and NFA also impose net capital requirements. The Uniform Net Capital Rule specifies minimum capital requirements that are intended to ensure the general soundness and liquidity of broker-dealers. Because our holding companies are not registered broker-dealers, they are not subject to the Uniform Net Capital Rule. However, the ability of our holding companies to withdraw capital from our broker-dealer subsidiaries could be restricted, which in turn could limit our ability to repay debt and redeem or purchase shares of our outstanding stock. A large operating loss or charge against net capital could adversely affect our ability to expand or even maintain our present levels of business.

Failure to comply with ERISA regulations could result in penalties against us.

We are subject to ERISA and Sections 4975(c)(1)(A), (B), (C) and (D) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”), and to regulations promulgated thereunder, insofar as we act as a “fiduciary” under ERISA with respect to benefit plan clients or otherwise deal with benefit plan clients. ERISA and applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code impose duties on persons who are fiduciaries under ERISA, prohibit specified transactions involving ERISA plan clients (including, without limitation, employee benefit plans (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA), individual retirement accounts and Keogh plans) and impose monetary penalties for violations of these prohibitions. Our failure to comply with these requirements could result in significant penalties against us that could have a material adverse effect on our business (or, in a worst case, severely limit the extent to which we could act as fiduciaries for any plans under ERISA).

Risks Related to Our Competition

We operate in an intensely competitive industry, which could cause us to lose advisors and their assets, thereby reducing our revenues and net income.

We are subject to competition in all aspects of our business, including competition for our advisors and their clients, from:


•	asset management firms;


•	commercial banks and thrift institutions;


•	insurance companies;


•	other clearing/custodial technology companies and


•	brokerage and investment banking firms.

Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources than we do and may offer a broader range of services, including financial products, across more markets. Some operate in a different regulatory environment than we do, which may give them certain competitive advantages in the services they offer. For example, certain of our competitors only provide clearing services and consequently would not have any supervision or oversight liability relating to actions of their financial advisors. We believe that competition within our industry will intensify as a result of consolidation and acquisition activity and because new competitors face few barriers to entry.

If we fail to continue to attract highly qualified advisors or advisors licensed with us leave us to pursue other opportunities, or if current or potential clients of our advisors decide to use one of our competitors, we could face a significant decline in market share, commission and fee revenues and net income. If we are required to increase

our payout of commissions and fees to our advisors in order to remain competitive, our net income could be significantly reduced.

Poor service or performance of the financial products that we offer or competitive pressures on pricing of such services or products may cause clients of our advisors to withdraw their assets on short notice.

Clients of our advisors control their assets under management with us. Poor service or performance of the financial products that we offer or competitive pressures on pricing of such services or products may result in the loss of accounts. In addition, we must monitor the pricing of our services and financial products in relation to competitors and periodically may need to adjust commission and fee rates, interest rates on deposits and margin loans and other fee structures to remain competitive. Competition from other financial services firms, such as reduced commissions to attract clients or trading volume or higher deposit rates to attract client cash balances, could adversely impact our business. The decrease in revenue that could result from such an event could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We face competition in attracting and retaining key talent.

Our success and future growth depends upon our ability to attract and retain qualified employees. There is significant competition for qualified employees in the broker-dealer industry. We may not be able to retain our existing employees or fill new positions or vacancies created by expansion or turnover. The loss or unavailability of these individuals could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Moreover, our success depends upon the continued services of our key senior management personnel, including our executive officers and senior managers. The loss of one or more of our key senior management personnel, and the failure to recruit a suitable replacement or replacements, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Risks Related to Our Debt

Our indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health and may limit our ability to use debt to fund future capital needs.

At December 31, 2011, we had total indebtedness of $1.3 billion. Our level of indebtedness could increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions. It could also require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes. In addition, our level of indebtedness may limit our flexibility in planning for changes in our business and the industry in which we operate, and limit our ability to borrow additional funds.

Our Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (“senior secured credit agreement”) requires quarterly repayments of our term loans. These payments equal approximately $3.5 million per quarter through March 31, 2013, $2.7 million per quarter through March 31, 2015 and $1.5 million per quarter through March 31, 2017. In addition, we have a revolving credit facility under our senior secured credit facility with an available balance of $163.5 million. This facility matures on June 28, 2013, and we will be obligated to repay any outstanding balance under this facility at that time. Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance indebtedness obligations depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control.

We may not be able to maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness. In addition, as discussed above, we are limited in the amount of capital that we can draw from our broker-dealer subsidiaries. If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we could face substantial liquidity problems and could be forced to sell assets, seek additional capital or seek to restructure or refinance our indebtedness. These alternative measures may not be successful or feasible. Our senior secured credit agreement restricts our ability to sell assets. Even if we could consummate those sales, the proceeds that we realize from them may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due. Furthermore, if an event of default were to occur with respect to our senior secured credit agreement or other future indebtedness, our creditors could, among other things, accelerate the maturity of our indebtedness.

Our senior secured credit agreement permits us to incur additional indebtedness. Although our senior secured credit agreement contains restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of significant qualifications and exceptions, and the indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. Also, these restrictions do not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute “indebtedness” as defined in our senior secured credit agreement. To the extent new debt or other obligations are added to our currently anticipated debt levels, the substantial indebtedness risks described above would increase.

A credit rating downgrade would not impact the terms of our repayment obligations under our senior secured credit agreement. However, any such downgrade would negatively impact our ability to obtain comparable rates and terms on any future refinancing of our debt and could restrict our ability to refinance.

Restrictions under our senior secured credit agreement may prevent us from taking actions that we believe would be in the best interest of our business.

Our senior secured credit agreement contains customary restrictions on our activities, including covenants that may restrict us from:


•	incurring additional indebtedness or issuing disqualified stock or preferred stock;


•	paying dividends on, redeeming or repurchasing our capital stock;


•	making investments or acquisitions;


•	creating liens;


•	selling assets;


•	restricting dividends or other payments to us;


•	guaranteeing indebtedness;


•	engaging in transactions with affiliates and


•	consolidating, merging or transferring all or substantially all of our assets.

We are also required to meet specified leverage ratio and interest coverage ratio tests. These restrictions may prevent us from taking actions that we believe would be in the best interest of our business. Our ability to comply with these restrictive covenants will depend on our future performance, which may be affected by events beyond our control. If we violate any of these covenants and are unable to obtain waivers, we would be in default under our senior secured credit agreement and payment of the indebtedness could be accelerated. The acceleration of our indebtedness under our senior secured credit agreement may permit acceleration of indebtedness under other agreements that contain cross-default or cross-acceleration provisions. If our indebtedness is accelerated, we may not be able to repay that indebtedness or borrow sufficient funds to refinance it. Even if we are able to obtain new financing, it may not be on commercially reasonable terms or on terms that are acceptable to us. If our indebtedness is in default for any reason, our business could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, complying with these covenants may also cause us to take actions that are not favorable to holders of our common stock and may make it more difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy and compete against companies that are not subject to such restrictions.

Provisions of our senior secured credit agreement could discourage an acquisition of us by a third party.

Certain provisions of our senior secured credit agreement could make it more difficult or more expensive for a third party to acquire us, and any of our future debt agreements may contain similar provisions. Upon the occurrence of certain transactions constituting a change of control, all indebtedness under our senior secured credit agreement may be accelerated and become due and payable. A potential acquirer may not have sufficient financial resources to purchase our outstanding indebtedness in connection with a change of control.

Risks Related to Our Technology

We rely on technology in our business, and technology and execution failures could subject us to losses, litigation and regulatory actions.

Our business relies extensively on electronic data processing and communications systems. In addition to better serving our advisors and their clients, the effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables firms like ours to reduce costs. Our continued success will depend, in part, upon:


•	our ability to successfully maintain and upgrade the capability of our systems;


•	our ability to address the needs of our advisors and their clients by using technology to provide products and services that satisfy their demands and


•	our ability to retain skilled information technology employees.

Extraordinary trading volumes, beyond reasonably foreseeable spikes in volumes, could cause our computer systems to operate at an unacceptably slow speed or even fail. Failure of our systems, which could result from these or other events beyond our control, or an inability to effectively upgrade those systems or implement new technology-driven products or services, could result in financial losses, unanticipated disruptions in service to clients, liability to our advisors' clients and damage to our reputation.

Our operations rely on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information in our computer systems and networks. Although we take protective measures and endeavor to modify them as circumstances warrant, the computer systems, software and networks may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, human error, computer viruses, denial-of-service attacks, or other malicious code and other events that could impact the security, reliability, and availability of our systems. If one or more of these events occur, this could jeopardize our own, our advisors’ or their clients’ or counterparties’ confidential and other information processed, stored in and transmitted through our computer systems and networks, or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our own, our advisors’ or their clients’, our counterparties’ or third parties’ operations. We may be required to expend significant additional resources to modify our protective measures, to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities or other exposures or to make required notifications, and we may be subject to litigation and financial losses that are either not insured or are not fully covered through any insurance we maintain.

The securities settlement process exposes us to risks that may expose our advisors and us to adverse movements in price.

LPL Financial, one of our subsidiaries, provides clearing services and trade processing for our advisors and their clients and certain financial institutions. Broker-dealers that clear their own trades are subject to substantially more regulatory requirements than brokers that outsource these functions to third-party providers. Errors in performing clearing functions, including clerical, technological and other errors related to the handling of funds and securities held by us on behalf of our advisors' clients, could lead to censures, fines or other sanctions imposed by applicable regulatory authorities as well as losses and liability in related lawsuits and proceedings brought by our advisors’ clients and others. Any unsettled securities transactions or wrongly executed transactions may expose our advisors and us to adverse movements in the prices of such securities.

Our networks may be vulnerable to security risks.

The secure transmission of confidential information over public networks is a critical element of our operations. As part of our normal operations, we maintain and transmit confidential information about clients of our advisors as well as proprietary information relating to our business operations. Our application service provider systems maintain and process confidential data on behalf of advisors and their clients, some of which is critical to our advisors’ business operations. If our application service provider systems are disrupted or fail for any reason, or if our systems or facilities are infiltrated or damaged by unauthorized persons, our advisors could experience data loss, financial loss, harm to reputation and significant business interruption. In addition, vulnerabilities of our external service providers could pose security risks to client information. If any such disruption or failure occurs, we may be exposed to unexpected liability, advisors' clients may withdraw their assets, our reputation may be tarnished and there could be a material adverse effect on our business.

Our networks may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses and other security problems in the future. We rely on our advisors and employees to comply with our policies and procedures to safeguard confidential data. The failure of our advisors and employees to comply with such policies and procedures could result in the loss or wrongful use of their clients’ confidential information or other sensitive information. In addition, even if we and our advisors comply with our policies and procedures, persons who circumvent security measures could wrongfully use our confidential information or clients’ confidential information or cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations. Such loss or use could, among other things:


•	seriously damage our reputation;


•	allow competitors access to our proprietary business information;


•	subject us to liability for a failure to safeguard client data;


•	result in the termination of relationships with our advisors;


•	subject us to regulatory sanctions or burdens, based on the authority of the SEC and FINRA to enforce regulations regarding business continuity planning;


•	result in inaccurate financial data reporting and


•	require significant capital and operating expenditures to investigate and remediate the breach.

Failure to maintain technological capabilities, flaws in existing technology, difficulties in upgrading our technology platform or the introduction of a competitive platform could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We depend on highly specialized and, in many cases, proprietary technology to support our business functions, including among others:


•	securities trading and custody;


•	portfolio management;


•	customer service;


•	accounting and internal financial processes and controls and


•	regulatory compliance and reporting.

In addition, our continued success depends on our ability to effectively adopt new or adapt existing technologies to meet client, industry and regulatory demands. We might be required to make significant capital expenditures to maintain competitive technology. For example, we believe that our technology platform, particularly our BranchNet system, is one of our competitive strengths, and our future success will depend in part on our ability to anticipate and adapt to technological advancements required to meet the changing demands of our advisors. The emergence of new industry standards and practices could render our existing systems obsolete or uncompetitive. Any upgrades or expansions may require significant expenditures of funds and may also cause us to suffer system degradations, outages and failures. There cannot be any assurance that we will have sufficient funds to adequately update and expand our networks, nor can there be any assurance that any upgrade or expansion attempts will be successful and accepted by our current and prospective advisors. If our technology systems were to fail and we were unable to recover in a timely way, we would be unable to fulfill critical business functions, which could lead to a loss of advisors and could harm our reputation. A technological breakdown could also interfere with our ability to comply with financial reporting and other regulatory requirements, exposing us to disciplinary action and to liability to our advisors and their clients. There cannot be any assurance that another company will not design a similar platform that affects our competitive advantage.

Inadequacy or disruption of our disaster recovery plans and procedures in the event of a catastrophe could adversely affect our business.

We have made a significant investment in our infrastructure, and our operations are dependent on our ability to protect the continuity of our infrastructure against damage from catastrophe or natural disaster, breach of security, loss of power, telecommunications failure or other natural or man-made events. A catastrophic event could have a direct negative impact on us by adversely affecting our advisors, employees or facilities, or an indirect impact on us by adversely affecting the financial markets or the overall economy. While we have implemented business continuity and disaster recovery plans and maintain business interruption insurance, it is impossible to fully anticipate and protect against all potential catastrophes. If our business continuity and disaster recovery plans and procedures were disrupted or unsuccessful in the event of a catastrophe, we could experience a material adverse interruption of our operations.

We rely on outsourced service providers to perform key functions.

We rely on outsourced service providers to perform certain key technology, processing and support functions. For example, we have an agreement with Thomson Reuters BETA Systems, a division of Thomson Reuters, under which they provide us operational support, including data processing services for securities transactions and back office processing support. Any significant failures by these service providers could cause us to incur losses and could harm our reputation. If we had to change these service providers, we would experience a disruption to our business. Although we believe we have the resources to make such transitions with minimal disruption, we cannot predict the costs and time for such conversions. We cannot provide any assurance that the disruption caused by a change in our service providers would not have a material adverse affect on our business.

Risks Related to Our Business Generally

Any damage to our reputation could harm our business and lead to a loss of revenues and net income.

We have spent many years developing our reputation for integrity and superior client service, which is built upon our four pillars of support for our advisors: enabling technology, comprehensive clearing and compliance services, practice management programs and training, and independent research. Our ability to attract and retain advisors and employees is highly dependent upon external perceptions of our level of service, business practices and financial condition. Damage to our reputation could cause significant harm to our business and prospects and may arise from numerous sources, including:


•	litigation or regulatory actions;


•	failing to deliver minimum standards of service and quality;


•	compliance failures and


•	unethical behavior and the misconduct of employees, advisors or counterparties.

Negative perceptions or publicity regarding these matters could damage our reputation among existing and potential advisors and employees. Adverse developments with respect to our industry may also, by association, negatively impact our reputation or result in greater regulatory or legislative scrutiny or litigation against us. These occurrences could lead to loss of revenue and net income.

Our business is subject to risks related to litigation, arbitration actions and governmental and SRO investigations.

We are subject to legal proceedings arising out of our business operations, including lawsuits, arbitration claims, regulatory, governmental or SRO subpoenas, investigations and actions and other claims. Many of our legal claims are client initiated and involve the purchase or sale of investment securities. In our investment advisory programs, we have fiduciary obligations that require us and our advisors to act in the best interests of our advisors’ clients. We may face liabilities for actual or alleged breaches of legal duties to our advisors’ clients, in respect of issues related to the suitability of the financial products we make available in our open architecture product platform or the investment advice of our advisors based on their clients’ investment objectives (including, for example, auction rate securities or exchange traded funds). In addition, we, along with other industry participants, are subject

to risks related to litigation and settlements arising from market events such as the failures in the auction rate securities market. We may also become subject to claims, allegations and legal proceedings that we infringe or misappropriate intellectual property or other proprietary rights of others. In addition, we may be subject to legal proceedings related to employment matters, including wage and hour, discrimination or harassment claims. The outcome of any such actions cannot be predicted, and a negative outcome in such a proceeding could result in substantial legal liability, loss of intellectual property rights and injunctive or other equitable relief against us. Further, such outcome may cause us significant reputational harm and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows or financial condition.

Our risk management policies and procedures may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposure in all market environments or against all types of risks.

We have adopted policies and procedures to identify, monitor and manage our operational risk. These policies and procedures, however, may not be fully effective. Some of our risk evaluation methods depend upon information provided by others and public information regarding markets, clients or other matters that are otherwise accessible by us. In some cases, however, that information may not be accurate, complete or up-to-date. Also, because our advisors work in small, decentralized offices, additional risk management challenges may exist. If our policies and procedures are not fully effective or we are not always successful in capturing all risks to which we are or may be exposed, we may suffer harm to our reputation or be subject to litigation or regulatory actions that could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

Misconduct and errors by our employees and our advisors, who operate in a decentralized environment, could harm our business.

Misconduct and errors by our employees and our advisors could result in violations of law by us, regulatory sanctions and/or serious reputational or financial harm. We cannot always prevent misconduct and errors by our employees and our advisors, and the precautions we take to prevent and detect these activities may not be effective in all cases. Prevention and detection among our advisors, who are not our direct employees and some of whom tend to be located in small, decentralized offices, present additional challenges. There cannot be any assurance that misconduct and errors by our employees and advisors will not lead to a material adverse effect on our business.

Our insurance coverage may be inadequate or expensive.

We are subject to claims in the ordinary course of business. These claims may involve substantial amounts of money and involve significant defense costs. It is not always possible to prevent or detect activities giving rise to claims, and the precautions we take may not be effective in all cases.

We maintain voluntary and required insurance coverage, including, among others, general liability, property, director and officer, excess-SIPC, business interruption, errors and omissions, excess entity errors and omissions and fidelity bond insurance. Recently, premium and deductible costs associated with certain insurance coverages have increased, coverage terms have become more restrictive and the number of insurers has decreased. While we endeavor to purchase coverage that is appropriate to our assessment of our risk, we are unable to predict with certainty the frequency, nature or magnitude of claims for direct or consequential damages. Our business may be negatively affected if in the future our insurance proves to be inadequate or unavailable. In addition, insurance claims may harm our reputation or divert management resources away from operating our business.

Changes in U.S. federal income tax law could make some of the products distributed by our advisors less attractive to clients.

Some of the financial products distributed by our advisors, such as variable annuities, enjoy favorable treatment under current U.S. federal income tax law. Changes in U.S. federal income tax law, in particular with respect to variable annuity products or with respect to tax rates on capital gains or dividends, could make some of these products less attractive to clients and, as a result, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows or financial condition.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock

The Majority Holders will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted for stockholder approval and may have interests that differ from those of our other stockholders.

As of December 31, 2011, investment funds affiliated with the Majority Holders own approximately 61.9% of our common stock, or 55.9% on a fully diluted basis. The Majority Holders have significant influence over corporate transactions. So long as investment funds associated with or designated by the Majority Holders continue to own a significant amount of the outstanding shares of our common stock, even if such amount is less than 50%, the Majority Holders will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions, regardless of whether or not other stockholders believe that the transaction is in their own best interests. Such concentration of voting power could also have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change of control or other business combination that might otherwise be beneficial to our stockholders. If the Majority Holders enter into a change in control transaction, certain members of our executive team have the contractual ability to terminate their employment within the thirty day period immediately following the twelve month anniversary of a change in control and receive severance payments.

In addition, the Majority Holders and their affiliates are in the business of making investments in companies and may, from time to time in the future, acquire interests in businesses that directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business. To the extent the Majority Holders invest in such other businesses, the Majority Holders may have differing interests than our other stockholders. The Majority Holders may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.

The price of our common stock may be volatile and fluctuate substantially, which could result in substantial losses for our investors.

The market price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile and may fluctuate substantially due to the following factors (in addition to the other risk factors described in this section):


•	actual or anticipated fluctuations in our results of operations;


•	variance in our financial performance from the expectations of equity research analysts;


•	conditions and trends in the markets we serve;


•	announcements of significant new services or products by us or our competitors;


•	additions or changes to key personnel;


•	the commencement or outcome of litigation;


•	changes in market valuation or earnings of our competitors;


•	the trading volume of our common stock;


•	future sale of our equity securities;


•	changes in the estimation of the future size and growth rate of our markets;


•	legislation or regulatory policies, practices or actions and


•	general economic conditions.

In addition, the stock markets in general have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of the particular companies affected. These broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of our common stock irrespective of our operating performance. In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against the affected

company. This type of litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

We are a holding company and rely on dividends, distributions and other payments, advances and transfers of funds from our subsidiaries to meet our debt service and other obligations.

We have no direct operations and derive all of our cash flow from our subsidiaries. Because we conduct our operations through our subsidiaries, we depend on those entities for dividends and other payments or distributions to meet any existing or future debt service and other obligations. The deterioration of the earnings from, or other available assets of, our subsidiaries for any reason could limit or impair their ability to pay dividends or other distributions to us. In addition, FINRA regulations restrict dividends in excess of 10% of a member firm’s excess net capital without FINRA’s prior approval. Compliance with this regulation may impede our ability to receive dividends from our broker-dealer subsidiaries.

You may only have the opportunity to achieve a return on your investment if the price of our common stock appreciates.

We have not paid any dividends on our common stock during the last six years. Any future determination relating to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including future earnings, capital requirements, financial conditions, future prospects, contractual restrictions and covenants and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. Furthermore, our senior secured credit agreement places substantial restrictions on our ability to pay cash dividends. Accordingly, realization of a gain on your investment may depend solely on the appreciation of the price of our common stock, which may never occur.

Anti-takeover provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could prevent or delay a change in control of our company.

Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws contain certain provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control over us that stockholders may consider favorable, including the following, some of which may only become effective when the Majority Holders collectively own less than 40% of our outstanding shares of common stock:


•	the division of our board of directors into three classes and the election of each class for three-year terms;


•	the sole ability of the board of directors to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors;


•	advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations;


•	limitations on the ability of stockholders to call special meetings and to take action by written consent;

•

when the Majority Holders collectively own 50% or less of our outstanding shares of common stock, the approval of holders of at least two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote generally on the making, alteration, amendment or repeal of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, will be required to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws, or amend or repeal certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation;


•	the required approval of holders of at least two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote at an election of the directors to remove directors and, following the classification of the board of directors, removal only for cause and


•	the ability of our board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred stock, without stockholder approval, which could be used to institute a rights plan, or a poison pill, that would work to dilute the stock ownership or a potential hostile acquirer, likely preventing acquisitions that have not been approved by our board of directors.

The existence of the foregoing provisions and anti-takeover measures could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. They could also deter potential acquirers of our company, thereby reducing the likelihood that you could receive a premium for your common stock in the acquisition.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

Our corporate offices are located in Boston, Massachusetts where we lease approximately 36,000 square feet of space under a lease agreement that expires on June 30, 2012, and approximately 21,000 square feet of space under a lease agreement that expires on May 31, 2013; in San Diego, California where we lease approximately 407,000 square feet of space under lease agreements that expire starting on February 28, 2014; in Charlotte, North Carolina where we lease a total of approximately 238,000 square feet of space under lease agreements expiring on November 30, 2016 and February 28, 2017.

We entered into a new lease agreement on July 12, 2011, for approximately 69,000 square feet of space in Boston, Massachusetts and plan to move our corporate offices to this space in the second quarter of 2012. This lease agreement expires on June 30, 2023, with two five-year extensions at the tenant's option.

We also entered into a new lease agreement on December 16, 2011, for approximately 415,000 square feet of space in San Diego, California and plan to move our San Diego offices to this location during 2014. We own approximately 4.4 acres of land in San Diego.

We lease smaller administrative and operational offices in various locations throughout the U.S. We believe that our existing properties are adequate for the current operating requirements of our business and that additional space will be available as needed.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

For a discussion of legal proceedings, see The Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - 14. Commitments and Contingencies, which are included as an annex to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

PART II


Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

The Company’s common stock commenced trading on the NASDAQ under the symbol “LPLA” on November 18, 2010. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our common stock. The following table shows the high and low sales prices for our common stock for the periods indicated, as reported by the NASDAQ. The prices reflect inter-dealer prices and do not include retail markups, markdowns or commissions.



	High		Low
2011
First Quarter	$	35.99	$	32.15
Second Quarter	36.95		33.15
Third Quarter	34.65		24.47
Fourth Quarter	30.54		25.10

2010
Fourth Quarter (beginning November 18, 2010)	$	37.22	$	31.50

The closing sale price of the Company's common stock as reported on the NASDAQ on December 30, 2011 was $30.54 per share. As of that date there were 487 holders of record of the Company's common stock based on information provided by our transfer agent. The number of stockholders of record does not reflect the number of individual or institutional stockholders that beneficially own the Company's stock because most stock is held in the name of nominees.

Performance Graph

The following graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return since November 18, 2010, the date our common stock began trading on the NASDAQ, with the Standard & Poor’s 500 Financial Sector Index (the "S&P 500") and the Dow Jones U.S. Financial Services Index (the "Dow Jones"). The graph assumes that the value of the investment in our common stock, the S&P 500 and the Dow Jones was $100 on November 18, 2010.

Dividends

We have not paid any dividends on our common stock during the past six years. Any future determination relating to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including future earnings, capital requirements, financial conditions, future prospects, contractual restrictions and covenants and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. Our senior secured credit agreement contains restrictions on our activities, including paying dividends on our capital stock. For an explanation of these restrictions, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Indebtedness”. In addition, FINRA regulations restrict dividends in excess of 10% of a member firm’s excess net capital without FINRA’s prior approval, potentially impeding our ability to receive dividends from LPL Financial.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The table below sets forth as of December 31, 2011 information on compensation plans under which our equity securities are authorized for issuance:



Plan category	Number of Securities to be Issued upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights	Weighted Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights		Number of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders	9,025,055	$	21.74	9,367,444	(1)
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders	2,857,279	0.27		—	(2)
Total	11,882,334	$	16.58	9,367,444

____________


(1)	Includes shares available for future issuance under our 2010 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan. Following our IPO, grants are no longer made under our 2005 Stock Option Plan for Incentive Stock Options, 2005 Stock Option Plan for Non-Qualified Stock Options, 2008 Stock Option Plan and Advisor Incentive Plan.


(2)	There are no securities remaining for future issuance under the 2008 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan pursuant to the terms thereof. In addition, following our IPO, grants are no longer made under our Financial Institution Incentive Plan.

Issuance Under 2008 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan

As of December 31, 2011, we had outstanding 2,823,452 restricted stock units under our 2008 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”). The purpose of the Deferred Compensation Plan is to permit employees and former employees of the Company and its subsidiaries who held stock options issued under the 2005 Option Plans that were to expire in 2009 or 2010 to receive stock units under the Deferred Compensation Plan that are paid out at a later date in the form of shares of our common stock. The Deferred Compensation Plan is administered by the Board, or such other committee as may be appointed by the Board to administer the Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Administrator”). The Administrator has all powers necessary to administer the Deferred Compensation Plan, including discretionary authority to determine eligibility for benefits and to decide claims under the Deferred Compensation Plan.

Current and former employees of LPLIH and its subsidiaries who held stock options under the 2005 Option Plans that were scheduled to expire in 2009 or 2010 (the “Expiring Options”) were able to make a one-time election to participate in the Deferred Compensation Plan. Participants elected to cancel their Expiring Options and receive stock units held in an account under the Deferred Compensation Plan. Each stock unit is a bookkeeping entry of which one stock unit is the economic equivalent of one share of our common stock. The Administrator created an account on each participant’s behalf to which the participant’s initial balance was credited, which will then be converted into stock units. A participant’s initial balance was an amount equal to the fair market value on December 31, 2008 of the shares underlying the stock options the participant elected to defer, less the aggregate exercise price of these options. The initial number of stock units in a participant’s account equals his or her initial balance divided by the fair market value of a share of our common stock on December 31, 2008.

Pursuant to the terms of the Deferred Compensation Plan, the Board approved a distribution date of February 22, 2012. On February 22, 2012, distributions to participants were made in the form of whole shares of common stock equal to the number of stock units allocated to each participant's account (fractional shares were paid out in cash). Participants authorized the Company to withhold shares from their distribution of common stock to satisfy their withholding tax obligations. On February 22, 2012 we repurchased 1,149,896 shares and made the related withholding tax payment of approximately $37.5 million.

Issuance Under 2008 LPL Investment Holdings Inc. Financial Institution Incentive Plan

As of December 31, 2011, we had outstanding 33,827 warrants to purchase common stock under our 2008 LPL Investment Holdings Inc. Financial Institution Incentive Plan (the “Financial Institution Incentive Plan”). Eligible participants under this plan include financial institutions in a position to make a significant contribution to the success of our firm. The plan is administered by the Board or such other committee as may be appointed by the Board to administer the plan. The exercise price of warrants is equal to the fair market value on the grant date. Warrant awards vest in equal increments of 20.0% over a five-year period and expire on the 10th anniversary following the date of grant. The Financial Institution Incentive Plan has not been approved by security holders. Following our IPO, grants were no longer to be made under our Financial Institution Incentive Plan.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

None.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following table sets forth our selected historical financial information for the past five fiscal years. The selected historical financial information presented below should be read in conjunction with the information included under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We have derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and the consolidated statements of financial condition data as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 from our audited financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We have derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 and consolidated statements of financial condition data as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 from our audited financial statements not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period.



	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010			2009		2008		2007
	(In thousands, except per share data)
Consolidated statements of operations data:
Net revenues	$	3,479,375	$	3,113,486		$	2,749,505	$	3,116,349	$	2,716,574
Total expenses	3,196,690		3,202,335			2,676,938		3,023,584		2,608,741
Income (loss) from operations before provision for (benefit from) income taxes	282,685		(88,849		)	72,567		92,765		107,833
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes	112,303		(31,987		)	25,047		47,269		46,764
Net income (loss)	170,382		(56,862		)	47,520		45,496		61,069
Per share data:
Earnings (loss) per basic share	$	1.55	$	(0.64	)	$	0.54	$	0.53	$	0.72
Earnings (loss) per diluted share	$	1.50	$	(0.64	)	$	0.47	$	0.45	$	0.62



	As of December 31,
	2011		2010		2009		2008		2007
	(In thousands)
Consolidated statements of financial condition data:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	720,772	$	419,208	$	378,594	$	219,239	$	188,003
Total assets	3,816,326		3,646,167		3,336,936		3,381,779		3,287,349
Total debt(1)	1,332,668		1,386,639		1,369,223		1,467,647		1,451,071



	As of and for the Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009			2008			2007
Other financial and operating data:
Adjusted EBITDA (in thousands)(2)	$	459,720		$	413,113		$	356,068		$	350,171		$	329,079
Adjusted Earnings (in thousands)(2)	$	218,585		$	172,720		$	129,556		$	108,863		$	107,404
Adjusted Earnings per share(2)	$	1.95		$	1.71		$	1.32		$	1.09		$	1.08
Gross Margin (in thousands)(3)	$	1,030,951		$	937,933		$	844,926		$	953,301		$	781,102
Gross Margin as a % of net revenue(3)	29.6		%	30.1		%	30.7		%	30.6		%	28.8		%
Number of advisors(4)	12,847			12,444			11,950			11,920			11,089
Advisory and brokerage assets (in billions)(5)	$	330.3		$	315.6		$	279.4		$	233.9		$	283.2
Advisory assets under management (in billions)(6)	$	101.6		$	93.0		$	77.2		$	59.6		$	73.9
Insured cash account balances (in billions)(6)	$	14.4		$	12.2		$	11.6		$	11.2		$	8.6
Money market account balances (in billions)(6)	$	8.0		$	6.9		$	7.0		$	11.2		$	7.4

____________


(1)	Total debt consists of our senior secured credit facilities, senior unsecured subordinated notes, revolving line of credit facility and bank loans payable.


(2)	See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — How We Evaluate Growth” for an explanation of non-GAAP measures Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Earnings and Adjusted Earnings per share.

(3)

Gross Margin is calculated as net revenues less production expenses. Production expenses consist of the following expense categories from our consolidated statements of operations: (i) commissions and advisory fees and (ii) brokerage, clearing and exchange. All other expense categories, including depreciation and amortization, are considered general and administrative in nature. Because our gross margin amounts do not include any depreciation and amortization expense, we consider our gross margin amounts to be non-GAAP measures which may not be comparable to those of others in our industry. Additionally in 2010, upon closing our IPO in the fourth quarter, the restriction on approximately 7.4 million shares of common stock issued to our advisors under the Fifth Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Bonus Plan was released. Accordingly, we recorded a share-based compensation charge of $222.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2010, representing the offering price of $30.00 per share multiplied by 7.4 million shares. This charge has been classified as adjusted production expense in 2010. Therefore gross margin and gross margin as a percentage of net revenue, as calculated for 2010 above, does not include this charge for comparability purposes with previous years shown.

(4)

Number of advisors is defined as those investment professionals who are licensed to do business with our broker-dealer subsidiaries. In 2011, we consolidated the operations of UVEST with LPL Financial which resulted, as expected, in attrition of 146 advisors. Excluding attrition from the integration of the UVEST platform, we added 549 net new advisors during the year ended December 31, 2011. In 2009, we attracted record levels of new advisors due to the dislocation in the marketplace that impacted many of our competitors. This record recruitment was offset by attrition related to the consolidation of the operations of the Affiliated Entities which resulted, as expected, in attrition of 720 advisors. Excluding attrition from the integration of the Affiliated Entities, we added 750 net new advisors during the year ended December 31, 2009.


(5)	Advisory and brokerage assets are comprised of assets that are custodied, networked and non-networked and reflect market movement in addition to new assets, inclusive of new business development and net of attrition. Such totals do not include the market value of client assets held in retirement plans administered by us and trust assets supported by Concord Wealth Management.


(6)	Advisory assets under management, insured cash account balances and money market balances are components of advisory and brokerage assets.

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes to those consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve significant risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, such as those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Form 10-K, our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements.

Overview

We provide an integrated platform of brokerage and investment advisory services to approximately 12,800 independent financial advisors and financial advisors at financial institutions (our "advisors")across the country, enabling them to successfully service their retail investors with unbiased, conflict-free financial advice. In addition, we support over 4,000 financial advisors who are affiliated and licensed with insurance companies with customized clearing, advisory platforms and technology solutions. Our singular focus is to support our advisors with the front, middle and back-office support they need to serve the large and growing market for independent investment advice, particularly in the mass affluent market. We believe we are the only company that offers advisors the unique combination of an integrated technology platform, comprehensive self-clearing services and full open architecture access to leading financial products, all delivered in an environment unencumbered by conflicts from product manufacturing, underwriting or market making.

For over 20 years we have served the independent advisor market. We currently support the largest independent advisor base and we believe we have the fourth largest overall advisor base in the United States based on the latest information available as of the date this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been issued. Through our advisors, we are also one of the largest distributors of financial products in the United States. Our scale is a substantial competitive advantage and enables us to more effectively attract and retain advisors. Our unique model allows us to invest more resources in our advisors, increasing their revenues and creating a virtuous cycle of growth. We currently have approximately 2,700 employees with headquarters in Boston, Charlotte and San Diego.

Our Sources of Revenue

Our revenues are derived primarily from fees and commissions from products and advisory services offered by our advisors to their clients, a substantial portion of which we pay out to our advisors, as well as fees we receive from our advisors for use of our technology, custody and clearing platforms. We also generate asset-based fees through the distribution of financial products for a broad range of product manufacturers. Under our self-clearing platform, we custody the majority of client assets invested in these financial products, which includes providing statements, transaction processing and ongoing account management. In return for these services, mutual funds, insurance companies, banks and other financial product manufacturers pay us fees based on asset levels or number of accounts managed. We also earn fees for margin lending to our advisors’ clients.

We track recurring revenue, a characterization of net revenue and statistical measure, which we define to include our revenues from asset-based fees, advisory fees, trailing commissions, cash sweep programs and certain transaction and other fees that are based upon accounts and advisors. Because recurring revenue is associated with asset balances, it will fluctuate depending on the market value of the asset balances and current interest rates. Accordingly, recurring revenue can be negatively impacted by adverse external market conditions. However, recurring revenue is meaningful to us despite these fluctuations because it is not based on transaction volumes or other activity-based fees, which are more difficult to predict, particularly in declining or volatile markets.

The table below summarizes the sources of our revenue, the primary drivers of each revenue source and the percentage of each revenue source that represents recurring revenue, a characterization of revenue and a statistical measure:



			For the Year Ended December 31, 2011
	Sources of revenue	Primary Drivers	Total (millions)	% of Total Net Revenue	% Recurring
Advisor-driven revenue with ~85%-90% payout ratio	Commissions	- Transactions - Brokerage asset levels	$1,754	51%	35%
Advisor-driven revenue with ~85%-90% payout ratio	Advisory Fees	- Advisory asset levels	$1,027	30%	99%
Attachment revenue retained by us	Asset-Based Fees - Cash Sweep Fees - Sponsorship Fees - Record Keeping	- Cash balances - Interest rates - Number of accounts - Client asset levels	$360	10%	100%
	Transaction and Other Fees - Transactions - Client (Investor) Accounts - Advisor Seat and Technology	- Client activity - Number of clients - Number of advisors - Number of accounts - Premium technology subscribers	$292	8%	57%
	Interest and Other Revenue	- Margin accounts - Marketing re-allowances fees	$46	1%	48%
	Total Net Revenue		$3,479	100%	63%
	Total Recurring Revenue		$2,180	63%


•	Commissions and Advisory Fees. Transaction-based commissions and advisory fees both represent advisor-generated revenue, generally 85-90% of which is paid to advisors.

Commissions. Transaction-based commission revenues represent gross commissions generated by our advisors, primarily from commissions earned on the sale of various financial products such as variable and fixed annuities, mutual funds, general securities, fixed income, alternative investments and insurance and can vary from period to period based on the overall economic environment, number of trading days in the reporting period and investment activity of our advisors' clients. We also earn trailing commission type revenues (a commission that is paid over time, such as 12(b)-1 fees) on mutual funds and variable annuities held by clients of our advisors. Trail commissions are recurring in nature and are earned based on the current market value of investment holdings.

Advisory Fees. Advisory fee revenues represent fees charged on our corporate Registered Investment Advisor ("RIA") platform to clients of our advisors based on the value of advisory assets. Advisory fees are typically billed to clients quarterly, in advance, and are recognized as revenue ratably during the quarter. The value of the assets in the advisory account on the billing date determines the amount billed, and accordingly, the revenues earned in the following three month period. The majority of our accounts are billed using values as of the last business day of the quarter. In addition, we support independent Registered Investment Advisors ("Independent RIA") who conduct their advisory business through separate entities by establishing their own RIA pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, rather than using our corporate registered RIA. The assets held under these investment advisory accounts custodied with LPL Financial LLC (“LPL Financial”) are included in our advisory and brokerage assets and advisory assets under management metrics. The fee-based production generated by the Independent RIA is earned by the advisor, and accordingly not included in our advisory fee revenue. However, there are administrative fees charged to

Independent RIAs including custody and clearing and trading fees, based on the value of assets within these advisory accounts. Furthermore, we support certain financial advisors with customized clearing and advisory platforms and charge fees to these advisors based on the value of assets within these advisory accounts.

•

Asset-Based Fees. Asset-based fees are comprised of fees from cash sweep programs, our sponsorship programs with financial product manufacturers, and omnibus processing and networking services. Pursuant to contractual arrangements, uninvested cash balances in our advisors’ client accounts are swept into either insured deposit accounts at various banks or third-party money market funds, for which we receive fees, including administrative and record-keeping fees based on account type and the invested balances. In addition, we receive fees from certain financial product manufacturers in connection with sponsorship programs that support our marketing and sales-force education and training efforts. We also earn fees on mutual fund assets for which we provide administrative and record-keeping services. Our networking fees represent fees paid to us by mutual fund and annuity product manufacturers in exchange for administrative and record-keeping services that we provide to clients of our advisors. Networking fees are correlated to the number of positions we administer, not the value of assets under administration.

•

Transaction and Other Fees. Revenues earned from transaction and other fees primarily consist of transaction fees and ticket charges, subscription fees, Individual Retirement Account ("IRA") custodian fees, contract and license fees, conference fees and small/inactive account fees. We charge fees to our advisors and their clients for executing transactions in brokerage and fee-based advisory accounts. We earn subscription fees for various services provided to our advisors and on IRA custodial services that we provide for their client accounts. We charge monthly administrative fees to our advisors. We charge fees to financial product manufacturers for participating in our training and marketing conferences and fees to our advisors and their clients for accounts that do not meet certain specified thresholds of size or activity. In addition, we host certain advisor conferences that serve as training, sales and marketing events in our first and third fiscal quarters and as a result, we anticipate higher transaction and other fees resulting from the collection of revenues from sponsors and advisors, in comparison to other periods.


•	Interest and Other Revenue. Other revenue includes marketing re-allowances from certain financial product manufacturers as well as interest income from client margin accounts and cash equivalents, net of operating interest expense, and other items.

Our Operating Expenses

•

Production Expenses. Production expenses are comprised of the following: gross commissions and advisory fees that are earned by and paid out to advisors based on the sale of various products and services; production bonuses for achieving certain levels of production; recognition of share-based compensation expense from stock options and warrants granted to advisors and financial institutions based on the fair value of the awards at each interim reporting period; amounts designated by advisors as deferred commissions in a non-qualified deferred compensation plan that are marked to market at each interim reporting period; and brokerage, clearing and exchange fees. Our production payout includes all production expenses except brokerage, clearing and exchange expenses. Substantially all of the production payout is variable and correlated to the revenues generated by each advisor. Our production payout percentage is calculated as commission and advisory fees divided by commission and advisory revenues, and we exclude brokerage, clearing and exchange fees from this measure.

Upon closing of our IPO in the fourth quarter of 2010, the restriction of approximately 7.4 million shares of common stock issued to advisors under the Fifth Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Bonus Plan was released. Accordingly, we recorded a share-based compensation charge of $222.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2010, representing the offering price of $30.00 per share multiplied by 7.4 million shares. This charge has been classified as production expense, but has been excluded from our production payout for 2010 to derive an adjusted production payout, a non-GAAP measure, for consistency and comparability to other periods presented because this charge related to equity awards granted in prior periods.


•	Compensation and Benefits Expense. Compensation and benefits expense includes salaries and wages and related employee benefits and taxes for our employees (including share-based compensation), as well as compensation for temporary employees and consultants.

•

General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses include promotional fees, occupancy and equipment, communications and data processing, regulatory fees, travel and entertainment, professional services and other expenses. We host certain advisor conferences that serve as training, sales and marketing events in our first and third fiscal quarters and as a result, we anticipate higher general and administrative expenses in comparison to other periods.


•	Depreciation and Amortization Expense. Depreciation and amortization expense represents the benefits received for using long-lived assets. Those assets represent significant intangible assets established through our acquisitions, as well as fixed assets which include internally developed software, hardware, leasehold improvements and other equipment.

•

Restructuring Charges. Restructuring charges represent expenses incurred as a result of our 2011 consolidation of UVEST Financial Services Group, Inc. ("UVEST") and our 2009 consolidation of Mutual Service Corporation (“MSC”), Associated Financial Group, Inc. (“AFG”), Associated Securities Corp. (“Associated”), Associated Planners Investment Advisory, Inc. (“APIA”) and Waterstone Financial Group, Inc. (“WFG”) (MSC, AFG, Associated, APIA and WFG, are collectively referred to herein as the “Affiliated Entities”).

How We Evaluate Our Business

We focus on several business and key financial metrics in evaluating the success of our business relationships and our resulting financial position and operating performance. Our key metrics as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:



	As of and for the Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009

Business Metrics
Advisors(1)	12,847			12,444			11,950
Advisory and brokerage assets (in billions)(2)	$	330.3		$	315.6		$	279.4
Advisory assets under management (in billions)(3)	$	101.6		$	93.0		$	77.2
Net new advisory assets (in billions)(3)(4)	$	10.8		$	8.5		$	7.0
Insured cash account balances (in billions)(3)	$	14.4		$	12.2		$	11.6
Money market account balances (in billions)(3)	$	8.0		$	6.9		$	7.0

Financial Metrics
Revenue growth (decline) from prior year	11.8		%	13.2		%	(11.8		)%
Recurring revenue as a % of net revenue(5)	62.7		%	60.7		%	57.3		%
Net income (loss) (in millions)	$	170.4		$	(56.9	)	$	47.5
Earnings (loss) per share (diluted)	$	1.50		$	(0.64	)	$	0.47
Non-GAAP Measures:
Gross margin (in millions)(6)	$	1,031.0		$	937.9		$	844.9
Gross margin as a % of net revenue(6)	29.6		%	30.1		%	30.7		%
Adjusted EBITDA (in millions)	$	459.7		$	413.1		$	356.1
Adjusted EBITDA as a % of net revenue	13.2		%	13.3		%	13.0		%
Adjusted EBITDA as a % of gross margin(6)	44.6		%	44.0		%	42.1		%
Adjusted Earnings (in millions)	$	218.6		$	172.7		$	129.6
Adjusted Earnings per share (diluted)	$	1.95		$	1.71		$	1.32

____________

(1)

Advisors are defined as those investment professionals who are licensed to do business with our broker-dealer subsidiaries. In 2011, we consolidated the operations of UVEST with LPL Financial which resulted, as expected, in attrition of 146 advisors. Excluding attrition from the integration of the UVEST platform, we added 549 net new advisors during the year ended December 31, 2011, continuing to build relationships with advisors from all channels across the financial services industry.


(2)	Advisory and brokerage assets are comprised of assets that are custodied, networked and non-networked

and reflect market movement in addition to new assets, inclusive of new business development and net of attrition.


(3)	Advisory assets under management, insured cash account balances and money market account balances are components of advisory and brokerage assets.


(4)	Represents net new advisory assets consisting of funds from new accounts and additional funds deposited into existing advisory accounts that are custodied in our fee-based advisory platforms.


(5)	Recurring revenue, a characterization of net revenue and a statistical measure, is derived from sources such as advisory fees, asset-based fees, trailing commission fees, fees related to our cash sweep programs, interest earned on margin accounts and technology and service fees, and is not meant as a substitute for net revenues.

(6)

Gross margin is calculated as net revenues less production expenses. Production expenses consist of the following expense categories from our consolidated statements of operations: (i) commissions and advisory fees and (ii) brokerage, clearing and exchange. All other expense categories, including depreciation and amortization, are considered general and administrative in nature. Because our gross margin amounts do not include any depreciation and amortization expense, we consider our gross margin amounts to be non-GAAP measures that may not be comparable to those of others in our industry. In 2010, upon closing our IPO in the fourth quarter, the restriction on approximately 7.4 million shares of common stock issued to our advisors under the Fifth Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Bonus Plan was released. Accordingly, we recorded a share-based compensation charge of $222.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2010, representing the offering price of $30.00 per share multiplied by 7.4 million shares. This charge has been classified as production expense in 2010.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA (net income plus interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization), further adjusted to exclude certain non-cash charges and other adjustments set forth below. We present Adjusted EBITDA because we consider it an important measure of our performance. Adjusted EBITDA is a useful financial metric in assessing our operating performance from period to period by excluding certain items that we believe are not representative of our core business, such as certain material non-cash items and other adjustments.

We believe that Adjusted EBITDA, viewed in addition to, and not in lieu of, our reported GAAP results, provides useful information to investors regarding our performance and overall results of operations for the following reasons:


•	because non-cash equity grants made to employees at a certain price and point in time do not necessarily reflect how our business is performing at any particular time, share-based compensation expense is not a key measure of our operating performance and


•	because costs associated with acquisitions and the resulting integrations, debt refinancing, restructuring and conversions and equity issuance and related offering costs can vary from period to period and transaction to transaction, expenses associated with these activities are not considered a key measure of our operating performance.

We use Adjusted EBITDA:


•	as a measure of operating performance;


•	for planning purposes, including the preparation of budgets and forecasts;


•	to allocate resources to enhance the financial performance of our business;


•	to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies;


•	in communications with our board of directors concerning our financial performance and


•	as a factor in determining employee and executive bonuses.

Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure and does not purport to be an alternative to net income as a measure of operating performance or to cash flows from operating activities as a measure of liquidity. The term Adjusted EBITDA is not defined under GAAP, and Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of net income, operating income or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP.

Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:


•	Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect all cash expenditures, future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;


•	Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, working capital needs


•	Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt and


•	Adjusted EBITDA can differ significantly from company to company depending on long-term strategic decisions regarding capital structure, the tax jurisdictions in which companies operate and capital investments, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as a measure of discretionary cash available to us to invest in our business. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on the GAAP results and using Adjusted EBITDA as supplemental information.

Set forth below is a reconciliation from our net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP measure, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 (in thousands):



	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Net income (loss)	$	170,382		$	(56,862	)	$	47,520
Interest expense	68,764			90,407			100,922
Income tax expense (benefit)	112,303			(31,987		)	25,047
Amortization of purchased intangible assets and software(1)	38,981			43,658			59,577
Depreciation and amortization of all other fixed assets	33,760			42,379			48,719
EBITDA	424,190			87,595			281,785
EBITDA Adjustments:
Share-based compensation expense(2)	14,978			10,429			6,437
Acquisition and integration related expenses(3)	(3,815		)	12,569			3,037
Restructuring and conversion costs(4)	22,052			22,835			64,078
Debt amendment and extinguishment costs(5)	—			38,633			—
Equity issuance and related offering costs(6)	2,062			240,902			580
Other(7)	253			150			151
Total EBITDA Adjustments	35,530			325,518			74,283
Adjusted EBITDA	$	459,720		$	413,113		$	356,068

____________


(1)	Represents amortization of intangible assets and software as a result of our purchase accounting adjustments from our merger transaction in 2005 and our various acquisitions.


(2)	Represents share-based compensation expense related to stock options awarded to employees and non-executive directors based on the grant date fair value under the Black-Scholes valuation model.

(3)

Represents acquisition and integration costs resulting from various acquisitions. As previously disclosed, we have been involved in a legal dispute with a third-party indemnitor under a purchase and sale agreement with respect to the indemnitor's refusal to make indemnity payments that we believed were required under the purchase and sale agreement. Included in the year ended December 31, 2010, is $11.4 million of expenditures related to the legal dispute with the third-party indemnitor that has been classified

within general and administrative expenses and included in the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP measure. We settled our legal dispute with the third-party indemnitor in the fourth quarter of 2011. Accordingly in 2011, we received a $10.5 million cash settlement, $9.8 million of which has been excluded from the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP measure. See Note 14 of our consolidated financial statements for additional information on litigation-related expenses.


(4)	Represents organizational restructuring charges and conversion and other related costs incurred resulting from the 2011 consolidation of UVEST and the 2009 consolidation of the Affiliated Entities.


(5)	Represents debt amendment costs incurred in 2010 for amending and restating our senior secured credit agreement to establish a new term loan tranche and to extend the maturity of an existing tranche on our senior credit facilities.

(6)

Represents equity issuance and related costs for our IPO, which was completed in the fourth quarter of 2010. For 2009, $0.6 million of costs that were previously classified as restructuring and conversion have been reclassified to equity issuance and IPO related costs to conform to the current period presentation. Upon closing of the offering, the restriction on approximately 7.4 million shares of common stock issued to advisors under our Fifth Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Bonus Plan was released. Accordingly, the Company recorded a share-based compensation charge of $222.0 million, representing the offering price of $30.00 per share multiplied by 7.4 million shares.


(7)	Represents excise and other taxes.

Adjusted Earnings and Adjusted Earnings per share

Adjusted Earnings represents net income before: (a) share-based compensation expense, (b) amortization of intangible assets and software, a component of depreciation and amortization resulting from our merger transaction in 2005 and our various acquisitions, (c) acquisition and integration related expenses, (d) restructuring and conversion costs, (e) debt amendment and extinguishment costs, (f) equity issuance and related offering costs and (g) other. Reconciling items are tax effected using the income tax rates in effect for the applicable period, adjusted for any potentially non-deductible amounts.

In reporting our financial and operating results for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, we renamed our non-GAAP performance measures to Adjusted Earnings and Adjusted Earnings per share.

Adjusted Earnings per share represents Adjusted Earnings divided by weighted average outstanding shares on a fully diluted basis.

We prepared Adjusted Earnings and Adjusted Earnings per share to eliminate the effects of items that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance.

We believe that Adjusted Earnings and Adjusted Earnings per share, viewed in addition to, and not in lieu of, our reported GAAP results provide useful information to investors regarding our performance and overall results of operations for the following reasons:


•	because non-cash equity grants made to employees at a certain price and point in time do not necessarily reflect how our business is performing, share-based compensation expense is not a key measure of our operating performance;


•	because costs associated with acquisitions and related integrations, debt refinancing, restructuring and conversions, and equity issuance and related offering costs can vary from period to period and transaction to transaction, expenses associated with these activities are not considered a key measure of our operating performance and

•

because amortization expenses can vary substantially from company to company and from period to period depending upon each company’s financing and accounting methods, the fair value and average expected life of acquired intangible assets and the method by which assets were acquired, the amortization of intangible assets obtained in acquisitions are not considered a key measure in comparing our operating performance.

Since 2010, we have used Adjusted Earnings for internal management reporting and evaluation purposes.

We also believe Adjusted Earnings and Adjusted Earnings per share are useful to investors in evaluating our operating performance because securities analysts use them as supplemental measures to evaluate the overall performance of companies, and our investor and analyst presentations include Adjusted Earnings and Adjusted Earnings per share.

Adjusted Earnings and Adjusted Earnings per share are not measures of our financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net income or earnings per share or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP, or as an alternative to cash flows from operating activities as a measure of our profitability or liquidity.

We understand that, although Adjusted Earnings and Adjusted Earnings per share are frequently used by securities analysts and others in their evaluation of companies, they have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider Adjusted Earnings and Adjusted Earnings per share in isolation, or as substitutes for an analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. In particular you should consider:


•	Adjusted Earnings and Adjusted Earnings per share do not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;


•	Adjusted Earnings and Adjusted Earnings per share do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs and


•	Other companies in our industry may calculate Adjusted Earnings and Adjusted Earnings per share differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.

Management compensates for the inherent limitations associated with using Adjusted Earnings and Adjusted Earnings per share through disclosure of such limitations, presentation of our financial statements in accordance with GAAP and reconciliation of Adjusted Earnings to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, net income.

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of net income (loss) to non-GAAP measures Adjusted Earnings and Adjusted Earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 (in thousands, except per share data):



	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(unaudited)
Net income (loss)	$	170,382		$	(56,862	)	$	47,520
After-Tax:
EBITDA Adjustments(1)
Share-based compensation expense(2)	11,472			8,400			5,146
Acquisition and integration related expenses	(2,354		)	7,638			1,833
Restructuring and conversion costs	13,606			13,877			38,669
Debt amendment and extinguishment costs	—			23,477			—
Equity issuance and related offering costs(3)	1,272			149,568			350
Other	156			91			91
Total EBITDA Adjustments	24,152			203,051			46,089
Amortization of purchased intangible assets and software(1)	24,051			26,531			35,947
Adjusted Earnings	$	218,585		$	172,720		$	129,556
Adjusted Earnings per share(4)	$	1.95		$	1.71		$	1.32
Weighted average shares outstanding — diluted(5)	112,119			100,933			98,494

____________

(1)

EBITDA Adjustments and amortization of purchased intangible assets and software have been tax effected using a federal rate of 35.0% and the applicable effective state rate which ranged from 3.30% to 4.66%, net of the federal tax benefit. In April 2010, a step up in basis of $89.1 million for internally developed software that was established at the time of the 2005 merger transaction became fully amortized, resulting in lower balances of intangible assets that are amortized.


(2)	Represents the after-tax expense of non-qualified stock options in which we receive a tax deduction upon

exercise, and the full expense impact of incentive stock options granted to employees that have vested and qualify for preferential tax treatment and conversely, we do not receive a tax deduction. Share-based compensation for vesting of incentive stock options was $5.8 million, $5.3 million and $3.2 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.


(3)	Represents the after-tax expense of equity issuance and related offering costs for which we receive a tax deduction, as well as the full expense impact of $8.1 million of offering costs incurred in the fourth quarter of 2010 for which we do not receive a tax deduction.


(4)	Represents Adjusted Earnings, a non-GAAP measure, divided by weighted average number of shares outstanding on a fully diluted basis. Set forth is a reconciliation of earnings (loss) per share on a fully diluted basis as calculated in accordance with GAAP to Adjusted Earnings per share:



	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010			2009
	(unaudited)
Earnings (loss) per share — diluted	$	1.50	$	(0.64	)	$	0.47
Adjustment to include dilutive shares, not included in GAAP earnings (loss) per share	—		0.08			—
Adjustment for allocation of undistributed earnings to stock units	0.02		—			0.01
After-Tax:
EBITDA Adjustments per share	0.22		2.01			0.47
Amortization of purchased intangible assets and software per share	0.21		0.26			0.37
Adjusted Earnings per share	$	1.95	$	1.71		$	1.32

(5)

Weighted average shares outstanding on a fully diluted basis increased from 100.9 million shares for the year ended December 31, 2010 to 112.1 million shares for the year ended December 31, 2011, due primarily to the successful completion of our IPO in the fourth quarter of 2010. The increase is attributed to the release of the restriction of approximately 7.4 million shares of common stock upon closing of our IPO in the fourth quarter of 2010, the issuance of approximately 1.5 million shares of common stock by the Company pursuant to the over-allotment option granted to the underwriters in connection with the IPO, and shares that were issued upon exercise of options by selling stockholders in connection with the IPO, net of any shares retired to satisfy the exercise price in a cashless exercise.

The following table reflects pro-forma Adjusted Earnings per share, a non-GAAP measure, and growth in pro-forma Adjusted Earnings per share, assuming weighted average shares outstanding on a fully diluted basis as of December 31, 2011 were also outstanding as of December 31, 2010 (in thousands, except per share data):



	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		% Change
	(unaudited)
Adjusted Earnings	$	218,585	$	172,720
Weighted average shares outstanding — diluted as of December 31, 2011	112,119		112,119
Pro-forma Adjusted Earnings per share	$	1.95	$	1.54	26.6	%

Acquisitions, Integrations and Divestitures

From time to time we undertake acquisitions and/or divestitures based on opportunities in the competitive landscape. These activities are part of our overall growth strategy, but can distort comparability when reviewing revenue and expense trends for periods presented. The following describes significant acquisition and divestiture activities that have impacted our 2009, 2010 and 2011 results.

Consolidation of the Affiliated Entities

On September 1, 2009, we consolidated the operations of the Affiliated Entities with those of LPL Financial. The consolidation involved the transfer of securities licenses of certain registered representatives associated with the Affiliated Entities and their client accounts. Following the consolidation, the registered representatives and client accounts that were transferred are associated with LPL Financial. The consolidation of the Affiliated Entities was effected to enhance service offerings to our advisors while also generating efficiencies.

While our acquisition of the Affiliated Entities has contributed to the overall growth of our base of advisors and related revenue and market position, the consolidation into LPL Financial resulted in restructuring costs in the form of personnel costs, system costs and professional fees, as well as restructuring charges including severance and one-time termination benefits, lease and contract termination fees, asset impairments and transfer and conversion costs. See Note 4 of our consolidated financial statements for further discussion on restructuring costs incurred to date and total expected restructuring costs related to our consolidation of the Affiliated Entities.

Acquisition of National Retirement Partners, Inc.

On July 14, 2010, we announced a definitive agreement to acquire certain assets of National Retirement Partners, Inc. (“NRP”). NRP’s advisors offer products and services to retirement plan sponsors and participants and comprehensive financial services to high net worth individuals. This strategic acquisition further enhances our capabilities and presence in the group retirement plan space. Our existing advisors benefit from growth opportunities, as well as IRA rollovers and other retirement related services and solutions.

The transaction closed on February 9, 2011, and accordingly 206 advisors previously registered with NRP transferred their securities and advisory licenses and registrations to LPL Financial. These advisors primarily support small and medium sized business with employee retirement solutions, including group annuities and 401(k) plans.

We paid $17.2 million at the closing of the transaction and placed $3.7 million of cash into an escrow subject to adjustment pursuant to the terms of the purchase agreement. In the third quarter of 2011, we accrued additional consideration of $1.1 million pursuant to the terms of the asset purchase agreement. In October 2011, we paid $4.8 million of cash consideration to former shareholders of NRP, consisting of $3.7 million from escrow and $1.1 million in additional consideration.

We may be required to pay future consideration to former shareholders of NRP that is contingent upon the achievement of certain revenue-based milestones in the third year following the acquisition. There is no maximum amount of contingent consideration; however, we have estimated the amount of future payment of contingent consideration to be $7.9 million. Immediately following the close of the transaction, we paid $2.0 million of the contingent consideration in advance to former shareholders of NRP, which reduced the remaining amount of future contingent consideration to be paid to $5.9 million.

We estimated the fair value of the remaining contingent consideration to be $3.3 million at the close of the transaction, which was determined using a discounted cash flow methodology based on financial forecasts that include assumptions about revenue growth, operating margins and discount rates. We have recorded the $3.3 million of contingent consideration within accounts payable and accrued liabilities, and we re-measure contingent consideration at fair value at each interim reporting period with changes recognized in earnings.

Including the contingent consideration of $5.3 million, representing $2.0 million paid upon the close of the transaction and an estimated $3.3 million to be paid, the total consideration for the acquisition was approximately $25.3 million.

Consolidation of UVEST Financial Services Group, Inc.

On March 14, 2011, we committed to a corporate restructuring plan to enhance our service offering, while generating efficiencies. The restructuring plan included the consolidation of the operations of our subsidiary, UVEST with those of LPL Financial. In connection with the consolidation of UVEST, certain registered representatives formerly associated with UVEST moved to LPL Financial through a transfer of their licenses. The transfers occurred beginning in July 2011 and were completed in December 2011. Following the transfer, all registered representatives and client accounts that transferred are associated with LPL Financial. In addition, UVEST expects to terminate its relationship with a third-party clearing firm and plans to file a broker-dealer withdrawal request with the Financial

Industry Regulatory Authority ("FINRA").

During 2011, we successfully converted 142 institutions representing 337 advisors and $96.2 million in commission and advisory revenues. We expect to incur restructuring charges of $31.6 million; $21.4 million has been incurred as of December 31, 2011, including a non-cash intangible asset impairment charge of $2.8 million; $10.2 million is expected to be incurred in 2012 and beyond, of which $6.3 million is expected to occur in the first quarter. In addition, we expect to spend $12.0 million for application development supporting the conversion that for accounting purposes is capitalized as internally-developed software. We expect to improve pre-tax profitability by approximately $10.0 million to $12.0 million per year upon the completion of integration activities by creating operational efficiencies and revenue opportunities. See Note 4 of our consolidated financial statements for further details on this initiative.

Acquisition of Concord Capital Partners

On April 20, 2011, we announced our intent to acquire all of the outstanding common stock of Concord Capital Partners (“Concord Wealth Management”). Concord Wealth Management is an industry leader in providing technology and open architecture investment management solutions for trust departments of financial institutions. Through this acquisition, we will have the ability to support both the brokerage and trust business lines of current and prospective financial institutions. The acquisition will also create new expansion opportunities such as giving us the ability to custody personal trust assets within banks across the country.

On June 22, 2011, the transaction closed. We paid $20.0 million at the closing of the transaction. As of December 31, 2011, $2.3 million remains in an escrow account to be paid to former shareholders of Concord Wealth Management in accordance with the terms of the stock purchase agreement.

We may be required to pay future consideration that is contingent upon the achievement of certain gross margin-based milestones for the year ended December 31, 2013. The maximum amount of contingent consideration is $15.0 million, which also represents the estimated amount of future payment.

We estimated the fair value of the contingent consideration to be $11.5 million at the close of the transaction, which was determined using a discounted cash flow methodology based on financial forecasts that includes assumptions about growth in gross margin, and discount rates. We have recorded the contingent consideration of $11.5 million within accounts payable and accrued liabilities, and re-measure contingent consideration at fair value at each interim reporting period with changes recognized in earnings.

Including the contingent consideration of $11.5 million, the total consideration for the acquisition was approximately $33.8 million.

Acquisition of Fortigent

On January 3, 2012, we announced our intent to acquire Fortigent Holdings Company, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries Fortigent, LLC, Fortigent Reporting Company, LLC, and Fortigent Strategies Company, LLC (together, "Fortigent"). Fortigent is a leading provider of high net worth solutions and consulting services to RIAs, banks, and trust companies. With approximately 90 institutions with more than $50.0 billion in advisory assets, Fortigent offers a high net worth oriented platform that provides concentrated research, reporting, and alternative investment solutions specifically designed for the RIA and high net worth space. This strategic acquisition will further enhance our capabilities and offer an extension of our existing services for wealth management advisors.

Economic Overview and Impact of Financial Market Events

The year of 2011 has been a challenging and volatile period for the equity markets in response to concerns about European sovereign debt issues and the sustainability of economic growth. The S&P 500 closed the third quarter of 2011 at 1,131, down 10.1% from the close on December 31, 2010 and recovered to 1,258 at December 31, 2011, unchanged from December 31, 2010. While equity markets have recovered from the market lows that occurred in March 2009, markets have remained unstable with periods of relative calm followed by periods of rapid declines such as encountered in the third quarter.

Volatility in the equity markets increased in the last five months of the year as the S&P 500 rose or fell by more than one percent on 63 out of 107 trading days and 18 of these days experienced declines of more than two percent.

In response to the market turbulence and overall economic environment, the central banks, including the Federal Reserve, have continued to maintain historically low interest rates. The average effective rate for federal funds was 0.10% in 2011, a decrease from the average of 0.18% for 2010. The low interest rate environment negatively impacts our revenues from client assets in our cash sweep programs. The low interest rate also impacted investor demand for fixed income securities and fixed annuities.

During the third quarter of 2011, a downgrade of U.S. Treasury securities by Standard & Poor's Ratings Services had an initial, adverse impact on financial markets, including the equity markets. While the longer-term impact of the downgrade on the markets cannot be determined, it is possible that this downgrade, concerns about fiscal policy and the debt levels in the United States, and uncertainties about European sovereign debt, including recent downgrades, could disrupt economic activity in the United States. To date, our business and operations have not been directly impacted by this downgrade and we continue to maintain nominal direct exposure to U.S. or other sovereign debt securities.

During the first half of 2011, our business experienced record levels in commission and advisory revenue; however, in the latter half of the year, we were impacted by turbulent markets as revenues experienced modest declines sequentially. Despite the economic challenges faced, all significant revenue categories had substantial increases in 2011 compared to 2010.

While our business has improved as a result of our focus on multiple organic growth drivers, our outlook for the markets remains cautiously optimistic and we continue to attempt to manage the impact of financial market events on our earnings. We maintain a strategic focus on attractive growth opportunities such as supporting our existing advisors to sustain their businesses, continuing to attract new advisors and pursuing expense management activities.

Results of Operations

The following discussion presents an analysis of our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. Where appropriate, we have identified specific events and changes that affect comparability or trends, and where possible and practical, have quantified the impact of such items.



	Year Ended December 31,							Percentage Change
	2011		2010			2009		‘11 vs. ‘10		‘10 vs. ‘09
	(In thousands)

Revenues
Commissions	$	1,754,435	$	1,620,811		$	1,477,655	8.2	%	9.7	%
Advisory fees	1,027,473		860,227			704,139		19.4	%	22.2	%
Asset-based fees	359,724		317,505			272,893		13.3	%	16.3	%
Transaction and other fees	292,207		274,148			255,574		6.6	%	7.3	%
Other	45,536		40,795			39,244		11.6	%	4.0	%
Net revenues	3,479,375		3,113,486			2,749,505		11.8	%	13.2	%
Expenses
Production	2,448,424		2,397,535			1,904,579		2.1	%	25.9	%
Compensation and benefits	322,126		308,656			270,436		4.4	%	14.1	%
General and administrative	263,228		267,799			234,010		(1.7	)%	14.4	%
Depreciation and amortization	72,741		86,037			108,296		(15.5	)%	(20.6	)%
Restructuring charges	21,407		13,922			58,695		53.8	%	(76.3	)%
Total operating expenses	3,127,926		3,073,949			2,576,016		1.8	%	19.3	%
Non-operating interest expense	68,764		90,407			100,922		(23.9	)%	(10.4	)%
Loss on extinguishment of debt	—		37,979			—		*		*
Total expenses	3,196,690		3,202,335			2,676,938		(0.2	)%	19.6	%
Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes	282,685		(88,849		)	72,567		*		*
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes	112,303		(31,987		)	25,047		*		*
Net income (loss)	$	170,382	$	(56,862	)	$	47,520	*		*

____________

* Not Meaningful

Revenues

Commissions

The following table sets forth our commission revenue, by product category included in our consolidated statements of operations for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):



	Years Ended December 31,
	2011		% Total		2010		% Total		2009		% Total
Variable annuities	$	777,349	44.3	%	$	672,369	41.5	%	$	551,345	37.3	%
Mutual funds	472,466		26.9	%	457,947		28.2	%	389,458		26.4	%
Fixed annuities	136,020		7.8	%	138,753		8.6	%	225,342		15.3	%
Alternative investments	113,589		6.5	%	97,606		6.0	%	77,079		5.2	%
Equities	97,882		5.6	%	93,961		5.8	%	86,606		5.8	%
Fixed income	84,568		4.8	%	85,250		5.2	%	75,210		5.1	%
Insurance	70,060		4.0	%	72,297		4.5	%	69,907		4.7	%
Other	2,501		0.1	%	2,628		0.2	%	2,708		0.2	%
Total commission revenue	$	1,754,435	100.0	%	$	1,620,811	100.0	%	$	1,477,655	100.0	%

Commission revenue increased by $133.6 million, or 8.2%, for 2011 compared with 2010. In 2011, the product mix reflects the volatility of the financial markets in the latter half of the year as retail investors sought protection from downside risk while maintaining their upside potential with investment products such as variable annuities with minimum guarantee options. Mutual fund commission revenues were bolstered by increasing levels of trail-based commissions due to strong growth of the underlying assets. The increase in alternative investments is reflective of more product availability and investor preferences for diversification. Insurance commissions declined as term life insurance experienced reduced sales.

Commission revenue increased by $143.2 million, or 9.7%, for 2010 compared to 2009. The increase was primarily due to an increase in trail-based commissions related to improved market conditions as well as growth in assets eligible for trail payment. Sales-based commissions also increased as sales of market sensitive products such as variable annuities and mutual funds benefited from improved investor confidence. Sales of certain financial products with more predictable cash flows such as fixed annuities, which typically increase during periods of financial uncertainty, decreased during this period, consistent with the market’s recovery.

Advisory Fees

Advisory fees increased by $167.2 million, or 19.4%, in 2011 compared to 2010. Advisory revenue for a particular quarter is predominately driven by the prior quarter-end advisory assets under management. The growth in advisory fee revenue is due to both higher levels of the S&P 500 on the applicable billing dates in 2011 compared to 2010 and net new advisory assets. The average of the S&P 500 on the close of the four prior quarter-end dates, September 30, 2011, June 30, 2011, March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, was 1,259, which is a 13.0% increase over the average of 1,114 for the prior year corresponding dates. Net new asset flows in 2011 were $10.8 billion, a $2.3 billion increase over 2010 as as a result of strong new business development and a shift by our existing advisors towards more advisory business.

Advisory fees increased by $156.1 million, or 22.2%, for 2010 compared to 2009. The increase was primarily due to the effect of the rebounding market, which resulted in a significant increase in the value of client assets in advisory programs, as well as net new advisory assets. The average of the S&P 500 on the close of the four prior quarter-end dates, September 30, 2010, June 30, 2010, March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, was a 21.2% increase over the average of 919 for the corresponding dates for the prior year. Advisory assets under management increased from $77.2 billion at December 31, 2009 to $93.0 billion at December 31, 2010, primarily driven by a continued shift toward a higher percentage of advisory business within our existing advisor base, as well as by assets from advisors who joined the firm in 2009 and whose advisory assets transferred to our platform throughout 2010.

The following table summarizes the activity within our advisory assets under management for the periods ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 (in billions):



	2011			2010		2009
Beginning balance at January 1	$	93.0		$	77.2	$	59.6
Net new advisory assets	10.8			8.5		7.0
Market impact and other	(2.2		)	7.3		10.6
Ending balance at December 31	$	101.6		$	93.0	$	77.2

Asset-Based Fees

Asset-based fees increased by $42.2 million, or 13.3%, to $359.7 million for 2011 compared with 2010. Revenues for record-keeping services and from product sponsors, which are largely based on the underlying asset values, increased due to the impact of the higher average market indices on the value of those underlying assets and net new sales of eligible assets. The average S&P 500 index for 2011 was 1,268, an increase of 11.2% over the 2010 average. In addition, revenues from our cash sweep programs increased by $7.0 million, or 5.8%, to $126.7 million for year ended December 31, 2011 from $119.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This was driven by an increase in the assets in our cash sweep programs, which averaged $20.9 billion and $18.5 billion for 2011 and 2010, respectively, as investors and advisors were wary of the volatility in the financial markets.

Asset-based fees increased $44.6 million, or 16.3%, for 2010 compared to 2009. Revenues from product sponsors and for record-keeping services, which are largely based on the underlying asset values, increased due to the impact of the market’s recovery on the value of those underlying assets. The average for the S&P 500 index increased 20.3% from 2009 to 2010. This increase was offset by lower revenues from our cash sweep programs, which declined by $0.7 million, or 0.6%, from $120.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, as a result of lower assets in our cash sweep programs. Assets in our cash sweep programs averaged $18.5 billion and $20.5 billion for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The decrease of assets in cash sweep programs is due to the redeployment of cash balances into other securities as investors and advisors had gained confidence in the market during 2010.

Transaction and Other Fees

Transaction and other fees increased by $18.1 million, or 6.6%, for 2011 compared with 2010. Transactional revenues increased by $7.9 million due to increased transaction volumes in investment activities, including advisory products, general securities and fixed income products. The average number of advisors increased 5.0% in 2011 compared to 2010, which led to the increase in other fees, specifically advisor based, technology and conference fees.

Transaction and other fees increased $18.6 million, or 7.3%, for 2010 compared to 2009. This increase is due, in part, to increased prices and corresponding fees to advisors for licensing, technology, and professional liability insurance services of $3.9 million, $3.5 million and $2.5 million, respectively, and increased revenue of $2.6 million from additional advisor conferences held in 2010.

Other Revenue

Other revenue increased $4.7 million, or 11.6%, to $45.5 million for 2011 compared to 2010. The primary contributor to this increase in 2011 is growth in retirement sponsorship programs of $1.9 million, an effect of our acquisition of NRP. Also in 2011, direct investment marketing allowances received from product sponsor programs increased by $1.7 million compared to the same period in 2010, largely based on increased sales of alternative investments.

Other revenue increased $1.6 million, or 4.0%, for 2010 compared to 2009. The increase was primarily attributed to higher direct investment marketing allowances received from product sponsors, largely based on sales volumes, which was offset by unrealized mark-to-market losses in securities owned and certain other assets.

Expenses

Production Expenses

Production expenses increased by $50.9 million, or 2.1%, for 2011 compared with 2010. Excluding a $222.0 million share-based compensation charge which was recorded in 2010 related to our IPO, production expenses increased $272.9 million or 12.5% for 2011 compared to 2010. This increase is correlated with our commission and advisory revenues, which increased by 12.1% during the same period. Our production payout was 86.64% for 2011, compared to an adjusted production payout, a non-GAAP measure, of 86.29% for 2010 which excludes the $222.0 million share-based compensation charge resulting from our IPO. The increase in payout rates is driven by a change in the product mix of our commissions revenues as well as our production based bonus incentive structures, which increase throughout the year as our advisors achieve higher production levels. As a result of greater advisor activity, more advisors reached higher payout tiers than in the prior year.

Excluding a $222.0 million share-based compensation charge in 2010 related to our IPO, production expenses increased $271.0 million, or 14.2% for 2010 compared to 2009. This increase was primarily a result of a 13.7% increase in our commission and advisory revenues during the same period. Our adjusted production payout, a non-GAAP measure, was 86.29% for 2010 excluding the $222.0 million share-based compensation charge resulting from our IPO, compared to a production payout of 85.82% in 2009 primarily due to an increase in our annual production based bonus incentive structures as a result of greater advisor activity.

The following table shows our production payout ratio and our adjusted payout ratio, a non-GAAP measure, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:



	2011		2010		2009
Base payout rate	84.15	%	83.86	%	83.92	%
Production based bonuses	2.37	%	2.19	%	1.71	%
Other(1)	0.12	%	9.19	%	0.19	%
Total Payout Ratio	86.64	%	95.24	%	85.82	%
IPO related share-based compensation charge(2)	—		(8.95	)%	—
Adjusted Payout Ratio	86.64	%	86.29	%	85.82	%

__________________________



(1)	Includes the recognition of advisor share-based compensation expense from stock options and warrants granted to advisors and financial institutions based on the fair value of the awards, and amounts designated by advisors as deferred commissions in a non-qualified deferred compensation plan that are marked to market.
(2)	Upon closing of our IPO in the fourth quarter of 2010, the restriction on approximately 7.4 million shares of common stock issued to advisors under the Fifth Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Bonus Plan was released. Accordingly, we recorded a share-based compensation charge of $222.0 million in 2010, representing the offering price of $30.00 per share multiplied by 7.4 million shares. This charge has been excluded for 2010 for consistency and comparability to other periods presented because this charge related to equity awards granted in prior periods.

Compensation and Benefits Expense

Compensation and benefits increased by $13.5 million, or 4.4%, for 2011 compared with 2010. The increase was driven by increases in staffing to support higher levels of advisor and client activities. Our average number of full-time employees increased 6.8% from 2,517 in 2010 to 2,687 in 2011, partially due to our acquisitions of NRP and Concord Wealth Management. Underlying this increase is a 5.7% increase in wages offset by flat employee benefits and other compensation year over year. In addition, employee related share-based compensation increased $4.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the prior year, primarily due to equity grants issued in December 2010.

Compensation and benefits increased $38.2 million, or 14.1%, for 2010 compared to 2009. Expenses in 2010 include $5.8 million in employer taxes arising from non-qualified stock option exercises in connection with our IPO. The remaining increase was primarily attributed to the restoration of certain employee-related items, including increases in bonus levels and contributions to employee retirement plans in 2010 that were reduced in 2009 as a result of our cost management initiatives. In addition, share-based compensation expense related to employee stock option awards increased to $10.4 million in 2010, compared to $6.5 million in 2009. Our average number of

full-time employees was 2,517 and 2,430 for 2010 and 2009, respectively, representing an increase of 3.6%.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses decreased by $4.6 million, or 1.7%, to $263.2 million for 2011 compared with 2010. The decrease is primarily due to $10.5 million of indemnification payment collections associated with the resolution of a legal dispute with a third-party indemnitor. Refer to the Litigation section in Note 14 within the consolidated financial statements for additional details regarding this matter. Advisor growth of 549 net new advisors excluding attrition related to UVEST in 2011, fueled a 20.1% increase in business development and other promotional expenses. Further, we had a $3.8 million increase in expenditures on non-depreciable equipment, licensing fees and other costs year over year.

General and administrative expenses increased by $33.8 million, or 14.4%, for 2010 compared to 2009. The increase compared to the prior year was due to the reinstatement of general and administrative expenses to levels necessary to support growth and service to our advisors. During 2010, we restored certain advisor conference services, which contributed to $6.4 million of the change. We also incurred $8.1 million in transaction costs in connection with our IPO in the fourth quarter of 2010, as well as $8.9 million for legal settlements that related to pre-acquisition legal matters for certain of acquired businesses. Refer to the Litigation section of Note 14 within the consolidated financial statements for additional details regarding this matter.

Depreciation and Amortization Expense

For the year ended December 31, 2011, depreciation and amortization decreased by $13.3 million, or 15.5% compared to the prior year. This decrease is primarily attributed to a $27.9 million reduction in depreciation incurred in 2010, attributed to assets that became fully depreciated in 2010 and 2011. This was partially offset by an increase of $7.5 million of depreciation on assets placed in service during 2010 and 2011, and depreciation of $2.7 million on assets for our acquisitions of NRP and CCP.

Depreciation and amortization expense decreased by $22.3 million, or 20.6%, for 2010 compared to 2009. The decrease is primarily attributed to the internally developed software recorded in connection with our 2005 leveraged buyout that became fully amortized in April 2010. We recorded a full year of amortization for these assets in 2009, totaling $19.1 million, compared to $6.5 million in 2010. In addition, we recorded asset impairments of $19.9 million in the third and fourth quarter of 2009 in the consolidation of our Affiliated Entities, which resulted in lower balances remaining in those intangible assets that continue to be amortized.

Restructuring Charges

Restructuring charges represent expenses incurred as a result of our 2011 consolidation of UVEST and our 2009 consolidation of the Affiliated Entities.

Restructuring charges were $21.4 million in 2011. These charges relate primarily to technology costs and other expenditures incurred for the conversion and transfer of advisors and their client accounts from UVEST to LPL Financial. Additionally, impairment charges of $2.8 million related to advisor intangible assets are included for the year ended December 31, 2011. Refer to Note 4 within the consolidated financial statements for additional details regarding this matter.

Restructuring charges were $13.9 million in 2010, compared to $58.7 million in 2009. In 2010, restructuring charges were incurred for severance and termination benefits of $2.0 million, contract termination costs of $5.4 million related to the abandonment of certain lease facilities, asset impairment charges of $0.8 million, and $5.7 million in conversion and transfer costs primarily attributed to advisor retention for our consolidation of the Affiliated Entities.

Interest Expense

Interest expense includes non-operating interest expense for our senior secured credit facilities and, historically for our senior unsecured subordinated notes.

Interest expense decreased $21.6 million, or 23.9%, for 2011 compared with 2010. The reduction in interest expense for 2011 is primarily attributed to our debt refinancing in the second quarter of 2010, which included the redemption of our senior unsecured subordinated notes, resulting in a lower cost of borrowing and $8.7 million of

savings in 2011 compared to 2010. Interest rate swap agreements with notional values of $190.0 million and $145.0 million matured on June 30, 2010 and 2011, respectively, reducing our comparative interest expense by $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to 2010. Additionally, we repaid $40.0 million of term loans under our senior secured credit facilities using net proceeds received in our IPO, as well as cash on hand, which resulted in interest savings of $1.5 million in 2011.

Interest expense decreased by $10.5 million, or 10.4%, for 2010 compared with 2009. The reduction in interest expense is attributed to our debt refinancing in the second quarter of 2010, which included the redemption of our senior unsecured subordinated notes, resulting in a lower cost of borrowing. In addition, two of our interest rate swap agreements matured during 2010, which resulted in interest savings of approximately $3.8 million.

Provision for Income Taxes

For the year ended December 31, 2011, we recorded income tax expense of $112.3 million, compared with an income tax benefit of $32.0 million recorded in 2010. The 2010 tax benefit was a result of the net loss due to charges incurred related to our IPO. Our effective income tax rate was 39.7% and 36.0% for 2011 and 2010, respectively.

During 2010, we recorded an income tax benefit of $32.0 million compared to an income tax expense of $25.0 million for 2009. Our effective income tax rates were 36.0% and 34.5% for 2010 and 2009, respectively. Our 2010 effective tax rate reflects $8.1 million of transaction expenses that are not deductible for tax purposes, which reduced the tax benefit by 3.2%. Our 2009 effective tax rate reflects a benefit of approximately 8.0% from a newly enacted change to California’s income sourcing rules which were enacted in 2009 and effective as of January 1, 2011.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Senior management establishes our liquidity and capital policies. These policies include senior management’s review of short- and long-term cash flow forecasts, review of monthly capital expenditures and daily monitoring of liquidity for our subsidiaries. Decisions on the allocation of capital include projected profitability and cash flow, risks of the business, regulatory capital requirements and future liquidity needs for strategic activities. Our Treasury Department assists in evaluating, monitoring and controlling the business activities that impact our financial condition, liquidity and capital structure and maintains relationships with various lenders. The objectives of these policies are to support the executive business strategies while ensuring ongoing and sufficient liquidity.

A summary of changes in cash flow data is provided as follows:



	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(In thousands)
Net cash flows provided by (used in):
Operating activities	$	442,378		$	(22,914	)	$	271,157
Investing activities	(65,558		)	(39,192		)	(13,724		)
Financing activities	(75,256		)	102,720			(98,078		)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents	301,564			40,614			159,355
Cash and cash equivalents — beginning of year	419,208			378,594			219,239
Cash and cash equivalents — end of year	$	720,772		$	419,208		$	378,594

Cash requirements and liquidity needs are primarily funded through our cash flow from operations and our capacity for additional borrowing.

Net cash provided by operating activities includes net income adjusted for non-cash expenses such as depreciation and amortization, restructuring charges, share-based compensation, amortization of debt issuance costs, deferred income tax provision and changes in operating assets and liabilities. Operating assets and liabilities include balances related to settlement and funding of client transactions, receivables from product sponsors and accrued commissions and advisory fees due to our advisors. Operating assets and liabilities that arise from the settlement and funding of transactions by our advisors’ clients are the principal cause of changes to our net cash from operating activities and can fluctuate significantly from day to day and period to period depending on overall

trends and client behaviors.

Net cash provided by operating activities for 2011 was $442.4 million, compared to net cash used in operating activities for 2010 of $22.9 million and net cash provided by operating activities in 2009 of $271.2 million. Cash flows from operating activities increased in 2011 due to an increase of $227.2 million in net income from the loss position in 2010. Net cash provided by operating activities in 2011 also includes $57.6 million of excess tax benefits resulting from stock options exercised that primarily occurred in May 2011 at the expiration of the IPO lock-up and a $202.5 million decrease in tax receivables that arose primarily from tax benefits resulting from our IPO in November 2010. In 2010, net cash used in operating activities includes $93.4 million of excess tax benefits related to stock options exercised as part of our IPO, and a $73.8 million increase in tax receivables that arose primarily from a tax benefit resulting from the release on the restriction on 7.4 million shares of our common stock.

Net cash used in investing activities for 2011, 2010 and 2009, totaled $65.6 million, $39.2 million and $13.7 million, respectively. The increase in 2011, as compared to 2010 was primarily due to $42.0 million used in the current year for the acquisitions of NRP and Concord Wealth Management. The increase in 2010 as compared to 2009 was principally due to an increase of $14.8 million in capital expenditures and an increase in restricted cash deposits of $11.4 million. Included in the deposits of restricted cash in 2010 is $20.0 million to fund the NRP acquisition, which was completed in the first quarter of 2011.

Net cash used in financing activities for 2011 was $75.3 million compared to cash provided by financing activities in 2010 of $102.7 million. Net cash used in financing activities for 2009 was $98.1 million. Cash flows used in financing activities in 2011 include $89.0 million of cash used to repurchase outstanding stock and $54.0 million of cash used to repay senior credit facilities, partially offset by $57.6 million in cash generated from excess tax benefits arising from stock options exercised. Cash flows from financing activities in 2010 include $93.4 million from excess tax benefits arising from stock options exercised related to our IPO. Financing activities in 2010 also include $37.2 million in net proceeds from the sale of stock pursuant to the over-allotment option exercised by the underwriters, in connection with our IPO. This activity was offset in part by the pay down of the principal amount of $550.0 million and a premium of $29.6 million incurred to redeem the senior unsecured subordinated notes, and proceeds of $566.7 million received from the 2017 Term Loans during the year ended December 31, 2010. In addition, $7.2 million of debt issuance costs were paid in 2010. In 2009, the primary use of cash in financing activities was a $90.0 million pay down of the revolving line of credit facility.

We believe that based on current levels of operations and anticipated growth, cash flow from operations, together with other available sources of funds, which includes three uncommitted lines of credit available, will be adequate to satisfy our working capital needs, the payment of all of our obligations and the funding of anticipated capital expenditures for the foreseeable future. In addition, we have certain capital requirements due to our registered broker-dealer entities and have met all capital adequacy requirements for each entity and expect this to also continue for the foreseeable future. We regularly evaluate our existing indebtedness, including refinancing thereof, based on a number of factors, including our capital requirements, future prospects, contractual restrictions, the availability of refinancing on attractive terms and general market conditions.

Tax Benefit Analysis

In 2010, upon closing our IPO in the fourth quarter, the restriction on 7.4 million shares of common stock issued to our advisors under the Fifth Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Bonus Plan was released. Accordingly, we recorded a share-based compensation charge and a corresponding tax deduction of $222.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2010, representing the offering price of $30.00 per share multiplied by 7.4 million shares. We were able to take a tax deduction for the share-based compensation charge, as noted below.

On January 20, 2011, we received a $45.0 million tax refund for federal taxes paid in 2010. On April 4, 2011, we received $55.3 million and $42.9 million for refunds of federal taxes paid in 2009 and 2008, respectively.

The remaining tax benefit expected to be utilized through the use of net operating losses ("NOL") from tax deductions resulting from the IPO primarily relate to state taxes that are expected to be utilized over the next few years dependent upon each state's tax laws related to NOL carryforwards. We have tax carryforwards in a few states that have temporarily suspended or limited the use of tax carryforwards to offset current taxable income. We do not anticipate these suspensions will prevent the full realization of these benefits in the future as the carryforward periods have been extended.

Issuance Under 2008 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan

On February 22, 2012, we distributed 1,673,556 shares, net of shares withheld to satisfy withholding tax requirements of the recipients, pursuant to the terms of our 2008 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan. Distributions to participants were made in the form of whole shares of common stock equal to the number of stock units allocated to the participant's account (fractional shares were paid out in cash). Participants authorized us to withhold shares from their distribution of common stock to satisfy their withholding tax obligations. On February 22, 2012 we repurchased 1,149,896 shares and made the related withholding tax payment of approximately $37.5 million. See "Item 5 - Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities".

In calculating earnings (loss) per share and diluted earnings (loss) per share using the two-class method, we are required to allocate a portion of our earnings to employees that hold stock units that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents under our 2008 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan. After the distribution of shares under the 2008 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan, the two-class method is no longer applicable. This distribution of shares did not have a material impact on earnings (loss) per share or diluted earnings (loss) per share. However, the distribution increases share count by approximately 850,000 shares.

Operating Capital Requirements

Our primary requirement for working capital relates to funds we loan to our advisors’ clients for trading conducted on margin and funds we are required to maintain at clearing organizations to support these clients’ trading activities. We have several sources of funds to enable us to meet increased working capital requirements related to increased client margin activities and balances. These sources include cash and cash equivalents on hand, cash and securities segregated under federal and other regulations, and proceeds from re-pledging or selling client securities in margin accounts. When a client purchases securities on margin or uses securities as collateral to borrow from us on margin, we are permitted, pursuant to the applicable securities industry regulations, to re-pledge or sell securities which collateralize those margin accounts. As of December 31, 2011, we had received collateral in connection primarily with client margin loans with a fair value of approximately $350.2 million, which can be re-pledged or sold. Of this amount, approximately $18.4 million has been pledged to the Options Clearing Corporation as collateral to secure certain client obligations related to options positions, and approximately $14.3 million was loaned to the National Securities Clearing Corporation through participation in the Stock Borrow Program. Of the remaining $317.5 million, approximately $145.0 million of these securities are held at banks in connection with unutilized secured margin lines of credit; these securities may be used as collateral for loans from these banks. The remainder of $172.5 million has not been re-pledged or sold. There are no restrictions that materially limit our ability to re-pledge or sell the client collateral of $317.5 million.

Our other working capital needs are primarily related to regulatory capital requirements at our broker-dealer and bank trust subsidiaries and software development, which we have satisfied in the past from internally generated cash flows.

Notwithstanding the self-funding nature of our operations, we may sometimes be required to fund timing differences arising from the delayed receipt of client funds associated with the settlement of client transactions in securities markets. These timing differences are funded either with internally generated cash flow or, if needed, with funds drawn on our uncommitted lines of credit at our broker-dealer subsidiary LPL Financial, and/or under our revolving credit facility.

Our registered broker-dealers are subject to the SEC’s Uniform Net Capital Rule, which requires the maintenance of minimum net capital. LPL Financial computes net capital requirements under the alternative method, which requires firms to maintain minimum net capital, as defined, equal to the greater of $250,000 or 2% of aggregate debit balances arising from client transactions plus 1% of net commission payable, as defined. LPL Financial is also subject to the National Futures Association's ("NFA) financial requirements and is required to maintain net capital that is in excess of or equal to the greatest of its minimum financial requirements. Currently the highest NFA requirement is the minimum net capital calculated pursuant to the SEC's Uniform Net Capital Rule. UVEST computes net capital requirements under the aggregate indebtedness method, which requires firms to maintain minimum net capital, as defined, of not less than 6.67% of aggregate indebtedness plus 1% of net commission payable, also as defined.

Our subsidiary, PTC, is subject to various regulatory capital requirements. Failure to meet minimum capital

requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

In connection with the consolidation of the Affiliated Entitites, MSC withdrew its registration with FINRA effective November 11, 2011, and is no longer subject to regulatory net capital requirements. UVEST plans to file a broker-dealer withdrawal request with FINRA during 2012 and to maintain sufficient capital to carry out any remaining activities during the interim.

Liquidity Assessment

Our ability to meet our debt service obligations and reduce our total debt will depend upon our future performance, which, in turn, will be subject to general economic, financial, business, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other conditions, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, our operating results, cash flow and capital resources may not be sufficient for repayment of our indebtedness in the future. Some risks that could materially adversely affect our ability to meet our debt service obligations include, but are not limited to, general economic conditions and economic activity in the financial markets. The performance of our business is correlated with the economy and financial markets, and a slowdown in the economy or financial markets could adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flows or financial condition.

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay investments, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. These measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In the absence of sufficient cash flows and capital resources, we could face substantial liquidity constraints and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations. However, our senior secured credit agreement will restrict our ability to dispose of assets and the use of proceeds from any such dispositions. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions, and even if we could consummate such dispositions, to obtain the proceeds that we could realize from them and, in any event, the proceeds may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due.

Indebtedness

On May 24, 2010, we amended and restated our senior secured credit agreement to add a new term loan tranche of $580.0 million maturing at June 28, 2017, which we used, together with cash on hand, to redeem our $550.0 million of senior unsecured subordinated notes, as described below. We also extended the maturity of a $500.0 million tranche of our term loan facility to June 25, 2015, with the remaining $317.1 million tranche maturing at the original maturity date of June 28, 2013. In September 2011, our corporate credit rating was upgraded to Ba2 from Ba3 by a leading credit rating agency. The upgrade did not affect the interest rate or the covenants in the senior secured credit agreement.

On May 24, 2010, we gave notice of redemption of all of our outstanding senior unsecured subordinated notes. The redemption price of the senior unsecured subordinated notes was 105.375% of the outstanding aggregate principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon up to but not including June 22, 2010 (the “Redemption Date”). The senior unsecured subordinated notes were redeemed on the Redemption Date.

We also maintain a revolving credit facility which is provided through the senior secured credit facilities. On January 25, 2010, we amended our senior secured credit agreement to increase the revolving credit facility from $100.0 million to $218.2 million. In connection with this amendment, we extended the maturity of a $163.5 million tranche of the revolving credit facility to June 28, 2013. The remaining $54.7 million tranche matured with no borrowings against the facility on December 28, 2011.

We also maintain three uncommitted lines of credit at LPL Financial. Two of the lines have unspecified limits, and are primarily dependent on our ability to provide sufficient collateral. The other line had a limit of $100.0 million, which was increased to $150.0 million on May 27, 2010, and allows for both collateralized and uncollateralized borrowings. The lines were utilized in 2011 and 2010; however, there were no balances outstanding at December 31, 2011 or 2010.

We also are a party to an interest rate swap agreement, in a notional amount of $65.0 million, to mitigate interest rate risk by hedging the variability of a portion of our floating-rate senior secured term loan. This agreement expires on June 30, 2012.

Interest Rate and Fees

Borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities bear interest at a base rate equal to the one, two, three, six, nine or twelve-month LIBOR plus our applicable margin, or an alternative base rate (“ABR”) plus our applicable margin. The ABR is equal to the greatest of (a) the prime rate in effect on such day, (b) the effective federal funds rate in effect on such day plus 0.5% and (c) solely in the case of the 2015 Term Loans and the 2017 Term Loans, 2.50%.

The applicable margin for borrowings (a) with respect to the 2013 Term Loans is currently 0.75% for base rate borrowings and 1.75% for LIBOR borrowings, (b) with respect to the 2015 Term Loans is currently 1.75% for base rate borrowings and 2.75% for LIBOR borrowings, (c) with respect to the 2017 Term Loans is currently 2.75% for base rate borrowings and 3.75% for LIBOR borrowings, (d) with respect to revolver tranche that matured in 2011 was 1.00% for base rate borrowings and 2.00% for LIBOR borrowings and (e) with respect to revolver tranche maturing in 2013 is currently 2.50% for base rate borrowings and 3.50% for LIBOR borrowings. The applicable margin on our 2013 Term Loans could change depending on our credit rating. The LIBOR rate with respect to the 2015 Term Loans and the 2017 Term Loans shall in no event be less than 1.50%.

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the senior secured credit facilities, we are required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the revolving credit facility in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder. The commitment fee rate at December 31, 2011 was 0.75% for our revolver tranche maturing in 2013, but are subject to change depending on our leverage ratio. We must also pay customary letter of credit fees.

Prepayments

The senior secured credit facilities (other than the revolving credit facility) require us to prepay outstanding amounts under our senior secured term loan facility subject to certain exceptions, with:


•	50% (percentage will be reduced to 25% if our total leverage ratio is 5.00 or less and to 0% if our total leverage ratio is 4.00 or less) of our annual excess cash flow (as defined in our senior secured credit agreement) adjusted for, among other things, changes in our net working capital (as of December 31, 2011 our total leverage ratio was 1.77);


•	100% of the net cash proceeds of all nonordinary course asset sales or other dispositions of property, if we do not reinvest or commit to reinvest those proceeds in assets to be used in our business or to make certain other permitted investments within 15 months as long as such reinvestment is completed within 180 days and


•	100% of the net cash proceeds of any incurrence of debt, other than proceeds from debt permitted under the senior secured credit agreement.

The foregoing mandatory prepayments will be applied to scheduled installments of principal of the senior secured term loan facility in direct order.

We may voluntarily repay outstanding loans under the senior secured credit agreement at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR loans.

Amortization

We are required to repay the loans under the senior secured term loan facility in equal quarterly installments in aggregate annual amounts equal to 1% of the original funded principal amount of such facility, with the balance being payable on the final maturity date of the facility.

Principal amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facilities are due and payable in full at maturity.

Guarantee and Security

The senior secured credit facilities are secured primarily through pledges of the capital stock in our subsidiaries.

Certain Covenants and Events of Default

The senior secured credit agreement contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, our ability to:


•	incur additional indebtedness;


•	create liens;


•	enter into sale and leaseback transactions;


•	engage in mergers or consolidations;


•	sell or transfer assets;


•	pay dividends and distributions or repurchase our capital stock;


•	make investments, loans or advances;


•	prepay certain subordinated indebtedness;


•	engage in certain transactions with affiliates;


•	amend material agreements governing certain subordinated indebtedness and


•	change our lines of business.

Our senior secured credit agreement prohibits us from paying dividends and distributions or repurchasing our capital stock except for limited purposes, including, but not limited to payments in connection with: (i) redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of our equity interests from present or former officers, managers, consultants, employees and directors upon the death, disability, retirement, or termination of employment of any such person or otherwise in accordance with any stock option or stock appreciate rights plan, any management or employee stock ownership plan, stock subscription plan, employment termination agreement or any employment agreements or stockholders’ agreement, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5.0 million in any fiscal year plus the amount of cash proceeds from certain equity issuances to such persons, the amount of equity interests subject to a certain deferred compensation plan and the amount of certain key-man life insurance proceeds, (ii) franchise taxes, general corporate and operating expenses not to exceed $3.0 million in any fiscal year, and fees and expenses related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering permitted by the senior secured credit facilities, (iii) tax liabilities to the extent attributable to our business and our subsidiaries and (iv) dividends and other distributions in an aggregate amount not to exceed 50% of our cumulative consolidated net income available to stockholders at such time so long as at the time of such payment of dividend or the making of such distribution, and after giving effect thereto, our leverage ratio is less than 3.50:1.00. The share repurchase programs were authorized by the Board of Directors pursuant to item (iv) above.

In addition, our financial covenant requirements include a leverage ratio test and an interest coverage ratio test. Under our leverage ratio test, we covenant not to allow the ratio of our consolidated total debt (as defined in our senior secured credit agreement) to an adjusted EBITDA reflecting financial covenants in our senior secured credit facilities (“Credit Agreement Adjusted EBITDA”) to exceed certain prescribed levels set forth in the agreement. Under our interest coverage ratio test, we covenant not to allow the ratio of our Credit Agreement Adjusted EBITDA to our consolidated interest expense (as defined in our senior secured credit agreement) to be less than certain prescribed levels set forth in the agreement. Each of our financial ratios is measured at the end of each fiscal quarter.

Our senior secured credit agreement provides us with a right to cure in the event we fail to comply with our leverage ratio test or our interest coverage test. We must exercise this right to cure within ten days of the delivery of our quarterly certificate calculating the financial ratio for that quarter.

If we fail to comply with these covenants and are unable to cure, we could face substantial liquidity problems

and could be forced to sell assets, seek additional capital or seek to restructure or refinance our indebtedness. These alternative measures may not be successful or feasible. Our senior secured credit agreement restricts our ability to sell assets. Even if we could consummate those sales, the proceeds that we realize from them may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due. Furthermore, if an event of default were to occur with respect to our senior secured credit agreement, our creditors could, among other things, accelerate the maturity of our indebtedness. See “Risk Factors — Our indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health and may limit our ability to use debt to fund future capital needs”.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010 we were in compliance with all of our covenant requirements. Our covenant requirements and actual ratios as of December 31, 2011 are as follows:



	December 31,
	2011		2010
Financial Ratio	Covenant Requirement	Actual Ratio	Covenant Requirement	Actual Ratio
Leverage Test (Maximum)	3.00	1.77	3.70	2.64
Interest Coverage (Minimum)	3.00	7.10	2.60	4.81

Set forth below is a reconciliation from EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Credit Agreement Adjusted EBITDA to our net income (loss) for the years ending December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):



	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010
Net income (loss)	$	170,382		$	(56,862	)
Interest expense	68,764			90,407
Income tax expense (benefit)	112,303			(31,987		)
Amortization of purchased intangible assets and software(1)	38,981			43,658
Depreciation and amortization of all other fixed assets	33,760			42,379
EBITDA	424,190			87,595
EBITDA Adjustments:
Share-based compensation expense(2)	14,978			10,429
Acquisition and integration related expenses(3)	(3,815		)	12,569
Restructuring and conversion costs(4)	22,052			22,835
Debt amendment and extinguishment costs(5)	—			38,633
Equity issuance and IPO related costs(6)	2,062			240,902
Other(7)	253			150
Total EBITDA Adjustments	35,530			325,518
Adjusted EBITDA	459,720			413,113
Pro-forma adjustments(8)	—			—
Credit Agreement Adjusted EBITDA	$	459,720		$	413,113

____________


(1)	Represents amortization of intangible assets and software as a result of our purchase accounting adjustments from our merger transaction in 2005 and various acquisitions.


(2)	Represents share-based compensation expense for stock options awarded to employees and non-executive directors based on the grant date fair value under the Black-Scholes valuation model.


(3)	Represents acquisition and integration costs resulting from various acquisitions. Included in the year ended December 31, 2010 are expenditures for certain legal settlements that were resolved with the indemnifying party and reimbursed in the year ended December 31, 2011. See the Litigation section of Note 14 to our Financial Statements.


(4)	Represents organizational restructuring charges and conversion and other related costs incurred resulting from the 2011 consolidation of UVEST and the 2009 consolidation of the Affiliated Entities.


(5)	Represents debt amendment costs incurred in 2010 for amending and restating our senior secured credit

agreement to establish a new term loan tranche and to extend the maturity of an existing tranche on our senior credit facilities, and debt extinguishment costs to redeem our subordinated notes, as well as certain professional fees incurred.

(6)

Represents equity issuance and offering costs related to the closing of the IPO in the fourth quarter of 2010, and the closing of a secondary offering in the second quarter of 2011. Upon closing of the IPO in the fourth quarter of 2010, the restriction on approximately 7.4 million shares of common stock issued to advisors under our Fifth Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Bonus Plan was released. Accordingly, we recorded a share-based compensation charge of $222.0 million, representing the offering price of $30.00 per share multiplied by 7.4 million shares.


(7)	Represents excise and other taxes.


(8)	Credit Agreement Adjusted EBITDA excludes pro-forma general and administrative expenditures from acquisitions, as defined under the terms of our senior secured credit agreement. There were no such adjustments for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Interest Rate Swaps

An interest rate swap is a financial derivative instrument whereby two parties enter into a contractual agreement to exchange payments based on underlying interest rates. We use an interest rate swap agreement, which matures on June 30, 2012, to hedge the variability on our floating interest rate for $65.0 million of our term loan under our senior secured credit facilities. We are required to pay the counterparty to the agreement fixed interest payments on a notional balance and in turn receive variable interest payments on that notional balance. Payments are settled quarterly on a net basis. As of December 31, 2011, we assessed our interest rate swap as being highly effective and we expect it to continue to be highly effective. While approximately $1.3 billion of our term loan remains unhedged as of December 31, 2011, the risk of variability on our floating interest rate is partially mitigated by the client margin loans on which we carry floating interest rates. At December 31, 2011, our receivables from our advisors’ clients for margin loan activity were approximately $250.1 million.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We enter into various off-balance-sheet arrangements in the ordinary course of business, primarily to meet the needs of our advisors’ clients. These arrangements include firm commitments to extend credit. For information on these arrangements, see Notes 14 and 20 to our consolidated financial statements.

Contractual Obligations

The following table provides information with respect to our commitments and obligations as of December 31, 2011:



	Payments Due by Period
	Total		< 1 Year		1-3 Years		4-5 Years		> 5 Years
	(In thousands)
Leases and other obligations(1)	$	139,553	$	29,448	$	39,486	$	23,149	$	47,470
Senior secured term loan facilities(2)	1,332,668		13,971		320,918		473,535		524,244
Commitment fee on revolving line of credit(3)	1,719		1,154		565		—		—
Variable interest payments(4):
2013 Loan (Hedged)	757		757		—		—		—
2013 Loan (Unhedged)	8,627		5,603		3,024		—		—
2015 Loan (Unhedged)	70,348		20,525		40,292		9,531		—
2017 Loan (Unhedged)	157,315		29,411		57,736		56,579		13,589
Interest rate swap agreement(5)	1,397		1,397		—		—		—
Total contractual cash obligations	$	1,712,384	$	102,266	$	462,021	$	562,794	$	585,303

____________


(1)	Minimum payments have not been reduced by minimum sublease rental income of $6.0 million due in the future under noncancelable subleases. Note 14 of our consolidated financial statements provides further

detail on operating lease obligations and obligations under noncancelable service contracts.


(2)	Represents principal payments on our senior secured term loan facilities. See Note 12 of our consolidated financial statements for further detail.


(3)	Represents commitment fees for unused borrowings on our senior secured revolving line of credit facility. See Note 12 of our consolidated financial statements for further detail.


(4)	Our senior secured term loan facilities bear interest at floating rates. Variable interest payments are shown assuming the applicable LIBOR rates at December 31, 2011 remain unchanged. See Note 12 of our consolidated financial statements for further detail.


(5)	Represents fixed interest payments net of variable interest received on our interest rate swap agreement. See Note 13 of our consolidated financial statements for further detail.

As of December 31, 2011, we reflect a liability for unrecognized tax benefits of $20.1 million, which we have included in income taxes payable in the consolidated statements of financial condition. This amount has been excluded from the contractual obligations table because we are unable to reasonably predict the ultimate amount or timing of future tax payments.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

We use fair value measurements to record certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value and to determine fair value disclosures.

We use prices obtained from an independent third-party pricing service to measure the fair value of our trading securities. We validate prices received from the pricing service using various methods including, comparison to prices received from additional pricing services, comparison to available market prices and review of other relevant market data including implied yields of major categories of securities.

At December 31, 2011, we did not adjust prices received from the independent third-party pricing service. For certificates of deposit and treasury securities, we utilize market-based inputs including observable market interest rates that correspond to the remaining maturities or next interest reset dates.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP, which require management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We believe that of our critical accounting policies, the following are noteworthy because they require management to make estimates regarding matters that are uncertain and susceptible to change where such change may result in a material adverse impact on our financial position and reported financial results.

Revenue Recognition

We record commissions earned from customers for purchases of securities including mutual funds, annuity, insurance, equity, fixed income, direct investment, option and commodity transactions on a trade-date basis. Commissions also include mutual fund and variable annuity trails, which are recognized as a percentage of assets under management over the period for which services are performed. A substantial portion of the commissions revenue is ultimately paid to the advisors. Due to the significant volume of mutual fund and variable annuity purchases and sales transacted by financial advisors directly with product manufacturers, management must estimate a portion of its upfront commission and trail revenues for each accounting period for which the proceeds have not yet been received. These estimates are based on a number of factors including market levels, the volume of transactions in prior periods and cash receipts in the current period. We record commissions payable to advisors based upon standard payout ratios for each product for which we have accrued commission revenue.

We record fees charged to customers as advisory fee revenue in advisory accounts where LPL Financial or Independent Advisers Group Corporation is the registered investment advisor. A substantial portion of these advisory fees are paid to the related advisor; such payments are recorded as production expense. Certain advisors conduct their advisory business through separate entities by establishing their own Registered Investment Advisor (“RIA”) pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, rather than using our corporate registered RIA. These

stand-alone RIAs engage us for technology, clearing, regulatory and custody services, as well as access to our investment advisory platforms. The fee-based production generated by the stand-alone RIA is earned by the advisor, and accordingly not included in our advisory fee revenue. We charge administrative fees based on the value of assets within these advisory accounts, and classify such revenues as asset-based fees and transaction and other fees.

Legal Reserves

We record reserves for legal proceedings in accounts payable and accrued liabilities in our consolidated statements of financial condition. The determination of these reserve amounts requires significant judgment on the part of management. We consider many factors including, but not limited to, the amount of the claim, the amount of the loss in the client’s account, the basis and validity of the claim, the possibility of wrongdoing on the part of an advisor, likely insurance coverage, previous results in similar cases, and legal precedents and case law. Each legal proceeding is reviewed with counsel in each accounting period and the reserve is adjusted as deemed appropriate by management. Any change in the reserve amount is recorded as professional services in our consolidated statements of operations.

Valuation of Goodwill and Other Intangibles

We test intangible assets determined to have indefinite useful lives, including trademarks, trade names and goodwill, for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that assets might be impaired. We perform these annual impairment reviews as of the first day of the fourth quarter (October 1). We use a variety of methodologies in conducting impairment assessments of indefinite-lived intangible assets, including, but not limited to, discounted cash flow models, which are based on the assumptions we believe hypothetical marketplace participants would use. Impairment exists when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, resulting in an impairment charge for the excess. For indefinite-lived intangible assets, other than goodwill, if the carrying amount exceeds the fair value, an impairment charge is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

When facts and circumstances indicate that the carrying value of definite-lived intangible assets may not be recoverable, we assess the recoverability of the carrying value by preparing estimates of future cash flows. We recognize an impairment loss if the sum of the expected future cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) is less than the carrying amount. The impairment loss recognized is the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value. We use a variety of methodologies to determine the fair value of these assets, including discounted cash flow models, which are consistent with the assumptions we believe hypothetical marketplace participants would use.

We perform a goodwill assessment using a more-likely-than-not approach to determine whether there is a greater than 50 percent chance that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying values. If, after performing the qualitative assessment, management determines there is a less than a 50 percent chance that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step test is unnecessary.

If we determine the two-step test is necessary, the first step is to compare the fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. We typically use income approach methodology to determine the fair value of a reporting unit, which includes the discounted cash flow method and the market approach methodology that includes the use of market multiples. The assumptions used in these models are consistent with those we believe hypothetical marketplace participants would use. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, the second step of the impairment test must be performed in order to determine the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit's goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment charge is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The loss recognized cannot exceed the carrying amount of goodwill.

As part of our qualitative assessment, we considered macroeconomic conditions such as general deterioration in economic conditions, limitations on accessing capital, debt rating changes and other developments in equity and credit markets. We evaluated industry and market considerations for any deterioration in the environment in which we operate, the increased competitive environment, a decline in market-dependent multiples or metrics (considered in both absolute terms and relative to peers), any change in the market for products or services and regulatory and political developments. We assessed our overall financial performance, cost factors that would have a negative effect on earnings and prior quantitative assessments.

Income Taxes

We estimate income tax expense based on the various jurisdictions where we conduct business. We must then assess the likelihood that the deferred tax assets will be realized. A valuation allowance is established to the extent that it is more-likely-than-not that such deferred tax assets will not be realized. When we establish a valuation allowance or modify the existing allowance in a certain reporting period, we generally record a corresponding increase or decrease to the provision for income taxes in the consolidated statements of operations. We make significant judgments in determining the provision for income taxes, the deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowances recorded against the deferred tax asset. Changes in the estimate of these taxes occur periodically due to changes in the tax rates, changes in the business operations, implementation of tax planning strategies, resolution with taxing authorities of issues where we have previously taken certain tax positions and newly enacted statutory, judicial and regulatory guidance. These changes, when they occur, affect accrued taxes and can be material to our operating results for any particular reporting period.

Additionally, we account for uncertain tax positions in accordance with GAAP. The application of income tax law is inherently complex. We are required to make many subjective assumptions and judgments regarding our income tax exposures. Interpretations of and guidance surrounding income tax laws and regulations change over time. As such, changes in our subjective assumptions and judgments can materially affect amounts recognized in our consolidated financial statements.

Valuation and Accounting for Financial Derivatives

We periodically use financial derivative instruments, such as interest rate swap agreements, to protect us against changing market prices or interest rates and the related impact to our assets, liabilities, or cash flows. We also evaluate our contracts and commitments for terms that qualify as embedded derivatives. All derivatives are reported at their corresponding fair value in our consolidated statements of financial condition.

Financial derivative instruments expected to be highly effective hedges against changes in cash flows are designated as such upon entering into the agreement. At each reporting date, we reassess the effectiveness of the hedge to determine whether or not it can continue to use hedge accounting. Under hedge accounting, we record the increase or decrease in fair value of the derivative, net of tax impact, as other comprehensive income or losses. If the hedge is not determined to be a perfect hedge, yet still considered highly effective, we will calculate the ineffective portion and record the related change in its fair value as additional interest income or expense in the consolidated statements of operations. Amounts accumulated in other comprehensive income are generally reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings.

Share-Based Compensation

Certain employees, advisors, officers and directors who contribute to our success participate in various stock option plans. In addition, certain financial institutions participate in a warrant plan. Stock options and warrants generally vest in equal increments over a three to five-year period and expire on the 10th anniversary following the date of grant.

We recognize share-based compensation expense related to employee stock option awards in net income based on the grant-date fair value over the requisite service period of the individual grants, which generally equals the vesting period. We account for stock options and warrants awarded to our advisors and financial institutions based on the fair value of the award at each interim reporting period. We record the increase in price of the option or warrant as commission expense during such period. If the value of our common stock increases over a given period, this accounting treatment results in additional commission expense.

As there are no observable market prices for identical or similar instruments, we estimate fair value using a Black-Scholes valuation model. We must make assumptions regarding the number of share-based awards that will be forfeited. The forfeiture assumption is ultimately adjusted to the actual forfeiture rate. Therefore, changes in the forfeiture assumptions do not impact the total amount of expense ultimately recognized over the vesting period. Rather, different forfeiture assumptions would only impact the timing of expense recognition over the vesting period.

The following table presents the weighted-average assumptions used in calculating the fair value of its stock options and warrants with the Black-Scholes valuation model that have been granted during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:



	Employees									Advisors and Financial Institutions
	2011			2010			2009			2011			2010			2009
Expected life (in years)	6.50			6.50			6.50			9.71			9.20			9.32
Expected stock price volatility	48.82		%	49.22		%	50.41		%	48.49		%	49.46		%	54.66		%
Expected dividend yield	—		%	—		%	—		%	—		%	—		%	—		%
Fair value of options	$	15.99		$	17.42		$	11.32		$	16.59		$	25.62		$	15.72
Risk-free interest rate	2.20		%	2.70		%	2.70		%	1.95		%	3.35		%	3.75		%

The risk-free interest rates are based on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury constant maturities in effect at the time of the grant with remaining terms equivalent to the respective expected terms of the options. The dividend yield of zero is based on the fact that we have not paid a cash dividend on our common stock in the last six years. We estimate the expected term for our employee option awards using the simplified method in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin 110, Certain Assumptions Used in Valuation Methods, because we do not have sufficient relevant historical information to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise patterns. We estimate the expected term for stock options and warrants awarded to our advisors using the contractual term. Expected volatility is calculated based on companies of similar growth and maturity and our peer group in the industry in which we do business because we do not have sufficient historical volatility data. We will continue to use peer group volatility information until our historical volatility is relevant to measure expected volatility for future grants. In the future, as we gain historical data for volatility of our stock and the actual term over which employees hold our options, expected volatility and the expected term may change, which could substantially change the grant-date fair value of future awards of stock options and, ultimately, compensation recorded on future grants.

We have assumed an annualized forfeiture rate for our stock options and warrants based on a combined review of industry and employee turnover data, as well as an analytical review performed of historical pre-vesting forfeitures occurring over the previous year. We record additional expense if the actual forfeiture rate is lower than estimated and record a recovery of prior expense if the actual forfeiture is higher than estimated.

Acquisitions

When we acquire companies, we recognize separately from goodwill the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at their acquisition date fair values. Goodwill as of the acquisition date is measured as the excess of consideration transferred and the net of the acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. While we use our best estimates and assumptions as a part of the purchase price allocation process to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date, our estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, we record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to our consolidated statements of operations.

Accounting for business combinations requires our management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially at the acquisition date with respect to intangible assets, support liabilities assumed, and pre-acquisition contingencies. Although we believe the assumptions and estimates we have made in the past have been reasonable and appropriate, they are based in part on historical experience, market data and information obtained from the management of the acquired companies and are inherently uncertain.

Examples of critical estimates in valuing certain of the intangible assets we have acquired include but are not limited to: (i) future expected cash flows from client relationships, advisor relationships and product sponsor relationships; (ii) estimates to develop or use software; and (iii) discount rates.

If we determine that a pre-acquisition contingency is probable in nature and estimable as of the acquisition date, we record our best estimate for such a contingency as a part of the preliminary purchase price allocation. We continue to gather information for and evaluate our pre-acquisition contingencies throughout the measurement period and if we make changes to the amounts recorded or if we identify additional pre-acquisition contingencies

during the measurement period, such amounts will be included in the purchase price allocation during the measurement period and, subsequently, in our results of operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Refer to Note 2 of our consolidated financial statements for a discussion of recent accounting standards and pronouncements.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market Risk

We maintain trading securities owned and securities sold but not yet purchased in order to facilitate client transactions, to meet a portion of our clearing deposit requirements at various clearing organizations, and to track the performance of our research models. These securities include mutual funds, debt securities issued by the U.S. government, money market funds, corporate debt securities, certificates of deposit and equity securities.

Changes in the value of our trading inventory may result from fluctuations in interest rates, credit ratings of the issuer, equity prices and the correlation among these factors. We manage our trading inventory by product type. Our activities to facilitate client transactions generally involve mutual fund activities, including dividend reinvestments. The balances are based upon pending client activities which are monitored by our broker dealer support services department. Because these positions arise from pending client transactions, there are no specific trading or position limits. Positions held to meet clearing deposit requirements consist of U.S. government securities. The amount of securities deposited depends upon the requirements of the clearing organization. The level of securities deposited is monitored by the settlement area within our broker dealer support services department. Our research department develops model portfolios that are used by advisors in developing client portfolios. We currently maintain approximately 175 accounts based on model portfolios. At the time the portfolio is developed, we purchase the securities in that model portfolio in an amount equal to the account minimum for a client. Account minimums vary by product and can range from $10,000 to $50,000 per model. We utilize these positions to track the performance of the research department. The limits on this activity are based at the inception of each new model.

At December 31, 2011, the fair value of our trading securities owned were $6.3 million. Securities sold but not yet purchased were $0.2 million at December 31, 2011. See Note 5 of our consolidated financial statements for information regarding the fair value of trading securities owned and securities sold but not yet purchased associated with our client facilitation activities. See Note 5 of our consolidated financial statements for information regarding the fair value of securities held to maturity.

We do not enter into contracts involving derivatives or other similar financial instruments for trading or proprietary purposes.

We also have market risk on the fees we earn that are based on the market value of advisory and brokerage assets, assets on which trail commissions are paid and assets eligible for sponsor payments.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to risk associated with changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2011, all of the outstanding debt under our senior secured credit facilities, $1.3 billion, was subject to floating interest rate risk. To provide some protection against potential rate increases associated with our floating senior secured credit facilities, we have entered into a derivative instrument in the form of an interest rate swap agreement with Morgan Stanley Capital Services, Inc. covering a portion, $65.0 million, of our senior secured indebtedness. While the unhedged portion of our senior secured debt is subject to increases in interest rates, we do not believe that a short-term change in interest rates would have a material impact on our income before taxes.

The following table summarizes the impact of increasing interest rates on our interest expense from the variable portion of our debt outstanding at December 31, 2011:



	Outstanding at		Annual Impact of an Interest Rate Increase of
	Variable Interest		10 Basis		25 Basis		50 Basis		100 Basis
Senior Secured Term Loans	Rates		Points		Points		Points		Points
	(In thousands)
2013 Term Loan (Hedged)(1)	$	65,000	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
2013 Term Loan (Unhedged)(2)	237,489		236		591		1,181		2,363
2015 Term Loan (Unhedged)(3)	476,935		—		—		—		376
2017 Term Loan (Unhedged)(3)	553,244		—		—		—		437
Variable Rate Debt Outstanding	$	1,332,668	$	236	$	591	$	1,181	$	3,176

____________

(1)

Represents the portion of our 2013 Term Loan that is hedged by interest rate swap agreements, which have been designated as cash flow hedges against specific payments due on the 2013 Term Loan. Accordingly, any interest rate differential is reflected in an adjustment to interest expense over the term of the interest rate swap agreement. The variable interest rate for the hedged portion of our 2013 Term Loan is based on the three-month LIBOR of 0.58%, plus the applicable interest rate margin of 1.75%.


(2)	Represents the unhedged portion of our 2013 Term Loan outstanding at December 31, 2011. The variable interest rate for the unhedged portion of our 2013 Term Loan is based on the one-month LIBOR of 0.30%, plus the applicable interest rate margin of 1.75%.


(3)	The variable interest rate for our 2015 Term Loan and our 2017 Term Loan is based on the greater of the one-month LIBOR of 0.30% or 1.50%, plus an applicable interest rate margin.

We offer our advisors and their clients two primary cash sweep programs that are interest rate sensitive: our insured cash programs and money market sweep vehicles involving multiple money market fund providers. Our insured cash programs use multiple non-affiliated banks to provide up to $1.5 million ($3.0 million joint) of FDIC insurance for client deposits custodied at the banks. While clients earn interest for balances on deposit in the insured cash programs, we earn a fee. Our fees from the insured cash programs are based on prevailing interest rates in the current interest rate environment, but may be adjusted in an increasing or decreasing interest rate environment or for other reasons. Changes in interest rates and fees for the insured cash programs are monitored by our fee and rate setting committee (the “FRS committee”), which governs and approves any changes to our fees. By meeting promptly after interest rates change, or for other market or non-market reasons, the FRS committee balances financial risk of the insured cash programs with products that offer competitive client yields. However, as short-term interest rates hit lower levels, the FRS committee may be compelled to lower fees.

The average Federal Reserve effective federal funds rate for December 2011 was 0.07%. The following table reflects the approximate annual impact to asset-based fees on our insured cash programs (assuming that client balances at December 31, 2011 remain unchanged) of an upward or downward change in short-term interest rates of one basis point (in thousands):



Federal Reserve Effective Federal Funds Rate	Annualized Increase or Decrease in Asset-Based Fees per One Basis Point Change
	(Dollars in thousands)
0.00% - 0.25%		$	1,442
0.26% - 1.25%		721
1.26% - 2.50%		334
> 2.50%		$	—

Actual impacts may vary depending on interest rate levels, the significance of change, and the FRS committee’s strategy in responding to that change.

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk of loss due to adverse changes in a borrower’s, issuer’s or counterparty’s ability to meet its financial obligations under contractual or agreed upon terms. We bear credit risk on the activities of our advisors’

clients, including the execution, settlement, and financing of various transactions on behalf of these clients.

These activities are transacted on either a cash or margin basis. Our credit exposure in these transactions consists primarily of margin accounts, through which we extend credit to clients collateralized by cash (for purposes of margin lending - cash is not used as collateral) and securities in the client’s account. Under many of these agreements, we are permitted to sell or repledge these securities held as collateral and use these securities to enter into securities lending arrangements or to deliver to counterparties to cover short positions.

As our advisors execute margin transactions on behalf of their clients, we may incur losses if clients do not fulfill their obligations, the collateral in the client’s account is insufficient to fully cover losses from such investments and our advisors fail to reimburse us for such losses. Our loss on margin accounts is immaterial and did not exceed $0.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. We monitor exposure to industry sectors and individual securities and perform analyses on a regular basis in connection with our margin lending activities. We adjust our margin requirements if we believe our risk exposure is not appropriate based on market conditions.

We are subject to concentration risk if we extend large loans to or have large commitments with a single counterparty, borrower, or group of similar counterparties or borrowers (e.g. in the same industry). Receivables from and payables to clients and stock borrowing and lending activities are conducted with a large number of clients and counterparties and potential concentration is carefully monitored. We seek to limit this risk through careful review of the underlying business and the use of limits established by senior management, taking into consideration factors including the financial strength of the counterparty, the size of the position or commitment, the expected duration of the position or commitment and other positions or commitments outstanding.

Operational Risk

Operational risk generally refers to the risk of loss resulting from our operations, including, but not limited to, improper or unauthorized execution and processing of transactions, deficiencies in our technology or financial operating systems and inadequacies or breaches in our control processes. We operate in diverse markets and are reliant on the ability of our employees and systems to process a large number of transactions. These risks are less direct and quantifiable than credit and market risk, but managing them is critical, particularly in a rapidly changing environment with increasing transaction volumes. In the event of a breakdown or improper operation of systems or improper action by employees or advisors, we could suffer financial loss, regulatory sanctions and damage to our reputation. Business continuity plans exist for critical systems, and redundancies are built into the systems as deemed appropriate. In order to mitigate and control operational risk, we have developed and continue to enhance specific policies and procedures that are designed to identify and manage operational risk at appropriate levels throughout our organization and within various departments. These control mechanisms attempt to ensure that operational policies and procedures are being followed and that our employees and advisors operate within established corporate policies and limits.

Risk Management

We have established various committees of the Board of Directors to manage the risks associated with our business. Our Audit Committee was established for the primary purpose of overseeing (i) the integrity of our consolidated financial statements, (ii) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements that may impact our consolidated financial statements or financial operations, (iii) the independent auditor’s qualifications and independence and (iv) the performance of our independent auditor and internal audit function. Our Compensation and Human Resources Committee was established for the primary purpose of (i) overseeing our efforts to attract, retain and motivate members of our senior management team in partnership with the Chief Executive Officer, (ii) to carry out the Board’s overall responsibility relating to the determination of compensation for all executive officers to achieve the proper risk-reward balance and not encourage unnecessary or excessive risk-taking, (iii) to oversee all other aspects of our compensation and human resource policies and (iv) to oversee our management resources, succession planning and management development activities. As mandated by the Audit Committee, we also have established a Risk Oversight Committee comprised of a group of our senior-most executives to oversee the risk management activities of the Company.

In addition to various committees, we have written policies and procedures that govern the conduct of business by our advisors, our employees, our relationship with advisors' clients and the terms and conditions of our relationships with product manufacturers. Our client and advisor policies address the extension of credit for client accounts, data and physical security, compliance with industry regulation and codes of ethics to govern employee

and advisor conduct among other matters.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data are included as an annex to this Annual Report on Form 10-K. See the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data on page F-1.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our Disclosure Committee, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report were effective.

Change in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2011, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over our financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act as the process designed by, or under the supervision of, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, and effected by our board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of our consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Our internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of assets; provide reasonable assurances that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and the directors of the Company; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

As of December 31, 2011, management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management has determined that our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 was effective.

Deloitte & Touche LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an audit report appearing on the following page on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011.

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

LPL Investment Holdings Inc.

Boston, Massachusetts

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of LPL Investment Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management's Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company's principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company's board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“generally accepted accounting principles”). A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011, of the Company, and our report dated February 27, 2012, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Costa Mesa, California

February 27, 2012

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Other than the information relating to our executive officers provided below, the information required to be furnished pursuant to this item is incorporated by reference to the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

The following table provides certain information about each of the Company’s current executive officers as of the date this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been filed with the SEC:



Name	Age	Position
Mark S. Casady	51	Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
Esther M. Stearns	51	President and Chief Operating Officer
Robert J. Moore	50	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
William E. Dwyer	54	Managing Director, President — National Sales and Marketing
Dan H. Arnold	47	Managing Director, Head of Strategy
Stephanie L. Brown	59	Managing Director, General Counsel and Secretary
Jonathan G. Eaton	53	Managing Director, Custom Clearing Services
Christopher F. Feeney	56	Managing Director, Chief Information Officer
Mark R. Helliker	48	Managing Director, Broker-Dealer Support Services
John J. McDermott	55	Managing Director, Chief Risk Officer

Executive Officers

Mark S. Casady — Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

Mr. Casady is chairman of the board of directors and our chief executive officer. He joined us in May 2002 as chief operating officer, became our president in April 2003, and became our chief executive officer and chairman in December 2005. Before joining our firm, Mr. Casady was managing director, mutual fund group for Deutsche Asset Management, Americas — formerly Scudder Investments. He joined Scudder in 1994 and held roles as managing director — Americas; head of global mutual fund group and head of defined contribution services. He was also a member of the Scudder, Stevens and Clark Board of Directors and Management Committee. He is former chairman and a current board member of the Insured Retirement Institute, is a member of the Financial Services Roundtable board of directors and serves on FINRA’s board of governors. Mr. Casady received his B.S. from Indiana University and his M.B.A. from DePaul University.

Esther M. Stearns — President and Chief Operating Officer

Ms. Stearns has been our president since March 2007 and our chief operating officer since September 2004. She joined us in July 1996 as chief information officer. Ms. Stearns provides oversight to our company, with a focus on strategic direction. Prior to joining us, she was vice president of information systems at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., where she worked for 14 years in a variety of leadership roles. She received her B.A. from the University of Chicago.

Robert J. Moore — Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Mr. Moore joined us in September 2008 as chief financial officer. In addition to formulating financial policy and planning and ensuring the effectiveness of the financial functions within our firm, Mr. Moore participates directly in the strategic direction and oversight of all aspects of our company. He is also responsible for oversight of our

research and risk management functions, as well as several areas of national sales and marketing. From 2006 to 2008, Mr. Moore served as chief executive officer and chief financial officer at ABN AMRO North America and LaSalle Bank Corporation. Before this role, Mr. Moore worked for Diageo PLC, Europe and Great Britain, in a number of finance management positions, ultimately serving as chief financial officer. Mr. Moore serves as a board member of Optimum Funds Trust and an independent board member and compensation committee member for Legal and General Investment Management America. He holds a B.B.A. in finance from the University of Texas, Austin and a M.M. in finance, marketing and international business from Northwestern University and is a Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA).

William E. Dwyer — Managing Director, President — National Sales and Marketing

Mr. Dwyer has served as managing director, president — National Sales and Marketing since September 2009. He joined us in July 1992 and became managing director, branch development in January 2004, managing director, national sales in July 2005, and managing director, president of Independent Advisor Services in February 2007. Mr. Dwyer is responsible for the management, satisfaction, retention and recruitment of our independent advisors and financial institutions, as well as for LPL Financial Retirement Partners. Mr. Dwyer serves as a member of the Financial Services Institute Board of Directors. In addition, he serves on the board of directors and is on the Private Client Services Executive Committee for the Securities Industry Financial Markets Association. He received his B.A. from Boston College.

Dan H. Arnold — Managing Director, Head of Strategy

Mr. Arnold serves as managing director, head of strategy. In this role since October 2011, he is responsible for long-term strategic planning for the firm. Mr. Arnold joined our firm in January 2007 following our acquisition of UVEST and served as managing director and divisional president of Institution Services. Between 2009 and 2011, Mr. Arnold also provided executive oversight of LPL Insurance Associates, which provides insurance services to LPL advisors. Prior to joining us, Mr. Arnold worked at UVEST for 13 years, serving most recently as president and chief operating officer. Mr. Arnold serves on the board of directors of the Bank Insurance & Securities Association. He is a graduate of Auburn University and holds an M.B.A. in finance from Georgia State University.

Stephanie L. Brown — Managing Director, General Counsel and Secretary

Ms. Brown joined us in August 1989 and has been responsible for the Legal Department throughout her tenure. From 1989 to 2004, Ms. Brown was also responsible for our Compliance organization. Ms. Brown is currently serving as a member of FINRA’s National Adjudicatory Council’s Statutory Disqualification Committee and also as a member of FINRA’s Independent Broker/Dealer and Membership Committees, the SIFMA Private Client Legal Committee, and the IRI Government Relations Committee. Ms Brown is also a member representative of the Financial Services Roundtable as well as a member of the Financial Services Roundtable’s Lawyers’ Council, the Regulatory Oversight Committee, and the Securities Working Group. Prior to joining us, Ms. Brown was an associate attorney with the law firm of Kelley Drye & Warren in Washington, D.C., specializing in corporate and securities law. Ms. Brown received her B.A. cum laude from Bryn Mawr College and her J.D. from the Catholic University of America.

Jonathan G. Eaton — Managing Director, Custom Clearing Services

Mr. Eaton joined us in June 1997 and became managing director, Custom Clearing Services in January 2008. He is also responsible for our Sponsor Relations Group and The Private Trust Company, N.A. Prior to this position, Mr. Eaton served as our executive vice president of product marketing. Before joining us, Mr. Eaton spent 14 years at MFS Investment Management. His positions at MFS included national account management, corporate marketing, product development, and market research. Mr. Eaton attended the University of Maine.

Christopher F. Feeney — Managing Director, Chief Information Officer

Mr. Feeney joined us in January 2008 as chief information officer and managing director for the Business Technology Services business unit. Mr. Feeney is responsible for enhancing the technology offerings and support we provide to our advisors and their clients. From 2005 to 2007, Mr. Feeney was global managing director of wealth management at Thomson Financial. Mr. Feeney was chief executive officer of Telerate, Inc., from July 2003 until its sale to Reuters in December 2004. He holds a B.A. in literature from the State University of New York, Oneonta, and graduated from the Securities Industry Institute at the Wharton School.

Mark R. Helliker — Managing Director, Broker-Dealer Support Services

Mr. Helliker joined us in July 2008 as managing director of Broker-Dealer Support Services. He is responsible for the day-to-day management of operations for advisors and new-advisor transitions, as well as for enhancing the financial professional experience. Prior to joining us, Mr. Helliker worked at Charles Schwab for 10 years, most recently as senior vice president of Charles Schwab Institutional. Mr. Helliker has a B.A. in political science from the University of Portsmouth in England and an M.B.A. in management from San Diego State University.

John J. McDermott — Managing Director, Chief Risk Officer

Mr. McDermott joined us in July 2009 as managing director and chief risk officer. In this role, he is focused on optimizing resources dedicated to risk and compliance across our firm, building consistency, and continuing to strengthen all teams with a holistic and strategic approach. Prior to joining us, Mr. McDermott worked for 35 years at Merrill Lynch, where he held a series of leadership roles including global head of compliance and internal audit. Mr. McDermott has a B.A. from Wesleyan University and a J.D. from Rutgers University.

Items 11, 12, 13 and 14.

The information required by Items 11, 12, 13 and 14 is incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Consolidated Financial Statements

Our consolidated financial statements appearing on pages F-1 through F-42 are incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Exhibits



Exhibit No.	Description of Exhibit
3.1	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of LPL Investment Holdings Inc., dated November 23, 2010. (1)
3.2	Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of LPL Investment Holdings Inc. (2)
4.1	Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of December 28, 2005, among LPL Investment Holdings Inc., LPL Holdings, Inc. and other stockholders party thereto. (3)
4.2	First Amendment to Stockholders’ Agreement dated December 28, 2005, among LPL Investment Holdings Inc., LPL Holdings, Inc. and other stockholders party thereto, dated November 23, 2010. (14)
4.3	Stockholders’ Agreement among the Company and Hellman & Friedman Capital Partners IV, L.Pl, Hellman & Friedman Capital Partners V (Parallel), L.P., Hellman & Friedman Capital Associates V, L.P. and TPG Partners IV, L.P., dated November 23, 2010.*
4.4	Fifth Amended and Restated LPL Investment Holdings Inc. 2000 Stock Bonus Plan. (4)
4.5	Management Stockholders’ Agreement among the Company, Stephanie L. Brown, Mark S. Casady, William E. Dwyer III, Robert J. Moore, and Esther M. Stearns, dated November 23, 2010. (14)
10.1	2005 Stock Option Plan for Incentive Stock Options. (5)
10.2	2005 Stock Option Plan for Non-Qualified Stock Options. (5)
10.3	Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement among Mark S. Casady, the Company, LPL Holdings, Inc. and LPL Financial Corporation, dated July 23, 2010. (2)
10.4	Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement among Esther M. Stearns, the Company, LPL Holdings, Inc. and LPL Financial Corporation, dated July 23, 2010. (2)
10.5	Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement among William E. Dwyer III, the Company, LPL Holdings, Inc. and LPL Financial Corporation, dated July 23, 2010. (2)
10.6	Executive Employment Agreement between Dan H. Arnold and UVEST Financial Services Group Inc. dated January 2, 2007. (6)
10.7	Amendment dated September 28, 2009 to the Executive Employment Agreement between Dan H. Arnold and UVEST Financial Services Group Inc. dated January 2, 2007. (6)
10.8	Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement among Stephanie L. Brown, the Company, LPL Holdings, Inc. and LPL Financial Corporation dated July 23, 2010. (2)
10.9	Executive Employment Agreement between Jonathan G. Eaton and LPL Holdings Inc., dated December 28, 2005. (5)
10.10	Executive Employment Agreement among Robert J. Moore, the Company, LPL Holdings, Inc. and LPL Financial Corporation, dated July 23, 2010. (2)
10.11	Form of Indemnification Agreement. (1)
10.12	LPL Investment Holdings Inc. 2008 Stock Option Plan. (7)
10.13	Form of LPL Investment Holdings Inc. Stock Option Agreement. (6)
10.14	LPL Investment Holdings Inc. 2008 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan. (8)
10.15	LPL Investment Holdings Inc. Advisor Incentive Plan. (9)
10.16	LPL Investment Holdings Inc. Financial Institution Incentive Plan. (6)
10.17	LPL Investment Holdings Inc. and Affiliates Corporate Executive Bonus Plan. (10)
10.18	Thomson Transaction Services Master Subscription Agreement dated as of January 5, 2009 between LPL Financial Corporation and Thomson Financial LLC. (11)†



Exhibit No.	Description of Exhibit
10.19	Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2010, by and among LPL Investment Holdings, Inc., LPL Holdings, Inc., the several lenders from time to time party thereto, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Administrative Agent and Morgan Stanley & Co., as Collateral Agent. (12)
10.20	LPL Investment Holdings Inc. 2010 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan. (1)
10.21	Form of Senior Executive Stock Option Award granted under the LPL Investment Holdings Inc. 2010 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan. (13)
10.22	Form of Senior Management Stock Option Award granted under the LPL Investment Holdings Inc. 2010 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan. (13)
10.23	LPL Financial LLC Executive Severance Plan, effective as of November 23, 2010. (14)
10.24	Relocation Bonus Agreement between Mark R. Helliker and LPL Financial LLC, dated January 25, 2011. (14)
10.25	Amendment to the LPL Investment Holdings Inc. 2008 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan, dated December 1, 2011.*
21.1	List of Subsidiaries of LPL Investment Holdings Inc.*
23.1	Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.*
31.1	Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a).*
31.2	Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a).*
32.1	Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
32.2	Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
101.INS	XBRL Instance Document*
101.SCH	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema*
101.CAL	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation*
101.DEF	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition*
101.LAB	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label*
101.PRE	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation*

____________



*		Filed herewith.

†		Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions, which portions have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(1	)	Incorporated by reference to the Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on July 9, 2010.

(2	)	Incorporated by reference to current report on Form 8-K filed on July 23, 2010.

(3	)	Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on July 10, 2007.

(4	)	Incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K filed on December 18, 2008.

(5	)	Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on April 30, 2007.

(6	)	Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on June 4, 2010.

(7	)	Incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K filed on February 21, 2008.

(8	)	Incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K filed on November 25, 2008.

(9	)	Incorporated by reference to the Form S-8 on June 5, 2008.

(10	)	Incorporated by reference to the Schedule 14A filed on April 27, 2010.

(11	)	Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on June 22, 2010.

(12	)	Incorporated by reference to the Form 8-K filed on May 28, 2010.

(13	)	Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on November 3, 2010.

(14	)	Incorporated by reference to the Form 10-K filed on March 9, 2011.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

LPL Investment Holdings Inc.

By: /s/ Mark S. Casady

Mark S. Casady

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

Dated: February 27, 2012

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.



Signature	Title	Date

/s/ Mark S. Casady Mark S. Casady	Chief Executive Officer and Chairman	February 27, 2012

/s/ Robert J. Moore Robert J. Moore	Chief Financial Officer	February 27, 2012

/s/ Thomas D. Lux Thomas D. Lux	Chief Accounting Officer	February 27, 2012

/s/ Richard W. Boyce Richard W. Boyce	Director	February 27, 2012

/s/ John J. Brennan John J. Brennan	Director	February 27, 2012

/s/ James S. Putnam James S. Putnam	Director	February 27, 2012

/s/ Jeffrey A. Goldstein Jeffrey A. Goldstein	Director	February 27, 2012

/s/ James S. Riepe James S. Riepe	Director	February 27, 2012

/s/ Richard P. Schifter Richard P. Schifter	Director	February 27, 2012

/s/ Jeffrey E. Stiefler Jeffrey E. Stiefler	Director	February 27, 2012

/s/ Allen R. Thorpe Allen R. Thorpe	Director	February 27, 2012

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The following consolidated financial statements of LPL Investment Holdings Inc. are included in response to Item 8:



	Page

Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	F-2
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009	F-3
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2011 and 2010	F-4
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009	F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009	F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-8

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

LPL Investment Holdings Inc.

Boston, Massachusetts

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of LPL Investment Holdings Inc., and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of LPL Investment Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 27, 2012, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Costa Mesa, California

February 27, 2012

F-2

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations

For the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)



	2011		2010			2009
REVENUES:
Commissions	$	1,754,435	$	1,620,811		$	1,477,655
Advisory fees	1,027,473		860,227			704,139
Asset-based fees	359,724		317,505			272,893
Transaction and other fees	292,207		274,148			255,574
Interest income, net of interest expense	20,065		19,807			20,545
Other	25,471		20,988			18,699
Total net revenues	3,479,375		3,113,486			2,749,505
EXPENSES:
Commissions and advisory fees	2,410,337		2,362,910			1,872,478
Compensation and benefits	322,126		308,656			270,436
Promotional	82,885		69,191			61,451
Depreciation and amortization	72,741		86,037			108,296
Occupancy and equipment	55,470		50,159			50,475
Professional services	41,590		39,521			38,071
Brokerage, clearing and exchange	38,087		34,625			32,101
Communications and data processing	36,696		34,372			36,194
Regulatory fees and expenses	26,116		26,143			23,217
Restructuring charges	21,407		13,922			58,695
Other	20,471		48,413			24,602
Total operating expenses	3,127,926		3,073,949			2,576,016
Interest expense from senior credit facilities, subordinated notes and revolving line of credit	68,764		90,407			100,922
Loss on extinguishment of debt	—		37,979			—
Total expenses	3,196,690		3,202,335			2,676,938
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE PROVISION FOR (BENEFIT (FROM) INCOME TAXES	282,685		(88,849		)	72,567
PROVISION FOR (BENEFIT FROM) INCOME TAXES	112,303		(31,987		)	25,047
NET INCOME (LOSS)	$	170,382	$	(56,862	)	$	47,520
EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE (Note 16):
Basic	$	1.55	$	(0.64	)	$	0.54
Diluted	$	1.50	$	(0.64	)	$	0.47

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

For the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(Dollars in thousands, except par value)



	2011			2010
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	$	720,772		$	419,208
Cash and securities segregated under federal and other regulations	382,905			373,634
Receivables from:
Clients, net of allowance of $716 at December 31, 2011 and $655 at December 31, 2010	301,292			271,051
Product sponsors, broker-dealers and clearing organizations	143,493			203,332
Others, net of allowance of $8,833 at December 31, 2011 and $6,796 at December 31, 2010	187,408			169,391
Securities owned:
Trading — at fair value	6,290			9,259
Held-to-maturity	11,167			9,563
Securities borrowed	7,890			8,391
Income taxes receivable	—			144,041
Fixed assets, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $305,143 at December 31, 2011 and $276,501 at December 31, 2010	91,317			78,671
Debt issuance costs, net of accumulated amortization of $19,197 at December 31, 2011 and $14,106 at December 31, 2010	18,620			23,711
Goodwill	1,334,086			1,293,366
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $198,139 at December 31, 2011 and $172,726 at December 31, 2010	537,670			560,077
Other assets	73,416			82,472
Total assets	$	3,816,326		$	3,646,167
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
LIABILITIES:
Drafts payable	$	187,575		$	182,489
Payables to clients	456,719			383,289
Payables to broker-dealers and clearing organizations	34,755			39,070
Accrued commissions and advisory fees payable	109,715			130,408
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	160,399			154,586
Income taxes payable	906			—
Unearned revenue	59,537			53,618
Interest rate swaps	1,377			7,281
Securities sold but not yet purchased — at fair value	161			4,821
Senior credit facilities	1,332,668			1,386,639
Deferred income taxes — net	127,766			130,211
Total liabilities	2,471,578			2,472,412
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
Common stock, $.001 par value; 600,000,000 shares authorized; 110,531,939 shares issued at December 31, 2011 and 108,714,757 shares issued at December 31, 2010	110			109
Additional paid-in capital	1,137,723			1,051,722
Treasury stock, at cost — 2,617,629 shares at December 31, 2011 and 0 shares at December 31, 2010	(89,037		)	—
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(850		)	(4,496		)
Retained earnings	296,802			126,420
Total stockholders’ equity	1,344,748			1,173,755
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	3,816,326		$	3,646,167

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

For the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(In thousands)



					Additional Paid-In Capital							Stockholder Loans			Accumulated Comprehensive Loss			Retained Earnings			Total Stockholders' Equity
	Common Stock							Treasury Stock
	Shares		Amount					Shares	Amount
BALANCE — December 31, 2008	93,968		$	87	$	670,897		—	$	—		$	(936	)	$	(15,498	)	$	135,762		$	790,312
Comprehensive income:
Net income																		47,520			47,520
Unrealized gain on interest rate swaps, net of tax expense of $3,899															4,226						4,226
Other comprehensive income																					51,746
Stockholder loans												437									437
Exercise of stock options	257				290																290
Excess tax benefits from stock options exercised					147																147
Share-based compensation					8,124																8,124
Repurchase of common stock	(10	)			(181		)														(181		)
BALANCE — December 31, 2009	94,215		$	87	$	679,277		—	$	—		$	(499	)	$	(11,272	)	$	183,282		$	850,875
Comprehensive loss:
Net loss																		(56,862		)	(56,862		)
Unrealized gain on interest rate swaps, net of tax expense of $3,235															6,776						6,776
Other comprehensive loss																					(50,086		)
Stockholder loans												499									499
Revocation of restricted stock awards	(25	)
Exercise of stock options and warrants	13,039		13		88																101
Release on the restriction of stock awards			7		221,975																221,982
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation					93,445																93,445
Share-based compensation					15,137																15,137
Issuance of common stock	1,486		2		41,800																41,802
BALANCE — December 31, 2010	108,715		$	109	$	1,051,722		—	$	—		$	—		$	(4,496	)	$	126,420		$	1,173,755
Comprehensive income:
Net income																		170,382			170,382
Unrealized gain on interest rate swaps, net of tax expense of $2,258															3,646						3,646
Total comprehensive income																					174,028
Treasury stock purchases								2,618	(89,037		)										(89,037		)
Exercise of stock options and warrants	1,817		1		10,161																10,162
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation					57,590																57,590
Share-based compensation					18,250																18,250
BALANCE — December 31, 2011	110,532		$	110	$	1,137,723		2,618	$	(89,037	)	$	—		$	(850	)	$	296,802		$	1,344,748

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(Dollars in thousands)



	2011			2010			2009
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income (loss)	$	170,382		$	(56,862	)	$	47,520
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Noncash items:
Depreciation and amortization	72,741			86,037			108,296
Amortization of debt issuance costs	5,091			4,896			3,757
Impairment of fixed assets	—			840			1,288
Loss on disposal of fixed assets	112			160			329
Share-based compensation	18,250			237,119			8,124
Excess tax benefits related to share-based compensation	(57,590		)	(93,445		)	(147		)
Provision for bad debts	3,833			1,621			3,319
Deferred income tax provision	(8,432		)	(21,619		)	(41,460		)
Loss on extinguishment of debt	—			37,979			—
Impairment of intangible assets	2,776			—			18,636
Lease abandonment	1,054			5,383			6,612
Loan forgiveness	1,530			4,359			2,072
Other	1,511			(160		)	(347		)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Cash and securities segregated under federal and other regulations	(9,271		)	(85,026		)	52,967
Receivables from clients	(30,302		)	(13,522		)	38,268
Receivables from product sponsors, broker-dealers and clearing organizations	59,839			(31,432		)	59,500
Receivables from others	(22,549		)	(35,546		)	(50,937		)
Securities owned	3,158			6,297			(3,832		)
Securities borrowed	501			(3,441		)	(4,346		)
Other assets	(7,806		)	(3,877		)	(8,061		)
Drafts payable	5,086			56,722			(28,664		)
Payables to clients	73,430			(110,654		)	30,932
Payables to broker-dealers and clearing organizations	(4,315		)	20,853			(3,517		)
Accrued commissions and advisory fees payable	(20,693		)	20,368			9,713
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	(19,754		)	15,279			(236		)
Income taxes receivable/payable	202,537			(73,835		)	12,092
Unearned revenue	5,919			7,774			9,186
Securities sold but not yet purchased	(4,660		)	818			93
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	442,378			(22,914		)	271,157

F-6

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - (Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(Dollars in thousands)



	2011			2010			2009
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Capital expenditures	(36,347		)	(23,095		)	(8,313		)
Proceeds from disposal of fixed assets	—			—			200
Purchase of securities classified as held-to-maturity	(7,685		)	(5,392		)	(3,746		)
Proceeds from maturity of securities classified as held-to-maturity	6,000			6,200			3,700
Proceeds from the sale of equity investment	—			—			31
Deposits of restricted cash	(7,794		)	(24,121		)	(12,759		)
Release of restricted cash	22,245			7,216			7,163
Acquisitions (Note 3)	(41,977		)	—			—
Net cash used in investing activities	(65,558		)	(39,192		)	(13,724		)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Repayment of revolving line of credit	—			—			(90,000		)
Repayment of senior credit facilities	(53,971		)	(12,584		)	(8,424		)
Proceeds from senior credit facilities	—			566,700			—
Redemption of subordinated notes	—			(579,563		)	—
Payment of debt amendment costs	—			(7,181		)	(372		)
Repurchase of common stock	(89,037		)	—			(181		)
Excess tax benefits related to share-based compensation	57,590			93,445			147
Repayment of stockholder loans	—			—			462
Proceeds from stock options and warrants exercised	10,162			101			290
Issuance of common stock	—			41,802			—
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities	(75,256		)	102,720			(98,078		)
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS	301,564			40,614			159,355
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — Beginning of year	419,208			378,594			219,239
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — End of year	$	720,772		$	419,208		$	378,594
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Interest paid	$	68,669		$	92,888		$	101,128
Income taxes paid	$	60,651		$	63,387		$	54,919
NONCASH DISCLOSURES:
Capital expenditures purchased through short-term credit	$	6,226		$	4,023		$	2,640
Increase in unrealized gain on interest rate swaps, net of tax expense	$	3,646		$	6,776		$	4,226
Discount on proceeds from senior credit facilities recorded as debt issuance costs	$	—		$	13,300		$	—

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-7

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Organization and Description of the Company

LPL Investment Holdings Inc. (“LPLIH”), a Delaware holding corporation, together with its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) provides an integrated platform of brokerage and investment advisory services to independent financial advisors and financial advisors at financial institutions (collectively “advisors”) in the United States of America. Through its custody and clearing platform, using both proprietary and third-party technology, the Company provides access to diversified financial products and services enabling its advisors to offer independent financial advice and brokerage services to retail investors (their “clients”).

On December 28, 2005, LPL Holdings, Inc. (“LPLH”), and its subsidiaries were acquired through a merger transaction with BD Acquisition Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of LPLIH (previously named BD Investment Holdings, Inc.). LPLIH was formed by investment funds affiliated with TPG Capital and Hellman & Friedman LLC (collectively, the “Majority Holders”). The acquisition was accomplished through the merger of BD Acquisition Inc. with and into LPLH, with LPLH being the surviving entity (the “Acquisition”). The Acquisition was financed by a combination of borrowings under the Company’s senior credit facilities, the issuance of senior unsecured subordinated notes and direct and indirect equity investments from the Majority Holders, co-investors, management and the Company’s advisors.

Description of Our Subsidiaries — LPLH, a Massachusetts holding corporation, owns 100% of the issued and outstanding common stock of LPL Financial LLC (“LPL Financial”), UVEST Financial Services Group, Inc. (“UVEST”), LPL Independent Advisor Services Group LLC (“IASG”), Independent Advisers Group Corporation (“IAG”), LPL Insurance Associates, Inc. (“LPLIA”) and Concord Capital Partners (“Concord Wealth Management” or “CCP”). LPLH is also the majority stockholder in PTC Holdings, Inc. (“PTCH”), and owns 100% of the issued and outstanding voting common stock. As required by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, members of the Board of Directors of PTCH own shares of nonvoting common stock in PTCH.

LPL Financial, headquartered in Boston, San Diego and Charlotte, is a clearing broker-dealer and an investment adviser that principally transacts business as an agent for its advisors and financial institutions on behalf of their clients in a broad array of financial products and services. LPL Financial is licensed to operate in all 50 states, Washington D.C. and Puerto Rico.

UVEST, headquartered in Charlotte, is an introducing broker-dealer and investment adviser that provides independent, nonproprietary third-party brokerage and advisory services to banks, credit unions and other financial institutions. UVEST is licensed to operate in all 50 states and Washington D.C. During 2011, the Company committed to a corporate restructuring plan to enhance its service offering, while generating efficiencies by consolidating the operations of UVEST with those of LPL Financial (see Note 4).

IASG is a holding company for Mutual Service Corporation (“MSC”), Associated Financial Group, Inc. (“AFG”), Associated Securities Corp., Inc. (“Associated”), Associated Planners Investment Advisory, Inc. (“APIA”) and Waterstone Financial Group, Inc. (“WFG”) (together, the “Affiliated Entities”). On July 10, 2009, the Company committed to a corporate restructuring plan to consolidate the operations of the Affiliated Entities with those of LPL Financial. Prior to the consolidation of operations, the Affiliated Entities engaged primarily in introducing brokerage and advisory transactions to unaffiliated third-party clearing broker-dealers. The Affiliated Entities ceased operations as active broker-dealers on September 14, 2009 and the securities licenses of advisors associated with the Affiliated Entities who elected to transfer, as well as their respective client accounts which had previously cleared through a third-party platform, were transferred to the LPL Financial clearing platform. Following the completion of these transfer activities, advisors and client accounts previously associated with the Affiliated Entities are associated with LPL Financial. The Affiliated Entities had no active employees, advisors or client accounts as of December 31, 2011. Associated and WFG have withdrawn their registration with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority’s (“FINRA”) effective February 5, 2011, and MSC has withdrawn its registration with FINRA effective November 11, 2011. See Note 4 for further discussion.

IAG is a registered investment adviser which offers an investment advisory platform for clients of advisors working for other financial institutions.

F-8

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LPLIA operates as a brokerage general agency, which offers life, long-term care and disability insurance sales and services.

PTCH is a holding company for The Private Trust Company, N.A. (“PTC”). PTC is chartered as a non-depository limited purpose national bank, providing a wide range of trust, investment management oversight and custodial services for estates and families. PTC also provides Individual Retirement Account custodial services for LPL Financial.

Concord Capital Partners provides technology and open architecture investment management solutions for trust departments of financial institutions. See Note 3 for additional details.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation — These consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), which require the Company to make estimates and assumptions regarding the valuation of certain financial instruments, intangible assets, allowance for doubtful accounts, valuation of share-based compensation, accruals for liabilities, income taxes, revenue and expense accruals, and other matters that affect the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates under different assumptions or conditions and the differences may be material to the consolidated financial statements. Certain reclassifications were made to previously reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto to make them consistent with the current period presentation. The Company has evaluated subsequent events up to and including the date these consolidated financial statements were issued.

Consolidation — These consolidated financial statements include the accounts of LPLIH and its subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated. Equity investments in which the Company exercises significant influence but does not exercise control and is not the primary beneficiary are accounted for using the equity method.

Revenue Recognition Policies:

Commission — The Company records commissions received from mutual funds, annuity, insurance, equity, fixed income, direct investment, option and commodity transactions. Commissions also include mutual fund and variable annuity trails, which are recognized as earned. Due to the significant volume of mutual fund and variable annuity purchases and sales transacted by advisors directly with product manufacturers, management estimates its trail revenues and upfront commission for each accounting period for which the proceeds have not yet been received. These estimates are based on a number of factors, primarily on market levels and the volume of similar transactions in prior periods. The amount of such accruals are shown as commissions receivable from product sponsors and others (see Note 7), and are classified within receivables from product sponsors, broker-dealers and clearing organizations in the consolidated statements of financial condition. The Company also records commissions payable based upon standard payout ratios for each product as it accrues for commission revenue. Clients' securities transactions are recorded on a settlement-date basis, with related commission income and expense reported on a trade-date basis.

Advisory Fees — The Company charges investment advisory fees based on each client’s portfolio value, primarily on the last business day of the preceding quarter. Advisory fees collected in advance are recorded as unearned revenue and are recognized ratably over the period in which such fees are earned. Advisory fees collected in arrears are recorded as earned.

Certain advisors conduct their advisory business through separate entities by establishing their own Registered Investment Advisor (“RIA”) pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, rather than using the Company’s corporate registered RIA. These stand-alone RIAs ("Independent RIA") engage the Company for clearing, regulatory and custody services, as well as access to the Company’s investment advisory platforms. The advisory fees charged to clients are earned by the Independent RIA, and accordingly are not recorded as advisory revenue of the Company. Furthermore, the Company supports certain financial advisors with customized clearing, advisory platforms. Accordingly, the Company charges administrative fees to Independent RIAs including custody and clearing and trading fees, based on the value of assets within these advisory accounts.

F-9

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Asset-Based Fees — Asset-based fees are comprised of fees from cash sweep programs, financial product manufacturer sponsorship programs, and omnibus processing and networking services and are recorded and recognized ratably over the period in which services are provided.

Transaction and Other Fees — The Company charges transaction fees for executing noncommissionable transactions in client accounts. Transaction related charges are recognized on a trade-date basis. Other fees relate to services provided and other account charges generally outlined in the Company’s agreements with its clients, advisors and financial institutions. Such fees are recognized as services are performed or as earned, as applicable. In addition, the Company offers various services, for which fees are charged on a subscription basis and are recognized over the subscription period.

Interest Income, Net of Interest Expense — The Company earns interest income from its cash equivalents and client margin balances, less interest expense on related transactions. Because interest expense incurred in connection with cash equivalents and client margin balances is completely offset by revenue on related transactions, the Company considers such interest to be an operating expense. Interest expense from operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 did not exceed $1.0 million in any fiscal year presented.

Compensation and Benefits — The Company records compensation and benefits for all cash and deferred compensation, benefits and related taxes as earned by its employees. Compensation and benefits expense also includes fees earned by temporary employees and contractors who perform similar services to those performed by the Company’s employees, primarily software development and project management activities. Temporary employee and contractor services of $21.0 million, $21.8 million, and $18.0 million were incurred during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

Share-Based Compensation — The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense related to employee stock option awards based on the grant-date fair value over the requisite service period of the individual grants, which generally equals the vesting period. The Company accounts for stock options and warrants awarded to its advisors and financial institutions based on the fair value of the award at each interim reporting period.

Earnings Per Share — In calculating earnings (loss) per share using the two-class method, the Company is required to allocate a portion of its earnings to employees that hold stock units that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents under its 2008 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan. Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing income less earnings attributable to employees that hold stock units under the 2008 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan by the basic weighted average number of shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share is computed in a manner similar to basic earnings per share, except the weighted average number of shares outstanding is increased to include the dilutive effect of outstanding stock options, warrants and other stock-based awards.

Income Taxes — In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the Company estimates income tax expense based on various jurisdictions where it conducts business. The Company must then assess the likelihood that the deferred tax assets will be realized. A valuation allowance is established to the extent that it is more-likely-than-not that such deferred tax assets will not be realized. When the Company establishes a valuation allowance or modifies the existing allowance in a certain reporting period, the Company generally records a corresponding increase or decrease to tax expense in the consolidated statements of operations. Management makes significant judgments in determining the provision for income taxes, the deferred tax assets and liabilities, and any valuation allowances recorded against the deferred tax asset. Changes in the estimate of these taxes occur periodically due to changes in the tax rates, changes in the business operations, implementation of tax planning strategies, resolution with taxing authorities of issues where the Company had previously taken certain tax positions and newly enacted statutory, judicial and regulatory guidance. These changes could have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition, operations or cash flows in the period or periods in which they occur.

The Company recognizes the tax effects of a position in the financial statements only if it is more-likely-than-not to be sustained based solely on its technical merits, otherwise no benefits of the position are to be recognized. The more-likely-than-not threshold must continue to be met in each reporting period to support continued recognition of a benefit. Moreover, each tax position meeting the recognition threshold is required to be measured as the largest amount that is greater than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing

F-10

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. See Note 11 for additional detail regarding the Company’s uncertain tax positions.

Employee Health Care Self-Insurance — The Company is partially self-insured for benefits paid under employee healthcare programs. Self-insurance estimates are determined with the assistance of insurance actuaries, based on historical experience and trends related to claims and payments, information provided by the insurance broker, and industry experience. The Company has coverage for excess losses on either an individual or an aggregate case basis. Estimates of future claim costs are recorded on an undiscounted basis, and are recognized as a liability within accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

Cash and Cash Equivalents — Cash and cash equivalents are composed of interest and noninterest-bearing deposits, money market funds and U.S. government obligations that meet the definition of a cash equivalent. Cash equivalents are highly liquid investments, with original maturities of less than 90 days that are not required to be segregated under federal or other regulations.

Cash and Securities Segregated Under Federal and Other Regulations — Certain subsidiaries of the Company are subject to requirements related to maintaining cash or qualified securities in a segregated reserve account for the exclusive benefit of its customers in accordance with SEC Rule 15c3-3 and other regulations.

Receivables From and Payables to Clients — Receivables from and payables to clients includes amounts due on cash and margin transactions. The Company extends credit to its clients to finance their purchases of securities on margin. The Company receives income from interest charged on such extensions of credit. Payables to clients represent credit balances in client accounts arising from deposits of funds, proceeds from sales of securities, and dividend and interest payments received on securities held in client accounts at LPL Financial. Of the balance at December 31, 2011, $445.9 million of the balance represent free credit balances which are held pending re-investment by the clients. The remaining balance represents funds received from clients to support their trading activities, primarily as collateral for clients' short selling of securities. The Company pays interest on certain client payable balances.

To the extent that margin loans and other receivables from clients are not fully collateralized by client securities, management establishes an allowance that it believes is sufficient to cover any probable losses. When establishing this allowance, management considers a number of factors, including its ability to collect from the client and/or the client’s advisor and the Company’s historical experience in collecting on such transactions.

The following schedule reflects the Company’s activity in providing for an allowance for uncollectible amounts due from clients for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):



	2011		2010
Beginning balance — January 1	$	655	$	792
Provision for bad debts	61		—
Charge-offs — net of recoveries	—		(137		)
Ending balance — December 31	$	716	$	655

Receivables From Product Sponsors, Broker-Dealers and Clearing Organizations — Receivables from product sponsors, broker-dealers and clearing organizations primarily consists of commission and transaction-related receivables.

Receivables From Others — Receivables from others primarily consists of other accrued fees from product sponsors and advisors. The Company periodically extends credit to its advisors in the form of recruiting loans, commission advances, and other loans. The decisions to extend credit to advisors are generally based on either the advisors’ credit history, their ability to generate future commissions, or both. Management maintains an allowance for uncollectible amounts using an aging analysis that takes into account the advisors’ registration status and the specific type of receivable. The aging thresholds and specific percentages used represent management’s best estimates of probable losses. Management monitors the adequacy of these estimates through periodic evaluations

F-11

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

against actual trends experienced.

The following schedule reflects the Company’s activity in providing for an allowance for uncollectible amounts due from others for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):



	2011			2010
Beginning balance — January 1	$	6,796		$	6,159
Provision for bad debts	3,772			1,621
Charge-offs — net of recoveries	(1,735		)	(984		)
Ending balance — December 31	$	8,833		$	6,796

Classification and Valuation of Certain Investments — The classification of an investment determines its accounting treatment. The Company generally classifies its investments in debt and equity instruments (including mutual funds, annuities, corporate bonds, government bonds and municipal bonds) as trading securities, except for government notes held by PTC, which are classified as held-to-maturity based on management’s intent and ability to hold them to maturity. The Company has not classified any investments as available-for-sale. Investment classifications are subject to ongoing review and can change. Securities classified as trading are carried at fair value, while securities classified as held-to-maturity are carried at cost or amortized cost. When possible, the fair value of securities is determined by obtaining quoted market prices. The Company also makes estimates about the fair value of investments and the timing for recognizing losses based on market conditions and other factors. If its estimates change, the Company may recognize additional losses. Both unrealized and realized gains and losses on trading securities are recognized in other revenue on a net basis in the consolidated statements of operations.

Securities Owned and Sold But Not Yet Purchased — Securities owned and securities sold but not yet purchased are reflected on a trade-date basis at market value with realized and unrealized gains and losses being recorded in other revenue in the consolidated statements of operations. Interest income is accrued as earned and dividends are recorded on the ex-dividend date.

U.S. government notes are carried at amortized cost and classified as held-to-maturity, as the Company has both the intent and ability to hold them to maturity. Interest income is accrued as earned. Premiums and discounts are amortized, using a method that approximates the effective yield method, over the term of the security and recorded as an adjustment to the investment yield.

Securities Borrowed and Loaned — Securities borrowed and securities loaned are accounted for as collateralized financings and are recorded at contract value, representing the amount of cash provided for securities borrowed transactions and the amount of cash received for securities loaned (generally in excess of market values). The adequacy of the collateral deposited, which is determined by comparing the market value of the securities borrowed to the cash loaned, is continuously monitored and adjusted when considered necessary to minimize the risk associated with this activity. The collateral received for securities loaned is generally cash and is adjusted daily through the National Securities Clearing Corporation's ("NSCC") net settlement process, and is classified as payables to broker-dealers and clearing organizations in the consolidated statements of financial condition. Securities loaned generally represent client securities that can be hypothecated under standard margin loan agreements.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the values of the securities borrowed by the Company and the rehypothecated securities loaned under the NSCC Stock Borrow Program are as follows (in thousands):



	2011				2010
	Contract Value		Collateral Market Value		Contract Value		Collateral Market Value
Securities borrowed	$	7,890	$	7,653	$	8,391	$	8,176
Securities loaned	$	14,302	$	14,302	$	8,113	$	8,113

F-12

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Fixed Assets — Furniture, equipment, computers, purchased software, capitalized software and leasehold improvements are recorded at historical cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is recognized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Furniture, equipment, computers and purchased software are depreciated over a period of three to seven years. Automobiles have depreciable lives of five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of their useful lives or the terms of the underlying leases. Management reviews fixed assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. In 2010, the Company recorded a fixed asset impairment charge of $0.6 million for certain fixed assets that were attributed to the Affiliated Entities business, whose use has since been discontinued, as well as $0.2 million related to fixed assets at the abandoned lease locations.

Software Development Costs — Software development costs are charged to operations as incurred. Software development costs include costs incurred in the development and enhancement of software used in connection with services provided by the Company that do not otherwise qualify for capitalization.

The costs of internally developed software that qualify for capitalization are capitalized as fixed assets and subsequently amortized over the estimated useful life of the software, which is generally three years. The costs of internally developed software are included in fixed assets at the point at which the conceptual formulation, design and testing of possible software project alternatives are complete and management authorizes and commits to funding the project. The Company does not capitalize pilot projects and projects where it believes that the future economic benefits are less than probable.

Acquisitions — When acquiring companies, the Company recognizes separately from goodwill the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at their acquisition date fair values. Goodwill as of the acquisition date is measured as the excess of consideration transferred and the net of the acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. While the Company uses its best estimates and assumptions as a part of the purchase price allocation process to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date, the Company's estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, the Company records adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to the consolidated statements of operations.

Accounting for business combinations requires the Company's management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially at the acquisition date with respect to intangible assets, support liabilities assumed, and pre-acquisition contingencies. Although the Company believes the assumptions and estimates it has made in the past have been reasonable and appropriate, they are based in part on historical experience, market data and information obtained from the management of the acquired companies and are inherently uncertain.

Examples of critical estimates in valuing certain of the intangible assets the Company has acquired include but are not limited to: (i) future expected cash flows from client relationships, advisor relationships and product sponsor relationships; (ii) estimates to develop or use software; and (iii) discount rates.

If the Company determines that a pre-acquisition contingency is probable in nature and estimable as of the acquisition date, the Company records its best estimate for such a contingency as a part of the preliminary purchase price allocation. The Company continues to gather information for and evaluate pre-acquisition contingencies throughout the measurement period and if the Company makes changes to the amounts recorded or if the Company identifies additional pre-acquisition contingencies during the measurement period, such amounts will be included in the purchase price allocation during the measurement period and, subsequently, in our results of operations.

Reportable Segment — The Company’s internal reporting is organized into three service channels; Independent Advisor Services, Institution Services and Custom Clearing Services, which are designed to enhance the services provided to its advisors and financial institutions. These service channels qualify as individual operating segments, but are aggregated and viewed as one single reportable segment due to their similar economic characteristics, products and services, production and distribution process, regulatory environment and quantitative thresholds.

F-13

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Intangible Assets, Trademarks and Trade Names and Goodwill — The Company classifies intangible assets into three categories: (1) intangible assets with definite lives subject to amortization, (2) intangible assets with indefinite lives not subject to amortization and (3) goodwill. The Company determines the useful lives of identifiable intangible assets after considering the specific facts and circumstances related to each intangible asset. Factors considered when determining useful lives include the contractual term of any agreement, the history of the asset, the Company's long-term strategy for the use of the asset, any laws or other local regulations which could impact the useful life of the asset and other economic factors, including competition and specific market conditions. Intangible assets that are deemed to have definite lives are amortized over their useful lives, generally ranging from 5 - 20 years. See Note 9 for further discussion.

When facts and circumstances indicate that the carrying value of definite-lived intangible assets may not be recoverable, the Company assesses the recoverability of the carrying value by preparing estimates of future cash flows. The Company recognizes an impairment loss if the sum of the expected future cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) is less than the carrying amount. The impairment loss recognized is the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value. The Company uses a variety of methodologies to determine the fair value of these assets, including discounted cash flow models, which are consistent with the assumptions the Company believes hypothetical marketplace participants would use. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2009, the Company recorded a $2.8 million and $17.5 million, respectively, charge for the impairment of advisor and financial institution relationship intangible assets which is included in restructuring charges within the consolidated statements of operations. See Notes 4 and 9 for further discussion. No impairment occurred for the year ended December 31, 2010.

The Company tests intangible assets determined to have indefinite useful lives, including trademarks, trade names and goodwill, for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that assets might be impaired. The Company performs these annual impairment reviews as of the first day of the fourth quarter (October 1). The Company uses a variety of methodologies in conducting impairment assessments of indefinite-lived intangible assets, including, but not limited to, discounted cash flow models, which are based on the assumptions the Company believes hypothetical marketplace participants would use. For indefinite-lived intangible assets, other than goodwill, if the carrying amount exceeds the fair value, an impairment charge is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recorded a $1.1 million charge for the impairment of trademarks and trade names which is included in restructuring charges within the consolidated statements of operations. No impairment occurred for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

On the first day of the Company's fourth fiscal quarter of 2011 (October 1^st), the Company elected to adopt Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-08, Goodwill and Other (Topic 350)-Testing Goodwill for Impairment (“ASU 2011-08”), which updated guidance on the periodic testing of goodwill for impairment. ASU 2011-08 allows entities to assess qualitative factors to determine if it is more-likely-than-not that goodwill might be impaired and whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test.

ASU 2011-08 is intended to reduce the costs and complexity of performing the annual goodwill impairment test. The qualitative assessment requires management to perform the assessment using a more-likely-than-not approach to determine whether there is a greater than 50 percent chance that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying values. If, after performing the qualitative assessment, management determines there is a less than a 50 percent chance that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step test is unnecessary.

If the Company deems the two-step test is necessary, the first step is to compare the fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. The Company typically uses an income approach methodology to determine the fair value of a reporting unit, which includes the discounted cash flow method and the market approach methodology that includes the use of market multiples. The assumptions used in these models are consistent with those the Company believes hypothetical marketplace participants would use. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, the second step of the impairment test must be performed in order to determine the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit's goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment charge is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The loss recognized cannot exceed the carrying amount of goodwill.

F-14

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As part of the qualitative assessment, the Company considered macroeconomic conditions such as general deterioration in economic conditions, limitations on accessing capital and other developments in equity and credit markets. The Company evaluated industry and market considerations for any deterioration in the environment in which the Company operates, the increased competitive environment, a decline in market-dependent multiples or metrics (considered in both absolute terms and relative to peers), any change in the market for products or services and regulatory and political developments. The Company assessed its overall financial performance, cost factors that would have a negative effect on earnings and prior quantitative assessments.

Based on a qualitative assessment and a historical cushion of approximately three times the carrying amount, the Company has determined that it is not necessary to perform a quantitative goodwill impairment test. Annual goodwill impairment assessments performed has indicated that it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of the reporting units is substantially in excess of carrying value and not at risk of failing the first step of the quantitative goodwill impairment test. No impairment has been recognized during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

Deferred Loan Issuance and Amendment Costs — Debt issuance and amendment costs have been capitalized and are being amortized as additional interest expense over the expected terms of the related debt agreements.

Equity Method Investment — The Company’s equity method investment is accounted for under the equity method when it exerts significant influence and ownership does not exceed 50% of the common stock. The Company records the investment at cost in the consolidated statements of financial condition and adjusts the carrying amount of the investment to recognize its share of earnings or losses while recording such earnings or losses within the consolidated statements of operations.

Drafts Payable — Drafts payable represent checks drawn against the Company that have not yet cleared through the bank. At December 31, 2011, the Company had amounts drawn of $176.2 million related to client activities, and $11.4 million of corporate overdrafts.

Legal Reserves — The Company records reserves for legal proceedings in accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the statements of financial condition. The determination of these reserve amounts requires significant judgment on the part of management. Management considers many factors including, but not limited to, future legal expenses, the amount of the claim, the amount of the loss in the client’s account, the basis and validity of the claim, the possibility of wrongdoing on the part of advisors and financial institutions, likely insurance coverage, previous results in similar cases, and legal precedents and case law. Each legal proceeding is reviewed with counsel in each accounting period and the reserve is adjusted as deemed appropriate by management. Any change in the reserve amount is recorded as professional services in the consolidated statements of operations.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities — The Company uses interest rate swap agreements to protect itself against changing interest rates and the related impact to the Company’s cash flows. An interest rate swap is a financial derivative instrument whereby two parties enter into a contractual agreement to exchange payments based on underlying interest rates. The Company uses interest rate swap agreements to hedge the variability on its floating rate senior secured term loan. The Company is required to pay the counterparty to the agreement fixed interest payments on a notional balance and in turn, receives variable interest payments on that notional balance. Payments are settled quarterly on a net basis.

All derivatives are reported at their corresponding fair value in the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition. Financial derivative instruments expected to be highly effective hedges against changes in cash flows are designated as such upon entering into the agreement. At each reporting date, the Company reassesses the effectiveness of the hedge to determine whether or not it can continue to use hedge accounting. Under hedge accounting, the Company records the increase or decrease in fair value of the derivative, net of tax impact, as other comprehensive income or loss. If the hedge is not determined to be a perfect hedge, yet is still considered highly effective, the Company will calculate the ineffective portion and record the related change in its fair value as additional interest income or expense in the consolidated statements of operations. Amounts accumulated in other comprehensive income (loss) are reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings.

F-15

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Fair Value of Financial Instruments — The Company’s financial assets and liabilities are carried at fair value or at amounts that, because of their short-term nature, approximate current fair value, with the exception of its indebtedness. The Company carries its indebtedness at amortized cost and measures the implied fair value of its debt instruments using trading levels obtained from a third-party service provider. As of December 31, 2011, the carrying amount and fair value of the Company’s indebtedness was approximately $1,332.7 million and $1,328.2 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2010, the carrying amount and fair value was approximately $1,386.6 million and $1,389.6 million, respectively. See Note 5 for additional detail regarding the Company’s fair value measurements.

Commitments and Contingencies — The Company recognizes liabilities for contingencies when analysis indicates it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. When a range of probable loss can be estimated, the Company accrues the most likely amount.

Comprehensive Income (Loss) — The Company’s comprehensive income (loss) is composed of net income (loss) and the effective portion of the unrealized gains (losses) on financial derivatives in cash flow hedge relationships, net of related tax effects.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements — Recent accounting pronouncements or changes in accounting pronouncements during the year ended December 31, 2011, that are of significance, or potential significance, to the Company are discussed below.

In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820)—Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs (“ASU 2011-04”), which clarifies the wording and disclosures required in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement (“ASC 820”), to converge with those used in International Financial Reporting Standards. The update explains how to measure and disclose fair value under ASC 820. However, the FASB does not expect the changes in this standard’s update to alter the current application of the requirements in ASC 820. The provisions of ASU 2011-04 are effective for public entities prospectively for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, and early adoption is prohibited. Therefore, ASU 2011-04 is effective for the Company during the first quarter of fiscal 2012. The Company does not expect ASU 2011-04 to have a material impact on its results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (ASC Topic 220)—Presentation of Comprehensive Income (“ASU 2011-05”), which amends current comprehensive income guidance by eliminating the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of stockholders’ equity. Instead, the Company must report comprehensive income in either a single continuous statement of comprehensive income which contains two sections, net income and other comprehensive income, or in two separate but consecutive statements. ASU 2011-05 will be effective for public companies during the interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not anticipate the adoption of ASU 2011-05 to have a material impact on its results of operations, financial condition or cash flows as the only requirement is a change in the format of the current presentation.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, which updated guidance on the periodic testing of goodwill for impairment. This guidance will allow companies to assess qualitative factors to determine if it is more-likely-than-not that goodwill might be impaired and whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test required under current accounting standards. ASU 2011-08 will be effective for public companies during annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. The Company elected to adopt ASU 2011-08 on the first day of its fourth fiscal quarter (October 1), coinciding with its 2011 annual goodwill impairment test. The adoption of ASU 2011-08 did not have a material impact on its results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-11, Balance Sheet (ASC Topic 210)—Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities ("ASU 2011-11"), which amended current balance sheet guidance by requiring that companies enhance current disclosures about offsetting assets and liabilities in order to reduce differences between US GAAP and IFRS. Entities are required to disclose both gross information and net information about both instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the statement of financial position and instruments and

F-16

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

transactions subject to an agreement similar to a master netting arrangement. This scope would include derivatives, sale and repurchase agreements and reverse sale and repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending arrangements. The disclosures are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. The Company does not anticipate the adoption of ASU 2011-11 to have a material impact on its results of operations, financial condition or cash flows as the only requirement is a change in the format of the current presentation.

3. Acquisitions

National Retirement Partners, Inc.

On July 14, 2010, the Company announced a definitive agreement pursuant to which it would acquire certain assets of National Retirement Partners, Inc. (“NRP”). NRP's advisors offer retirement products, consulting, and investment services to retirement plan sponsors and plan participants as well as comprehensive financial services to plan participants. This strategic acquisition further enhances the capabilities and presence of the Company in the group retirement space.

On February 9, 2011, the transaction closed. The Company paid $17.2 million at the closing of the transaction and placed $3.7 million of cash into escrow subject to adjustment pursuant to the terms of the purchase agreement. In the third quarter of 2011, the Company accrued additional consideration of $1.1 million pursuant to the terms of the asset purchase agreement. In October 2011, the Company paid $4.8 million of cash consideration, consisting of $3.7 million from escrow and $1.1 million in additional consideration that was previously accrued.

The Company may be required to pay future consideration to former shareholders of NRP that is contingent upon the achievement of certain revenue-based milestones in the third year following the acquisition. There is no maximum amount of contingent consideration; however, the Company has estimated the amount of future payment of contingent consideration to be $7.9 million. Immediately following the close of the transaction, the Company paid $2.0 million of the contingent consideration in advance to former shareholders of NRP, which reduced the remaining amount of future contingent consideration to be paid to $5.9 million.

The Company estimated the fair value of the remaining contingent consideration to be $3.3 million at the close of the transaction, which was determined using a discounted cash flow methodology based on financial forecasts determined by management that includes assumptions about revenue growth, operating margins and discount rates. The Company has recorded the $3.3 million of contingent consideration within accounts payable and accrued liabilities, and re-measures contingent consideration at fair value at each interim reporting period with changes recognized in earnings (see Note 5).

Including the contingent consideration of $5.3 million, representing $2.0 million paid upon the close of the transaction and an estimated $3.3 million to be paid, total consideration for the NRP acquisition was $25.3 million. Transaction costs associated with the Company’s acquisition of NRP totaling $4.8 million were expensed as incurred through other expense in the consolidated statements of operations. Of these transaction costs, $2.5 million were incurred during the year ended December 31, 2011.

Concord Wealth Management

On April 20, 2011, the Company announced its intent to acquire all of the outstanding common stock of Concord Wealth Management. Concord Wealth Management is an industry leader in providing technology and open architecture investment management solutions for trust departments of financial institutions. Through this acquisition, the Company will have the ability to support both the brokerage and trust business lines of current and prospective financial institutions. The acquisition will also create new expansion opportunities such as giving the Company the ability to custody personal trust assets within banks across the country.

On June 22, 2011, the transaction closed. The Company paid $20.0 million, net of cash acquired, at the closing of the transaction to the former shareholders of Concord Wealth Management and placed $2.3 million of cash into escrow subject to adjustment pursuant to the terms of the stock purchase agreement. As of December 31, 2011, $2.3 million remains in an escrow account to be paid to former shareholders of Concord Wealth Management in accordance with the terms of the stock purchase agreement. The Company has classified the escrow account as restricted cash, which is included in other assets on the consolidated statements of financial condition.

F-17

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The Company may be required to pay future consideration that is contingent upon the achievement of certain gross margin-based milestones for the year ended December 31, 2013. The maximum amount of contingent consideration is $15.0 million, which also represents the Company's estimated amount of future payment.

The Company estimated the fair value of the contingent consideration to be $11.5 million at the close of the transaction, which was determined using a discounted cash flow methodology based on financial forecasts determined by management that includes assumptions about growth in gross margin, and discount rates. The Company has recorded the contingent consideration of $11.5 million within accounts payable and accrued liabilities, and re-measures contingent consideration at fair value at each interim reporting period with changes recognized in earnings (see Note 5).

Including the contingent consideration of $11.5 million, the total consideration for the acquisition was approximately $33.8 million. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company incurred transaction costs associated with its acquisition of Concord Wealth Management totaling $1.0 million which were recorded as other expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

The Company is in the process of finalizing the purchase allocations and the value of contingent considerations for NRP and CCP; therefore, the provisional measures of goodwill, intangibles, fixed assets, and contingent consideration are subject to change.

Set forth below is a reconciliation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed during the year ended December 31, 2011 (in thousands):



	NRP			CCP			Total
Goodwill	$	13,698		$	27,022		$	40,720
Accounts receivable	—			770			770
Other assets	—			190			190
Intangibles	11,800			7,550			19,350
Fixed assets(1)	—			3,950			3,950
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	(190		)	(5,721		)	(5,911		)
Net assets acquired	$	25,308		$	33,761		$	59,069

___________________


(1)	Fixed assets acquired from CCP relate primarily to internally developed software, which amortizes over 5 years.

Set forth below is supplemental cash flow information for the year ended December 31, 2011 (in thousands):



	NRP		CCP		Total
Cash payments, net of cash acquired	$	22,008	$	19,969	$	41,977
Cash held in escrow	—		2,250		2,250
Contingent consideration	3,300		11,542		14,842
Total purchase price	$	25,308	$	33,761	$	59,069

F-18

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The Company allocated the estimated purchase price to specific amortizable intangible asset categories as follows (dollars in thousands):



	Amortization Period (in years)	Amount Assigned
NRP
Client relationships	11.0	$	4,730
Advisor relationships	9.0	4,080
Product sponsor relationships	4.0	2,990
Total intangible assets acquired from NRP		$	11,800

CCP
Client relationships	15.0	$	7,550

Pro-forma information related to the acquisitions was not included because the impact on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations, financial condition and cash flows was not considered to be material.

4. Restructuring

Consolidation of Affiliated Entities Initiative

On July 10, 2009, the Company committed to a corporate restructuring plan that consolidated the operations of the Affiliated Entities with LPL Financial. This restructuring was effected to enhance service offerings to advisors while also generating efficiencies. The Company incurred and paid a majority of the restructuring charges in 2010, including transition assistance to certain advisors that transferred from the Affiliated Entities to the Company. Advisors that received transition assistance entered into contracts with the Company ranging from three to five years. The Company amortizes transition assistance over the contract term, and expense is classified as restructuring charges on the consolidated statements of operations. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recorded $1.5 million of expense related to the amortization of transition assistance. Remaining transition assistance of $2.8 million is expected to be recognized into earnings by December 2013.

Consolidation of UVEST Financial Services Group, Inc.

On March 14, 2011, the Company committed to a corporate restructuring plan to consolidate the operations of UVEST with LPL Financial. The restructuring plan was effected to enhance the Company’s service offering, while also generating efficiencies. In connection with the consolidation, certain registered representatives currently associated with UVEST will move to LPL Financial through a transfer of their licenses. The Company completed the transfers in three waves with the first wave occurring in July 2011, the second in October 2011 and the third in December 2011. Following the transfer of registered representatives and client accounts to LPL Financial, all registered representatives and client accounts that transferred shall be associated with LPL Financial and all of the Company’s securities business will be done through a single broker-dealer. In addition, UVEST expects to terminate its clearing relationship with a third-party clearing firm and plans to file a broker-dealer withdrawal request with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority ("FINRA").

The Company estimates total expenditures associated with the initiative to be approximately $31.6 million over the course of the restructuring plan. These expenditures are comprised of advisor retention and related benefits, contract penalties, technology costs, non-cash charges for the impairment of intangible assets resulting from advisor attrition and other expenses principally relating to the conversion and transfer of registered representatives and client accounts from UVEST to LPL Financial.

F-19

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The following table summarizes the balance of accrued expenses and the changes in the accrued amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 (in thousands):



	Accrued Balance at December 31, 2010		Costs Incurred(1)		Payments			Non-cash			Accrued Balance at December 31, 2011		Total Expected Restructuring Costs(2)
Conversion and transfer costs(2)	$	—	$	9,178	$	(8,102	)	$	—		$	1,076	$	14,690
Contract penalties	—		8,642		190			—			8,832		8,642
Advisor retention and related benefits	—		789		(472		)	(67		)	250		5,513
Asset impairments	—		2,776		—			(2,776		)	—		2,776
Total	$	—	$	21,385	$	(8,384	)	$	(2,843	)	$	10,158	$	31,621

________________________________


(1)	At December 31, 2011, costs incurred represent the total cumulative costs incurred.

(2)

At December 31, 2011, total expected restructuring costs exclude approximately $12.0 million of internally-developed software related to the corporate restructuring initiative that is being capitalized over a useful life ranging from three to five years, with expense being recorded as depreciation and amortization within the consolidated statements of operations. As of December 31, 2011, approximately $10.9 million has been spent on development activities of which approximately $8.9 million has been capitalized, with the remainder included in costs incurred. The Company anticipates capitalizing an additional $3.1 million of internally-developed software in 2012.

5. Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Inputs used to measure fair value are prioritized within a three-level fair value hierarchy. This hierarchy requires entities to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value are as follows:


•	Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.


•	Level 2 — Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.


•	Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. This includes certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs.

The Company’s fair value measurements are evaluated within the fair value hierarchy, based on the nature of inputs used to determine the fair value at the measurement date. At December 31, 2011, the Company had the following financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

Cash Equivalents — The Company’s cash equivalents include money market funds, which are short term in nature with readily determinable values derived from active markets.

Securities Segregated Under Federal and Other Regulations— The Company’s segregated accounts contain U.S. treasury securities that are short term in nature with readily determinable values derived from quoted prices in active markets.

Securities Owned and Securities Sold But Not Yet Purchased — The Company’s trading securities consist of house account model portfolios for the purpose of benchmarking the performance of its fee based advisory platforms and temporary positions resulting from the processing of client transactions. Examples of these

F-20

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

securities include money market funds, U.S. treasuries, mutual funds, certificates of deposit, traded equity securities and debt securities.

The Company uses prices obtained from independent third-party pricing services to measure the fair value of its trading securities. Prices received from the pricing services are validated using various methods including comparison to prices received from additional pricing services, comparison to available quoted market prices and review of other relevant market data including implied yields of major categories of securities. In general, these quoted prices are derived from active markets for identical assets or liabilities. When quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities are not available, the quoted prices are based on similar assets and liabilities or inputs other than the quoted prices that are observable, either directly or indirectly. For certificates of deposit and treasury securities, the Company utilizes market-based inputs including observable market interest rates that correspond to the remaining maturities or the next interest reset dates. At December 31, 2011, the Company did not adjust prices received from the independent third-party pricing services.

Other Assets — The Company’s other assets include deferred compensation plan assets that are invested in money market funds and mutual funds which are actively traded and valued based on quoted market prices in active markets.

Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities — The Company’s accounts payable and accrued liabilities include contingent consideration from its acquisitions. Contingent consideration is measured by discounting, to present value, the contingent payments expected to be made based on the Company’s estimates of certain financial targets expected to result from the acquisitions. See Note 3 for more information regarding the acquisitions and related contingent consideration.

Interest Rate Swaps — The Company’s interest rate swaps are not traded on a market exchange; therefore, the fair values are determined using models which include assumptions about the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) yield curve at interim reporting dates as well as counterparty credit risk and the Company’s own non-performance risk.

There have been no transfers of assets or liabilities between fair value measurement classifications during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

F-21

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The following table summarizes the Company’s financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2011 (in thousands):



	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Fair Value Measurements
At December 31, 2011:
Assets
Cash equivalents	$	575,243	$	—	$	—	$	575,243
Securities owned — trading:
Money market funds	262		—		—		262
Mutual funds	4,966		—		—		4,966
Equity securities	47		—		—		47
Debt securities	—		115		—		115
Certificates of deposit	900		—		—		900
Total securities owned — trading	6,175		115		—		6,290
Other assets	21,400		—		—		21,400
Total assets at fair value	$	602,818	$	115	$	—	$	602,933
Liabilities
Securities sold but not yet purchased:
Equity securities	$	134	$	—	$	—	$	134
Debt securities	—		2		—		2
Certificates of deposit	—		25		—		25
Total securities sold but not yet purchased	134		27		—		161
Interest rate swap	—		1,377		—		1,377
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	—		—		16,104		16,104
Total liabilities at fair value	$	134	$	1,404	$	16,104	$	17,642

Certain assets and liabilities are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value measurement in certain circumstances, for example, when evidence of impairment exists. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recorded an asset impairment charge of $2.8 million for certain intangible assets that were determined to have no estimated fair value (See Note 9). The fair value was determined based on the loss of future expected cash flows for institutional relationships that were not retained as a result of the Company’s ongoing consolidation of UVEST with LPL Financial. The Company has determined that the impairment qualifies as a non-recurring Level 3 measurement under the fair value hierarchy.

F-22

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Changes in Level 3 Recurring Fair Value Measurements

Set forth below is a reconciliation of contingent consideration classified as accounts payable and accrued liabilities on the consolidated statements of financial condition and measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3). Contingent consideration is measured by discounting, to present value, the contingent payments expected to be made based on the Company’s estimates of certain financial targets expected to result from the acquisitions.



Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2011 (in thousands):
Fair value at December 31, 2010	$	—
Issuances of contingent consideration	16,842
Total unrealized losses included in earnings (1)	1,262
Payments	(2,000		)
Fair value at December 31, 2011	$	16,104

________________________________

(1) Represents the accretion of contingent consideration as the Company approaches the future expected payment.

The following table summarizes the Company’s financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2010 (in thousands):



	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Fair Value Measurements
At December 31, 2010:
Assets
Cash equivalents	$	279,048	$	—	$	—	$	279,048
Securities owned — trading:
Money market funds	316		—		—		316
Mutual funds	7,300		—		—		7,300
Equity securities	17		—		—		17
Debt securities	—		516		—		516
U.S. treasury obligations	1,010		—		—		1,010
Certificates of deposit	—		100		—		100
Total securities owned — trading	8,643		616		—		9,259
Other assets	17,175		—		—		17,175
Total assets at fair value	$	304,866	$	616	$	—	$	305,482
Liabilities
Securities sold but not yet purchased:
Mutual funds	$	4,563	$	—	$	—	$	4,563
Equity securities	204		—		—		204
Debt securities	—		54		—		54
Total securities sold but not yet purchased	4,767		54		—		4,821
Interest rate swaps	—		7,281		—		7,281
Total liabilities at fair value	$	4,767	$	7,335	$	—	$	12,102

Certain assets and liabilities are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value measurement in certain circumstances, for example, when evidence of impairment exists. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recorded asset impairment charges of $0.6 million for certain fixed assets that were determined to have no estimated fair value. The fair value was determined based on the loss of future expected cash flows of the discontinued use of assets attributed to the Affiliated Entities business. The Company

F-23

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

has determined that the impairment qualifies as a non-recurring Level 3 measurement under the fair value hierarchy.

6. Held-to-Maturity Securities

The Company holds certain investments in securities including U.S. government notes. The Company has both the intent and the ability to hold these investments to maturity and classifies them as such. Interest income is accrued as earned. Premiums and discounts are amortized using a method that approximates the effective yield method over the term of the security and are recorded as an adjustment to the investment yield.

The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and fair value of securities held-to-maturity were as follows (in thousands):



	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Fair Value
At December 31, 2011:
U.S. government notes	$	11,167	$	27	$	11,194

At December 31, 2010:
U.S. government notes	$	9,563	$	69	$	9,632

At December 31, 2011, the held-to-maturity securities were scheduled to mature as follows (in thousands):



	Within 1 Year			1-3 Years		Total
U.S. government notes — at amortized cost	$	8,120	—	$	3,047	$	11,167
U.S. government notes — at fair value	$	8,147		$	3,047	$	11,194


7.	Receivables from Product Sponsors, Broker-Dealers and Clearing Organizations and Payables to Broker-Dealers and Clearing Organizations

Receivables from product sponsors, broker-dealers and clearing organizations and payables to broker-dealers and clearing organizations were as follows (in thousands):



	December 31,
	2011		2010
Receivables:
Commissions receivable from product sponsors and others	$	85,486	$	114,829
Receivable from clearing organizations	47,039		65,501
Securities failed-to-deliver	6,052		10,495
Receivable from broker-dealers	4,916		12,507
Total receivables	$	143,493	$	203,332
Payables:
Securities loaned	$	14,302	$	8,113
Payable to clearing organizations	13,454		18,509
Securities failed-to-receive	5,885		11,425
Payable to broker-dealers	1,114		1,023
Total payables	$	34,755	$	39,070

LPL Financial clears commodities transactions for its customers through another broker-dealer on a fully disclosed basis. The amount payable to broker-dealers relates to the aforementioned transactions and is collateralized by securities owned by LPL Financial.

F-24

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

8. Fixed Assets

The components of fixed assets were as follows (in thousands):



	December 31,
	2011			2010
Internally developed software	$	239,219		$	206,002
Computers and software	87,798			84,241
Leasehold improvements	46,939			41,772
Furniture and equipment	15,932			16,585
Property	6,572			6,572
Total fixed assets	396,460			355,172
Accumulated depreciation and amortization	(305,143		)	(276,501		)
Fixed assets — net	$	91,317		$	78,671

Depreciation and amortization expense for fixed assets was $33.8 million, $49.0 million and $69.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

9. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

A summary of the activity in goodwill is presented below (in thousands):



Balance at December 31, 2010	$	1,293,366
Acquisition of NRP	13,698
Acquisition of CCP	27,022
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	1,334,086

During the year ended December 31, 2011, and in conjunction with the corporate restructuring plan to consolidate UVEST, certain institutional relationships were determined to have no future economic benefit. Accordingly, the Company has recorded an intangible asset impairment charge of $2.8 million. The impairment was determined based upon the attrition of institutions and their related revenue streams during the period of consolidation, and has been classified as a restructuring charge (See Note 4) on the consolidated statements of operations.

F-25

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The components of intangible assets as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 are as follows (dollars in thousands):



	Weighted Average Life Remaining (in years)	Gross Carrying Value		Accumulated Amortization			Net Carrying Value
At December 31, 2011:
Definite-lived intangible assets:
Advisor and financial institution relationships	13.7	$	450,164	$	(132,503	)	$	317,661
Product sponsor relationships	14.0	230,916		(63,710		)	167,206
Client relationships	12.9	14,910		(1,926		)	12,984
Total definite-lived intangible assets		$	695,990	$	(198,139	)	$	497,851
Indefinite-lived intangible assets:
Trademark and trade name							39,819
Total intangible assets							$	537,670

At December 31, 2010:
Definite-lived intangible assets:
Advisor and financial institution relationships	14.7	$	458,424	$	(116,687	)	$	341,737
Product sponsor relationships	15.2	231,930		(55,255		)	176,675
Client relationships	14.2	2,630		(784		)	1,846
Total definite-lived intangible assets		$	692,984	$	(172,726	)	$	520,258
Indefinite-lived intangible assets:
Trademark and trade name							39,819
Total intangible assets							$	560,077

Total amortization expense of intangible assets was $39.0 million, $37.0 million and $39.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. Amortization expense for each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 through 2016 and thereafter is estimated as follows (in thousands):



2012	$	39,050
2013	38,268
2014	37,991
2015	37,111
2016	37,004
Thereafter	308,427
Total	$	497,851

F-26

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

10. Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities were as follows (in thousands):



	December 31,
	2011		2010
Accounts payable accruals	$	51,173	$	56,377
Accrued net payroll	42,559		44,401
Other accrued liabilities	24,515		8,273
Advisor deferred compensation plan liability	20,166		16,542
Legal accrual	13,221		17,602
Deferred rent	8,765		11,391
Total payables	$	160,399	$	154,586

11. Income Taxes

The Company’s provision for (benefit from) income taxes was as follows (in thousands):



	2011			2010			2009
Current provision (benefit):
Federal	$	105,176		$	(6,316	)	$	53,757
State	15,559			(4,052		)	12,750
Total current provision (benefit)	120,735			(10,368		)	66,507
Deferred benefit:
Federal	(6,781		)	(17,877		)	(24,360		)
State	(1,651		)	(3,742		)	(17,100		)
Total deferred benefit	(8,432		)	(21,619		)	(41,460		)
Provision for (Benefit from) income taxes	$	112,303		$	(31,987	)	$	25,047

A reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory income tax rates to the Company’s effective income tax rates is set forth below:



	2011		2010		2009
Federal statutory income tax rates	35.0	%	(35.0	)%	35.0	%
State income taxes — net of federal benefit	3.2		(5.7	)	(3.9	)
Share-based compensation	0.6		1.5		1.5
Uncertain tax positions	0.1		(0.1	)	1.8
Non-deductible expenses	0.4		0.7		0.6
Change in valuation allowance	—		—		0.1
Transaction costs	0.2		3.2		—
Research and development credits	(0.2	)	(1.2	)	—
Other	0.4		0.6		(0.6	)
Effective income tax rates	39.7	%	(36.0	)%	34.5	%

The Company’s 2009 effective tax rate reflects a benefit of approximately 8% from a newly enacted change to California’s income sourcing rules that took effect on January 1, 2011. This change required the Company to revalue its deferred tax liabilities to the rate that is in effect when the tax liabilities are utilized. The Company's 2010 effective tax rate includes $8.1 million in transaction expenses, which are not deductible for tax purposes.

F-27

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The components of the net deferred tax liabilities included in the consolidated statements of financial condition were as follows (in thousands):



	December 31,
	2011			2010
Deferred tax assets:
State taxes	$	11,005		$	10,507
Reserves for litigation, vacation, and bonuses	24,374			26,539
Unrealized gain on interest rate swaps	528			2,786
Deferred rent	3,506			4,557
Share-based compensation	12,377			8,091
Provision for bad debts	3,689			7,495
Net operating losses	712			107
Other	2,323			1,625
Subtotal	58,514			61,707
Valuation allowance	(1,438		)	(1,323		)
Total deferred tax assets	57,076			60,384
Deferred tax liabilities:
Amortization of intangible assets and trademarks and trade names	(173,602		)	(179,590		)
Depreciation of fixed assets	(11,240		)	(11,005		)
Total deferred tax liabilities	(184,842		)	(190,595		)
Deferred income taxes — net	$	(127,766	)	$	(130,211	)

As a result of certain realization requirements of ASC Topic 718, Compensation - Stock Compensation, the table of deferred tax assets and liabilities shown above does not include certain federal and state net operating loss carryovers and other federal credit carryforwards that arose directly from tax deductions related to equity compensation in excess of share-based compensation recognized for financial reporting. To the extent that the Company utilizes all of these tax attributes in the future to reduce income taxes payable, the Company will record an increase to additional paid-in capital of $7.9 million. The Company uses “with and without ordering” for purposes of determining when excess tax benefits have been realized.

At December 31, 2010, the Company had gross unrecognized tax benefits of $21.1 million. Of this total, $1.3 million represents amounts acquired during the Company’s acquisition of the Affiliated Entities. The acquired unrecognized tax benefits will have no impact on the Company’s annual effective tax rate as these are fully indemnified by the seller in accordance with the purchase and sale agreement. At December 31, 2010, the Company had recorded a receivable from the seller in the amount of $1.3 million, which is included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition. Of the remaining $19.8 million, $14.3 million (net of the federal benefit on state issues) represents the amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective income tax rate in any future periods.

The following table reflects a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the total amounts of gross unrecognized tax benefits including interest and penalties (in thousands):



	2011			2010			2009
Balance — Beginning of year	$	21,057		$	21,958		$	20,258
Increases related to acquired tax positions	69			111			142
Increases related to current year tax positions	3,245			4,076			4,066
Reductions as a result of a lapse of the applicable statute of limitations related to acquired tax positions	(1,377		)	(858		)	(627		)
Reductions as a result of a lapse of the applicable statute of limitations related to prior period tax positions	(2,874		)	(4,230		)	(1,881		)
Balance — End of year	$	20,120		$	21,057		$	21,958

F-28

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

At December 31, 2011, the Company had gross unrecognized tax benefits of $20.1 million, of which $14.7 million (net of the federal benefit on state issues) represents the amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective income tax rate in any future periods.

The Company accrues interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in its provision for income taxes within the consolidated statements of financial condition. At January 1, 2011, the Company had $2.0 million accrued for interest and $3.3 million accrued for penalties. At December 31, 2011, the liability for unrecognized tax benefits included accrued interest of $1.9 million and penalties of $3.1 million. Tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 includes interest expense of $0.1 million.

The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the federal jurisdiction, as well as most state jurisdictions, and are subject to routine examinations by the respective taxing authorities. The Company has concluded all federal and state income tax matters for years through 2006.

The tax years of 2007 to 2011 remain open to examination by major taxing jurisdictions to which the Company is subject. In the next 12 months, it is reasonably possible that the Company expects a reduction in unrecognized tax benefits of $5.4 million primarily related to the statute of limitations expiration in various state jurisdictions.

12. Indebtedness

Senior Secured Credit Facilities — Term Loans — On May 24, 2010, the Company entered into a Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Amended Credit Agreement”). The Amended Credit Agreement amended and restated the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 18, 2007. Pursuant to the Amended Credit Agreement, the Company established a new term loan tranche of $580.0 million maturing on June 28, 2017 (the “2017 Term Loans”) and recorded $16.6 million in debt issuance costs that are capitalized in the consolidated statements of financial condition. The Company also extended the maturity of a $500.0 million tranche of its term loan facility to June 25, 2015 (the “2015 Term Loans”), with the remaining $317.1 million tranche of the term loan facility maturing on the original maturity date of June 28, 2013 (the “2013 Term Loans”).

The applicable margin for borrowings with respect to the (a) 2013 Term Loans is currently 0.75% for base rate borrowings and 1.75% for LIBOR borrowings and could change depending on the Company’s credit rating; (b) 2015 Term Loans is currently 1.75% for base rate borrowings and 2.75% for LIBOR borrowings, and (c) 2017 Term Loans is currently 2.75% for base rate borrowings and 3.75% for LIBOR borrowings. The LIBOR Rate with respect to the 2015 Term Loans and the 2017 Term Loans shall in no event be less than 1.50%.

Borrowings under the Company’s senior secured term loan facilities bear interest at a base rate equal to either one, two, three, six, nine or twelve-month LIBOR plus the applicable margin, or an alternative base rate (“ABR”) plus the applicable margin. The ABR is equal to the greater of the prime rate or the effective federal funds rate plus ½ of 1.00% for the 2013 Term Loans and the greater of the prime rate, effective federal funds rate plus ½ of 1.00%, or 2.50% for the 2015 Term Loans and the 2017 Term Loans. The senior secured credit facilities are subject to certain financial and non-financial covenants. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company was in compliance with such covenants. The Company may voluntarily repay outstanding loans under its senior secured credit facilities at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR loans.

Senior Secured Credit Facilities — Revolving Line of Credit — On January 25, 2010, the Company amended its senior secured credit facilities to increase the revolving credit facility from $100.0 million to $218.2 million, $10.0 million of which is being used to support the issuance of an irrevocable letter of credit for its subsidiary, PTC. As a result of the amendment, the Company paid $2.8 million in debt issuance costs, which have been capitalized within the consolidated statements of financial condition and are being amortized as additional interest expense over the expected term of the related debt agreement. The Company also extended the maturity of a $163.5 million tranche of the revolving credit facility to June 28, 2013, while the remaining $54.7 million tranche matured on December 28, 2011. The tranche maturing in 2013 is priced at LIBOR + 3.50% with a commitment fee of 0.75%.

F-29

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The tranche which matured in 2011 maintained its previous pricing of LIBOR + 2.00% with a commitment fee of 0.375%. There were no outstanding balances on the revolving facility at December 31, 2011 or December 31, 2010.

Senior Unsecured Subordinated Notes — On May 24, 2010, the Company gave notice of redemption of all of its outstanding senior unsecured subordinated notes due 2015 (the “2015 Notes”), representing an aggregate principal amount of $550.0 million. The redemption price of the 2015 Notes was 105.375% of the outstanding aggregate principal amount, or approximately $579.6 million, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon up to but not including June 22, 2010 (the “Redemption Date”). The Company redeemed the 2015 Notes on the Redemption Date and accordingly, recorded the charge as a loss on debt extinguishment within its consolidated statements of operations. None of the 2015 Notes remain outstanding. The Company used the proceeds from the 2017 Term Loans under its Amended Credit Agreement and additional cash on hand to finance the redemption. The aggregate cash payment for the redemption, including accrued and unpaid interest, was approximately $610.4 million.

Prior to the Redemption Date, the Company had $550.0 million of senior unsecured subordinated notes due December 15, 2015 bearing interest at 10.75% per annum. The interest payments were payable semiannually in arrears.

Bank Loans Payable — The Company maintains three uncommitted lines of credit. Two of the lines have an unspecified limit, and is primarily dependent on the Company’s ability to provide sufficient collateral. The other line has a $150.0 million limit and allows for both collateralized and uncollateralized borrowings. Both lines were utilized in 2011 and 2010; however, there were no balances outstanding at December 31, 2011 or December 31, 2010.

The Company’s outstanding borrowings were as follows (dollars in thousands):



		December 31, 2011					December 31, 2010
	Maturity	Balance		Interest Rate			Balance		Interest Rate
Senior secured term loan:
Hedged with interest rate swaps	6/28/2013	$	65,000	2.33	%	(1)	$	210,000	2.05	%	(5)
Unhedged:
2013 Term Loans	6/28/2013	237,489		2.05	%	(2)	104,739		2.01	%	(6)
2015 Term Loans	6/25/2015	476,935		4.25	%	(3)	496,250		4.25	%	(7)
2017 Term Loans	6/28/2017	553,244		5.25	%	(4)	575,650		5.25	%	(8)
Total borrowings		1,332,668					1,386,639
Less current borrowings (maturities within 12 months)		13,971					13,971
Long-term borrowings — net of current portion		$	1,318,697				$	1,372,668

____________


(1)	As of December 31, 2011, the variable interest rate for the hedged portion of the 2013 Term Loans is based on the three-month LIBOR of 0.58%, plus the applicable interest rate margin of 1.75%.


(2)	As of December 31, 2011, the variable interest rate for the unhedged portion of the 2013 Term Loans is based on the one-month LIBOR of 0.30%, plus the applicable interest rate margin of 1.75%.


(3)	As of December 31, 2011, the variable interest rate for the unhedged portion of the 2015 Term Loans is based on the greater of the one-month LIBOR of 0.30% or 1.50%, plus the applicable interest rate margin of 2.75%.


(4)	As of December 31, 2011, the variable interest rate for the unhedged portion of the 2017 Term Loans is based on the greater of the one-month LIBOR of 0.30% or 1.50%, plus the applicable interest rate margin of 3.75%.


(5)	As of December 31, 2010, the variable interest rate for the hedged portion of the 2013 Term Loans is based

F-30

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

on the three-month LIBOR of 0.30%, plus the applicable interest rate margin of 1.75%.


(6)	As of December 31, 2010, the variable interest rate for the unhedged portion of the 2013 Term Loans is based on the one-month LIBOR of 0.26%, plus the applicable interest rate margin of 1.75%.


(7)	As of December 31, 2010, the variable interest rate for the unhedged portion of the 2015 Term Loans is based on the greater of the one-month LIBOR of 0.26% or 1.50%, plus the applicable interest rate margin of 2.75%.


(8)	As of December 31, 2010, the variable interest rate for the unhedged portion of the 2017 Term Loans is based on the greater of the one-month LIBOR of 0.26% or 1.50%, plus the applicable interest rate margin of 3.75%.

The following summarizes borrowing activity in the revolving and uncommitted line of credit facilities (dollars in thousands):



	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Average balance outstanding	$	104		$	2,074		$	56,472
Weighted-average interest rate	1.00		%	1.16		%	2.41		%

The minimum calendar year payments and maturities of the senior secured borrowings as of December 31, 2011 are as follows (in thousands):



2012	$	13,971
2013	310,117
2014	10,800
2015	467,735
2016	5,800
Thereafter	524,245
Total	$	1,332,668

13. Interest Rate Swaps

At December 31, 2011, the Company has an interest rate swap with a notional balance of $65.0 million and a fair value of $1.4 million that carries a fixed pay rate of 4.85% and has a variable receive rate of 0.58%, with a maturity date of June 30, 2012. The effective rate from September 30, 2011 through December 30, 2011 was 0.37%, and the rate resets on the last day of the period. During 2011, the Company had another interest rate swap with a notional balance of $145.0 million that matured on June 30, 2011.

The interest rate swap agreements qualify for hedge accounting and have been designated as cash flow hedges against specific payments due on the Company’s senior secured term loan. As of December 31, 2011, the Company assessed the interest rate swap agreements as being highly effective and expects them to continue to be highly effective. Accordingly, the changes in fair value of the interest rate swaps have been recorded as other comprehensive loss, with the fair value included as a liability on the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition. The Company has recorded net unrealized gains of $5.9 million and $10.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, to accumulated other comprehensive loss related to the change in the fair value of its interest rate swap agreements. The Company has reclassified $6.3 million and $13.4 million to interest expense from accumulated other comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Based on current interest rate assumptions and assuming no additional interest rate swap agreements are entered into, the Company expects to reclassify $1.4 million, or $0.8 million after tax, from other comprehensive loss as additional interest expense over the next 12 months.

14. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases — The Company leases certain office space and equipment at its headquarter locations under various operating leases. These leases are generally subject to scheduled base rent and maintenance cost

F-31

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

increases, which are recognized on a straight-line basis over the period of the leases.

Service Contracts — The Company is party to certain long-term contracts for systems and services that enable back office trade processing and clearing for its product and service offerings. One agreement, for clearing services, contains no minimum annual purchase commitment, but the agreement provides for certain penalties should the Company fail to maintain a certain threshold of client accounts.

Future minimum payments under leases, lease commitments and other noncancellable contractual obligations with remaining terms greater than one year as of December 31, 2011, are as follows (in thousands):



2012	$	27,507
2013	23,938
2014	15,548
2015	11,836
2016	11,313
Thereafter	47,470
Total(1)	$	137,612

____________


(1)	Minimum payments have not been reduced by minimum sublease rental income of $6.0 million due in the future under noncancellable subleases.

Total rental expense for all operating leases was approximately $17.2 million, $17.1 million and $20.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Guarantees — The Company occasionally enters into certain types of contracts that contingently require it to indemnify certain parties against third-party claims. The terms of these obligations vary and, because a maximum obligation is not explicitly stated, the Company has determined that it is not possible to make an estimate of the amount that it could be obligated to pay under such contracts.

The Company’s subsidiaries provide guarantees to securities clearing houses and exchanges under their standard membership agreements, which require a member to guarantee the performance of other members. Under these agreements, if a member becomes unable to satisfy its obligations to the clearing houses and exchanges, all other members would be required to meet any shortfall. The Company’s liability under these arrangements is not quantifiable and may exceed the cash and securities it has posted as collateral. However, the potential requirement for the Company to make payments under these agreements is remote. Accordingly, no liability has been recognized for these transactions.

Loan Commitments — From time to time, the Company makes loans to its advisors, primarily to newly recruited advisors to assist in the transition process. Due to timing differences, the Company may make commitments to issue such loans prior to actually funding them. These commitments are generally contingent upon certain events occurring, including but not limited to the advisor joining the Company, and may be forgivable. The Company had no significant unfunded commitments at December 31, 2011.

Litigation — The Company has been named as a defendant in various legal actions, substantially all of which are arbitrations. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such matters, particularly in cases in which claimants seek substantial or indeterminate damages, the Company cannot predict with certainty what the eventual loss or range of loss related to such matters will be. The Company recognizes a legal liability when it believes it is probable a liability has occurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. If some amount within a range of loss appears at the time to be a better estimate than any other amount within the range, the Company accrues that amount. When no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other amount, however, the Company accrues the minimum amount in the range.

The Company records legal reserves and related insurance recoveries for significant or unusual cases on a gross basis.

F-32

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The Company is subject to and maintains insurance coverage for claims and lawsuits in the ordinary course of business, such as customer complaints or disclosures about risks with securities purchased, as well as various arbitrations and other litigation matters. With respect to these matters, the estimated losses on the majority of pending matters are less than the applicable deductibles of the insurance policies, and matters with estimated losses in excess of the applicable deductibles are not, in the aggregate, material.

Defense costs are expensed as incurred and classified as professional services within the consolidated statements of operations. When there is indemnification or insurance, the Company may engage in defense of settlement and subsequently seek reimbursement for such matters. In connection with various acquisitions, and pursuant to the purchase and sale agreements, the Company has received third-party indemnification for certain legal proceedings and claims. These matters have been defended and paid directly by the indemnifying party.

On October 1, 2009, LPLH received written notice from a third-party indemnitor under a certain purchase and sale agreement asserting that it is no longer obligated to indemnify the Company for certain claims under the provisions of the purchase and sale agreement. The Company believed that this assertion was without merit and commenced litigation to enforce its indemnity rights. On March 31, 2011, the court entered judgment granting the Company’s motion for summary judgment in all respects, denied all counterclaims by the third party indemnitor and awarded attorney fees to the Company. On May 2, 2011, the third party indemnitor filed a notice of appeal. The Company filed its appellate brief on October 5, 2011. On December 29, 2011, the Company and the indemnifying party settled certain outstanding items related to the indemnification. The remaining claims outstanding are not material to the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition, operations or cash flows.

During 2010, the Company settled certain arbitrations that involve activities covered under the third-party indemnification agreement described above. In connection with these settlements in 2010, the Company recorded legal expenses of $11.4 million that have been classified as other expense on the consolidated statements of operations. Separately, the Company evaluated the collectability of the receivable and established a valuation allowance. As a result, the Company's consolidated statements of financial condition at December 31, 2010, included a gross receivable of $12.8 million for amounts due from the indemnifying party, which was reduced by a valuation allowance of $11.4 million. On December 29, 2011, the Company received a $10.5 million cash settlement from the third-party indemnitor, substantially all of which has been classified as a reduction of other expense on the consolidated statements of operations.

The Company believes, based on the information available at this time, after consultation with counsel, consideration of insurance, if any, and indemnifications provided by the third-party indemnitors, that the outcomes will not have a material adverse impact on the consolidated statements of financial condition, operations or cash flows.

Other Commitments — As of December 31, 2011, the Company had received collateral primarily in connection with client margin loans with a market value of approximately $350.2 million, which it can sell or repledge. Of this amount, approximately $32.7 million has been pledged or sold as of December 31, 2011; $18.4 million was pledged with client-owned securities to the Options Clearing Corporation ("OCC") as collateral to secure client obligations related to options positions, and $14.3 million was loaned to the NSCC through participation in its Stock Borrow Program. Additionally, approximately $145.0 million are held at banks in connection with unutilized secured margin lines of credit; these securities may be used as collateral for loans from these banks. Remaining client collateral of $172.5 million has not been re-pledged or sold, and as of December 31, 2011 there are no restrictions that materially limit the Company's ability to re-pledge or sell the remaining client collateral.

As of December 31, 2010, the Company had received collateral primarily in connection with client margin loans with a market value of approximately $326.9 million, which it can sell or repledge. Of this amount, approximately $21.6 million has been pledged or sold as of December 31, 2010; $13.5 million was pledged with client-owned securities to the OCC as collateral to secure client obligations related to options positions, and $8.1 million was loaned to the NSCC through participation in its Stock Borrow Program. Additionally, approximately $145.8 million are held at banks in connection with unutilized secured margin lines of credit; these securities may be used as collateral for loans from these banks. Remaining client collateral of $159.5 million has not been re-pledged or sold, and as of December 31, 2010 there are no restrictions that materially limit the Company's ability to re-pledge or sell the remaining client collateral.

F-33

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

In August 2007, pursuant to agreements with a large global insurance company, LPL Financial began providing brokerage, clearing and custody services on a fully disclosed basis; offering its investment advisory programs and platforms; and providing technology and additional processing and related services to its advisors and their clients. In January 2012, the two parties entered into a new multi-year agreement. Termination fees may be payable by a terminating or breaching party depending on the specific cause of termination.

15. Share-Based Compensation

Stock Option and Warrant Plans

Certain employees, advisors, officers and directors who contribute to the success of the Company participate in various stock option plans. In addition, certain financial institutions participate in a warrant plan. Stock options and warrants generally vest in equal increments over a three- to five-year period and expire on the 10th anniversary following the date of grant.

The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense related to employee stock option awards based on the grant date fair value over the requisite service period of the award, which generally equals the vesting period. The Company recognized $14.7 million, $10.3 million and $6.5 million of share-based compensation related to the vesting of employee stock option awards during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which is included in compensation and benefits on the consolidated statements of operations. As of December 31, 2011, total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share-based compensation arrangements granted was $37.9 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.40 years.

The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense for stock options and warrants awarded to its advisors and financial institutions based on the fair value of the awards at each interim reporting period. The Company recognized $3.3 million, $4.7 million, and $1.6 million of share-based compensation during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, related to the vesting of stock options and warrants awarded to its advisors and financial institutions, which is classified within commission and advisory fees on the consolidated statements of operations. As of December 31, 2011, total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share-based compensation arrangements granted was $19.3 million for advisors and financial institutions, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.84 years.

The following table presents the weighted-average assumptions used by the Company in calculating the fair value of its employee, advisor and financial institution stock options and warrants with the Black-Scholes valuation model that have been granted during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:



	Employees									Advisors and Financial Institutions
	2011			2010			2009			2011			2010			2009
Expected life (in years)	6.50			6.50			6.50			9.71			9.20			9.32
Expected stock price volatility	48.82		%	49.22		%	50.41		%	48.49		%	49.46		%	54.66		%
Expected dividend yield	—		%	—		%	—		%	—		%	—		%	—		%
Fair value of options	$	15.99		$	17.42		$	11.32		$	16.59		$	25.62		$	15.72
Risk-free interest rate	2.20		%	2.70		%	2.70		%	1.95		%	3.35		%	3.75		%

F-34

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Company does business because the Company does not have sufficient historical volatility data. The Company will continue to use peer group volatility information until historical volatility of the Company is available to measure expected volatility for future grants. In the future, as the Company gains historical data for volatility of its own stock and the actual term over which stock options and warrants are held, expected volatility and the expected term may change, which could substantially change the grant-date fair value of future awards of stock options and warrants and, ultimately, compensation recorded on future grants.

The Company has assumed an annualized forfeiture rate for its stock options and warrants based on a combined review of industry, employee and advisor turnover data, as well as an analytical review performed of historical pre-vesting forfeitures occurring over the previous year. The Company records additional expense if the actual forfeiture rate is lower than estimated and records a recovery of prior expense if the actual forfeiture is higher than estimated.

The following table summarizes the Company’s activity in its stock option and warrant plans for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:



	Number of Shares		Weighted- Average Exercise Price		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value (In thousands)
Outstanding — December 31, 2008	20,078,283		$	4.87
Granted	3,209,361		21.32
Exercised	(256,795	)	1.13
Forfeited	(328,380	)	21.83
Outstanding — December 31, 2009	22,702,469		6.99
Granted	1,804,759		33.79
Exercised	(13,883,847	)	1.85
Forfeited	(344,329	)	22.36
Outstanding — December 31, 2010	10,279,052		18.12
Granted	1,151,082		31.90
Exercised	(1,807,746	)	5.42
Forfeited	(599,638	)	27.01
Outstanding — December 31, 2011	9,022,750		$	21.83	6.63	$	78,546
Exercisable — December 31, 2011	4,323,410		$	15.16	4.91	$	66,495

The following table summarizes information about outstanding stock options and warrants:



	Outstanding				Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices	Total Number of Shares	Weighted- Average Remaining Life (Years)	Weighted- Average Exercise Price		Number of Shares	Weighted- Average Exercise Price
At December 31, 2011:
$1.35 — $2.38	1,843,059	2.12	$	1.66	1,843,059	$	1.66
$10.30 — $19.74	787,770	6.95	18.46		262,532	17.53
$21.60 — $22.08	1,821,025	7.41	22.02		805,195	21.97
$23.02 — $29.99	2,438,814	7.28	27.20		1,097,969	26.79
$30.00 — $34.79	2,132,082	9.02	34.22		314,655	34.24
	9,022,750	6.63	$	21.83	4,323,410	$	15.16

F-35

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2008 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan

On November 19, 2008, the Company established an unfunded, unsecured deferred compensation plan to permit employees and former employees that held non-qualified stock options issued under the 2005 Stock Option Plan for Incentive Stock Options and 2005 Stock Option Plan for Non-qualified Stock Options that were to expire in 2009 and 2010, to receive stock units under the 2008 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan ("Deferred Compensation Plan"). Stock units represent the right to receive one share of common stock. Distribution will occur at the earliest of (a) a date in 2012 to be determined by the Board of Directors (see Note 22); (b) a change in control of the Company; or (c) death or disability of the participant. Issuance of stock units, which occurred in December 2008, is not taxable for federal and state income tax purposes until the participant receives a distribution under the deferred compensation plan. At December 31, 2011, the Company had 2,823,452 stock units outstanding under the Deferred Compensation Plan.

Initial Public Offering

In 2008, certain advisors were issued 7.4 million shares of common stock. Transferability of the shares was restricted until the completion of a change in control event or an initial public offering (“IPO”). The Company has accounted for restricted shares granted to its advisors by measuring such grants at their then-current lowest aggregate value. Since the value of the award was contingent upon the Company’s decision to sell itself or issue its common stock to the public through an IPO, the aggregate value had been zero until such event had occurred.

On November 17, 2010, the Company sold shares of common stock in an IPO. Upon closing of the IPO, the Company recorded a share-based compensation charge of $222.0 million, representing the IPO price of $30.00 per share multiplied by 7.4 million shares that were issued and outstanding at the time of the offering, which is classified within commission and advisory fees on the consolidated statements of operations.

On January 20, 2011, the Company received a $45.0 million tax refund for federal taxes paid in 2010. On April 4, 2011, the Company received $55.3 million and $42.9 million, respectively, for refunds of federal taxes paid in 2009 and 2008. The remaining tax benefit expected to be utilized through the use of net operating losses ("NOLs") from tax deductions resulting from the IPO primarily relate to state taxes that are expected to be utilized over the next few years dependent upon each state's tax laws related to NOL carryforwards (see Note 11).

Director Restricted Stock Plan

In March 2010, the Company established a Director Restricted Stock Plan (the “Director Plan”). Eligible participants include non-employee directors who are in a position to make a significant contribution to the success of the Company. Restricted stock awards vest on the second anniversary of the date of grant and upon termination of service, unvested awards shall immediately be forfeited. On March 15, 2010, December 22, 2010, March 4, 2011 and December 1, 2011, the Company issued 6,408, 4,284, 12,104 and 13,336, respectively, of restricted stock awards to certain of its directors at a fair value of $23.41, $35.61, $33.05 and $29.99 per share, respectively. A summary of the status of the Company’s restricted stock awards under the Director Plan as of and for the years ending December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was as follows:



	Number of Shares	Weighted-Average Grant-Date Fair Value
Nonvested at December 31, 2009	—	$	—
Granted	10,692	28.30
Vested	—	—
Forfeited	—	—
Nonvested at December 31, 2010	10,692	$	28.30
Granted	25,440	31.45
Vested	—	—
Forfeited	—	—
Nonvested at December 31, 2011	36,132	$	30.51

F-36

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The Company accounts for restricted stock awards granted to its non-employee directors by measuring such awards at their grant date fair value. Share-based compensation expense is recognized ratably over the requisite service period, which generally equals the vesting period. Based upon the Company’s history of termination of non-employee directors, management has assumed zero forfeitures for restricted stock awards. The Company recognized $0.3 million and $0.1 million of share-based compensation related to the vesting of restricted stock awards granted to its directors during the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, which is included in compensation and benefits on the consolidated statements of operations. As of December 31, 2011, total unrecognized compensation cost was $0.7 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average remaining period of 1.51 years.

Share Reservations

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had approximately 9.4 million of authorized unissued shares reserved for issuance upon exercise and conversion of outstanding awards.

16. Earnings per Share

A reconciliation of the income (loss) used to compute basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share for the years noted was as follows:



	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
	(In thousands)
Basic earnings per share:
Net income (loss), as reported	$	170,382		$	(56,862	)	$	47,520
Allocation of undistributed earnings to stock units	(2,176		)	—			(919		)
Net income (loss), for computing basic earnings per share	$	168,206		$	(56,862	)	$	46,601
Diluted earnings per share:
Net income (loss), as reported	$	170,382		$	(56,862	)	$	47,520
Allocation of undistributed earnings to stock units	(2,104		)	—			(810		)
Net income (loss), for computing diluted earnings per share	$	168,278		$	(56,862	)	$	46,710

A reconciliation of the weighted average number of shares outstanding used to compute basic and diluted earnings per share for the years noted was as follows:



	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2011	2010	2009
	(In thousands)
Basic weighted average number of shares outstanding	108,374	89,441	86,649
Dilutive common share equivalents	3,745	—	11,845
Diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding	112,119	89,441	98,494

F-37

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share for the years noted was as follows:



	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010			2009
Basic earnings (loss) per share	$	1.55	$	(0.64	)	$	0.54
Diluted earnings (loss) per share	$	1.50	$	(0.64	)	$	0.47

Basic weighted average shares outstanding and diluted weighted average shares outstanding were the same for the year ended December 31, 2010, because the effect of potential shares of common stock was anti-dilutive since the Company generated a net loss.

The computation of diluted earnings per share excluded stock options and warrants to purchase 3,919,267 shares, 3,162,901 shares and 3,443,146 shares for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, because the effect would have been anti-dilutive.

Share Repurchase Program

On May 25, 2011, the Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program pursuant to which the Company may repurchase up to $80.0 million of its issued and outstanding shares of common stock through May 31, 2013. The purchases were effected in open market transactions with the timing of purchases and the amount of stock purchased determined at the discretion of the Company's management. As of December 31, 2011, the Company repurchased 2,297,723 shares of common stock at a weighted-average price of $34.84 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $80.0 million.

On August 16, 2011, the Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program pursuant to which the Company may repurchase an additional $70.0 million of its issued and outstanding shares of common stock through August 31, 2012. The purchases will be effected in open market transactions with the timing of purchases and the amount of stock purchased determined at the discretion of the Company's management. As of December 31, 2011, the Company repurchased 319,906 shares of common stock at a weighted-average price of $28.11 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $9.0 million.

17. Employee and Advisor Benefit Plans

The Company participates in a 401(k) defined contribution plan sponsored by LPL Financial. All employees meeting minimum age and length of service requirements are eligible to participate. The Company has an employer matching program whereby employer contributions were made to the 401(k) plan, and employees are eligible for matching contributions after completing one year of service. For 2011, contributions were made in an amount equal to 30% of the first 10% of an employee's designated deferral of their eligible compensation and the Company has accrued an additional match equal to 10% of the first 10% of an employee's designated deferral of their eligible compensation. For 2010, contributions were made in an amount equal to the lesser of 40% of the amount designated by the employee for withholding or 4% of the employee’s eligible compensation. For 2009, contributions were made in an amount equal to the lesser of 20% of the amount designated by the employee for withholding or 2% of the employee’s eligible compensation. The Company’s total cost under the 401(k) plan was $3.8 million, $3.5 million and $1.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

On January 1, 2008, the Company adopted a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for the purpose of attracting and retaining advisors who operate, for tax purposes, as independent contractors, by providing an opportunity for participating advisors to defer receipt of a portion of their gross commissions generated primarily from commissions earned on the sale of various products. The deferred compensation plan has been fully funded to date by participant contributions. Plan assets are invested in mutual funds, which are held by the Company in a Rabbi Trust. The liability for benefits accrued under the non-qualified deferred compensation plan totaled $20.2 million at December 31, 2011, which is included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the consolidated statements of financial condition. The cash values of the related trust assets was $20.2 million at December 31, 2011, which is measured at fair value and included in other assets in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

F-38

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Certain employees and advisors of the Company’s subsidiaries participated in non-qualified deferred compensation plans (the “Plans”) that permitted participants to defer portions of their compensation and earn interest on the deferred amounts. The Plans have been closed to new participants and no contributions have been made since the acquisition date. Plan assets are held by the Company in a Rabbi Trust and accounted for in the manner described above. As of December 31, 2011, the Company has recorded assets of approximately $1.3 million and liabilities of $1.0 million, which are included in other assets and accounts payable and accrued liabilities, respectively, in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

18. Related Party Transactions

One of the Company’s majority stockholders owns a minority interest in Artisan Partners Limited Partnership (“Artisan”), which pays fees in exchange for product distribution and record-keeping services. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company earned $2.9 million, $2.3 million and $1.5 million, respectively, in fees from Artisan. Additionally, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, Artisan owed the Company

$0.7 million and $0.6 million, respectively, which is included in receivables from product sponsors, broker-dealers and clearing organizations on the consolidated statements of financial condition.

American Beacon Advisor, Inc. (“American Beacon”), a company majority-owned by one of the Company’s majority stockholders, pays fees in exchange for product distribution and record-keeping services. During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company earned $0.2 million, and $0.4 million, respectively, in fees from American Beacon.

One of the Company’s majority stockholders owns a minority interest in XOJET, Inc. (“XOJET”), which provides chartered aircraft services. The Company paid $1.3 million to XOJET during the year ended December 31, 2011.

Certain entities affiliated with SunGard Data Systems Inc. (“SunGard”), a company majority-owned by one of the Company’s majority stockholders, provide data center recovery services. The Company paid $0.3 million and $0.5 million to SunGard during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Aplifi, Inc. (Aplifi), a privately held technology company in which the Company holds an equity interest, provides software licensing for annuity order entry and compliance. The Company paid $1.8 million, $1.1 million and $0.8 million to Aplifi for such services during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

TPG Capital ("TPG"), one of the Company's majority stockholders, provided certain consulting services. The Company paid $0.3 million to TPG during the year ended December 31, 2010.

In conjunction with the acquisition of UVEST Financial Services Group, Inc. ("UVEST"), the Company made full-recourse loans to certain members of UVEST's management (also selling stockholders), most of whom are now stockholders of the Company. In February 2010, the Company forgave approximately $0.4 million to a stockholder. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, there were no loans outstanding.

An immediate family member of one of the Company’s executive officers, is an executive officer of CresaPartners LLC (“CresaPartners”). CresaPartners provides the Company and its subsidiaries real estate advisory, transaction and project management services. The Company paid $0.6 million to CresaPartners during the year ended December 31, 2011.

AlixPartners, LLP (“AlixPartners”), a company majority-owned by one of the Company’s majority stockholders, provides services pursuant to an agreement for interim management and consulting. The Company paid $0.6 million to AlixPartners during the year ended December 31, 2009.

19. Net Capital and Regulatory Requirements

The Company’s registered broker-dealers are subject to the SEC’s Uniform Net Capital Rule (Rule 15c3-1 under the Exchange Act), which requires the maintenance of minimum net capital, as defined. Net capital is calculated for each broker-dealer subsidiary individually. Excess net capital of one broker-dealer subsidiary may not

F-39

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

be used to offset a net capital deficiency of another broker-dealer subsidiary. Net capital and the related net capital requirement may fluctuate on a daily basis.

Net capital and net capital requirements for the Company’s broker-dealer subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 are presented in the following table (in thousands):



	Net Capital		Minimum Net Capital Required		Excess Net Capital
LPL Financial LLC	$	100,944	$	7,028	$	93,916
UVEST Financial Services Group, Inc.	$	15,031	$	937	$	14,094

LPL Financial is a clearing broker-dealer and UVEST is an introducing broker-dealer. In connection with the Company's 2011 initiative to consolidate UVEST with LPL Financial, UVEST plans to file a broker-dealer withdrawal request with FINRA upon transfer of all clients accounts and to maintain sufficient capital to carry out any remaining activities during the interim.

In connection with the Company’s 2009 initiative that consolidated Associated Securities Corp. (“Associated”), Mutual Service Corporation (“MSC”) and Waterstone Financial Group, Inc. (“WFG”), with LPL Financial, Associated and WFG have withdrawn their registration with FINRA effective February 5, 2011, and are no longer subject to net capital filing requirements. MSC withdrew its registration with FINRA effective November 11, 2011, and is no longer subject to net capital filing requirements.

PTC is also subject to various regulatory capital requirements. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company’s registered broker-dealers and PTC have met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

The Company operates in a highly regulated industry. Applicable laws and regulations restrict permissible activities and investments. These policies require compliance with various financial and customer-related regulations. The consequences of noncompliance can include substantial monetary and non-monetary sanctions. In addition, the Company is also subject to comprehensive examinations and supervision by various governmental and self-regulatory agencies. These regulatory agencies generally have broad discretion to prescribe greater limitations on the operations of a regulated entity for the protection of investors or public interest. Furthermore, where the agencies determine that such operations are unsafe or unsound, fail to comply with applicable law, or are otherwise inconsistent with the laws and regulations or with the supervisory policies, greater restrictions may be imposed.

20. Financial Instruments with Off-Balance-Sheet Credit Risk and Concentrations of Credit Risk

LPL Financial’s client securities activities are transacted on either a cash or margin basis. In margin transactions, LPL Financial extends credit to the advisor's client, subject to various regulatory and internal margin requirements, collateralized by cash and securities in the client’s account. As clients write options contracts or sell securities short, LPL Financial may incur losses if the clients do not fulfill their obligations and the collateral in the clients’ accounts is not sufficient to fully cover losses that clients may incur from these strategies. To control this risk, LPL Financial monitors margin levels daily and clients are required to deposit additional collateral, or reduce positions, when necessary.

LPL Financial is obligated to settle transactions with brokers and other financial institutions even if its advisor's clients fail to meet their obligation to LPL Financial. Clients are required to complete their transactions on the settlement date, generally three business days after the trade date. If clients do not fulfill their contractual obligations, LPL Financial may incur losses. In addition, the Company occasionally enters into certain types of contracts to fulfill its sale of when, as, and if issued securities. When, as, and if issued securities have been authorized but are contingent upon the actual issuance of the security. LPL Financial has established procedures to reduce this risk by generally requiring that clients deposit cash and/or securities into their account prior to placing an order.

F-40

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LPL Financial may at times hold equity securities on both a long and short basis that are recorded on the consolidated statements of financial condition at market value. While long inventory positions represent LPL Financial’s ownership of securities, short inventory positions represent obligations of LPL Financial to deliver specified securities at a contracted price, which may differ from market prices prevailing at the time of completion of the transaction. Accordingly, both long and short inventory positions may result in losses or gains to LPL Financial as market values of securities fluctuate. To mitigate the risk of losses, long and short positions are marked-to-market daily and are continuously monitored by LPL Financial.

UVEST is engaged in buying and selling securities and other financial instruments for clients of advisors. Such transactions are introduced and cleared through a third-party clearing firm on a fully disclosed basis. While introducing broker-dealers generally have less risk than clearing firms, their clearing agreements expose them to credit risk in the event that their clients don’t fulfill contractual obligations with the clearing broker-dealer.

21. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)



	2011
	(In thousands)
	First Quarter		Second Quarter		Third Quarter		Fourth Quarter
Net revenues	$	873,869	$	893,996	$	882,857	$	828,653
Net income	$	48,999	$	45,507	$	36,428	$	39,448
Basic earnings per share	$	0.44	$	0.41	$	0.33	$	0.36
Diluted earnings per share	$	0.43	$	0.40	$	0.32	$	0.35



	2010
	(In thousands)
	First Quarter		Second Quarter		Third Quarter		Fourth Quarter
Net revenues	$	743,406	$	790,161	$	759,964	$	819,955
Net income (loss)	$	25,554	$	8,000	$	26,144	$	(116,560	)
Basic earnings (loss) per share	$	0.29	$	0.09	$	0.30	$	(1.20	)
Diluted earnings (loss) per share	$	0.25	$	0.08	$	0.26	$	(1.20	)

22. Subsequent Events

Acquisition of Fortigent Holdings Company, Inc.

On January 3, 2012, the Company announced its intent to acquire Fortigent Holdings Company, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries Fortigent, LLC, Fortigent Reporting Company, LLC, and Fortigent Strategies Company, LLC (together, "Fortigent"). Fortigent is a leading provider of high net worth solutions and consulting services to RIA's, banks, and trust companies. With over 90 institutions with more than $50.0 billion in advisory assets, Fortigent offers a high net worth oriented platform that provides concentrated research, reporting, and alternative investment solutions specifically designed for the RIA and high net worth space. This strategic acquisition will further enhance the Company's capabilities and offer an extension of the Company's existing services for wealth management advisors.

Issuance Under 2008 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan

On February 22, 2012, the Company distributed 1,673,556 shares, net of shares withheld to satisfy withholding tax requirements, pursuant to the terms of the Deferred Compensation Plan. Distributions to participants were made in the form of whole shares of common stock equal to the number of stock units allocated to the participant's account, with fractional shares paid out in cash. Participants authorized the Company to withhold shares from their distribution of common stock to satisfy their withholding tax obligations. Accordingly on February 22, 2012, the Company repurchased 1,149,896 shares and paid $37.5 million of cash consideration related to tax withholdings.

F-41

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

In calculating earnings (loss) per share and diluted earnings (loss) per share using the two-class method, the Company is required to allocate a portion of its earnings to employees that hold stock units that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents under its Deferred Compensation Plan. After the distribution of shares under the Deferred Compensation Plan, the two-class method is no longer applicable. This distribution of shares did not have a material impact on earnings (loss) per share or diluted earnings (loss) per share.

******

F-42

Exhibit 4.3

STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

AMONG

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC.

AND

THE STOCKHOLDERS LISTED
ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES

DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 23, 2010

Table of Contents



			Page
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS			2

		Certain Defined Terms	2
		Other Definitional Provisions	7

ARTICLE II CORPORATE GOVERNANCE			8

		Board of Directors	8
	Section 2.2.	Sponsor Representation	8
	Section 2.3.	Voting Agreement	10
	Section 2.4.	Amendment of Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation	10
	Section 2.5.	Information Rights; VCOC Stockholders	10

ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES			13

		Representations and Warranties of LPL	13
		Representations and Warranties of the Sponsors	13
		Representations and Warranties of the Farallon Holders	14

ARTICLE IV REGISTRATION RIGHTS			15

	Section 4.1.	Shelf Registration	15
		Shelf Take-Downs	16
		Demand Registration	19
		Underwriting	21
		Withdrawal	22
		Registration Expenses	22
	Section 4.7.	Piggyback Registrations	22
		Effective Registration	24
	Section 4.9.	Registration Procedures	24
	Section 4.10.	Indemnification	28
		Lock-Up Agreement	32
		Information by Stockholders	32
		Rule 144 Reporting	32
		Termination of Registration Rights	32

ARTICLE V COVENANTS			33

	Section 5.1	Transfers	33
		Legends	33
		Further Assurances	34
		Confidentiality	34




ARTICLE VI MISCELLANEOUS			35

		Amendment and Waiver	35
		Severability	35
		Entire Agreement	35
		Successors and Assigns	36
		Counterparts	36
	Section 6.6.	Remedies.	36
	Section 6.7.	Indemnification of Sponsors.	36
		Expenses	39
		Notices	39
	Section 6.10.	Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction.	40
		Interpretation	41
	Section 6.12.	Term and Effectiveness	41

Exhibit A – Joinder Agreement

STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT dated as of November 23, 2010 among LPL Investment Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“LPL”), Hellman & Friedman Capital Partners V, L.P. (“H&F Capital Partners”), Hellman & Friedman Capital Partners V (Parallel), L.P. (“H&F Parallel”), Hellman & Friedman Capital Associates V, L.P. (“H&F Capital Associates”) and TPG Partners IV, L.P. (“TPG”), together with their respective transferee Affiliates who sign a Joinder Agreement contemplated by Section 6.4 (collectively, the “Sponsors”), and Farallon Capital Partners, L.P., Farallon Capital Institutional Partners, L.P., Farallon Capital Institutional Partners II, L.P. and Farallon Capital Institutional Partners III, L.P. (each, individually a “Farallon Holder” and collectively, the “Farallon Holders”), together with their respective transferee Affiliates who sign a Joinder Agreement contemplated by Section 6.4 (the Farallon Holders together with the Sponsors, the “Stockholders”).

WHEREAS, on December 28, 2005, LPL, the Stockholders and certain other parties entered into a Stockholders Agreement (the “Original Agreement”);

WHEREAS, on June 4, 2010, LPL filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 of the Securities Act with the Securities Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) to register for resale certain Shares of LPL Common Stock to be sold by LPL and certain of the stockholders party to the Original Agreement, subject to certain contractual and legal restrictions;

WHEREAS, after the Registration Statement on Form S-1 is declared effective by the SEC, LPL and certain of the stockholders party to the Original Agreement intend to sell Shares of LPL Common Stock pursuant to such Registration Statement or an amendment, supplement or successor thereto (the sale of such Shares of LPL Common Stock, the “IPO”);

WHEREAS, immediately after the IPO, it is expected that the Sponsors will collectively own approximately 72.9% of the issued and outstanding shares of LPL Common Stock;

WHEREAS, contemporaneously herewith, LPL, the Stockholders and certain other parties to the Original Agreement are entering into an amendment to the Original Agreement which provides that, upon the closing of LPL’s IPO, the registration, information and reporting rights set forth therein, including the rights of the Stockholders, will be terminated;

WHEREAS, LPL and the Stockholders wish to provide for certain arrangements with respect to the Stockholders’ ongoing rights as majority stockholders of LPL and the registration of shares of Capital Stock held by the Stockholders after the IPO;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants and obligations hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1. Certain Defined Terms. As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Adverse Disclosure” means public disclosure of material non-public information that, in the good faith judgment of the LPL Board, after consultation with independent outside counsel to LPL, (a) would be required to be made in any Registration Statement filed with the SEC by LPL so that such Registration Statement would not be materially misleading; (b) would not be required to be made at such time but for the filing of such Registration Statement; and (c) LPL has a bona fide business purpose for not disclosing publicly.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, such specified Person. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall any Farallon Holder be deemed to be an Affiliate of any H&F Sponsor and in no event shall any H&F Sponsor be deemed to be an Affiliate of any Farallon Holder.

“Agreement” means this Stockholders’ Agreement as it may be amended, supplemented, restated or modified from time to time.

“Beneficial Ownership” means beneficial ownership within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision. The terms “Beneficially Own” and “Beneficial Owner” shall have a correlative meaning. For the avoidance of doubt, no Farallon Holder shall be deemed to Beneficially Own any Shares owned by any H&F Sponsor and no H&F Sponsor shall be deemed to Beneficially Own any Shares owned by any Farallon Holder.

“Business Day” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which banks are required or authorized by law to be closed in New York.

“Bylaws” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.

“Capital Stock” means, with respect to any Person at any time, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated, whether voting or non-voting) of capital stock, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or equivalent ownership interests in or issued by such Person.

“CEO” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

“Claims” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.10(a).

“Confidential Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.4.

“control” (including the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), with respect to the relationship between or among two or more Persons, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of

the power to direct or cause the direction of the affairs or management of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, as trustee or executor, by contract or any other means.

“Demand Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(b).

“Demand Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a).

“Demand Suspension” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(d).

“Demanding Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a).

“DGCL” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.7(b).

“Director” means any member of a Board of Directors (other than any advisory, honorary or other non-voting member of a Board of Directors).

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor federal statute thereto, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

“Farallon Holders” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect from time to time.

“Governmental Body” means any government or governmental or regulatory body thereof, or political subdivision thereof, whether foreign or of the United States, multi-national or other supra-national, national, federal, regional, state or local or any agency, instrumentality, authority, department, commission, board or bureau thereof, or any court, tribunal, arbitrator, arbitration panel or similar judicial body.

“H&F Capital Associates” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“H&F Capital Partners” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“H&F Directors” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

“H&F Parallel” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“H&F Sponsor” means each of H&F Capital Partners, H&F Parallel, H&F Capital Associates and their respective transferee Affiliates who sign a Joinder Agreement contemplated by Section 6.4.

“H&F Sponsor Group” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.7(a).

“Indemnification Sources” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.7(b).

“Indemnified Liabilities” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.7(a).

“Indemnitees” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.7(a).

“Independent Director” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

“Initiating Sponsor” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.

“IPO” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Joinder Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4.

“Jointly Indemnifiable Claims” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.7(b).

“Law” means any statute, law, regulation, ordinance, rule, injunction, order, decree, directive or any similar form of decision of, or determination by, any governmental or self-regulatory authority.

“Litigation” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.10(a).

“Lock-Up Period” means, for each Stockholder, the period during which such Stockholder’s Shares are subject to transfer and other restrictions pursuant to a Lock-Up Agreement dated on or about November 17, 2010 among such Stockholder, Goldman Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated as representatives of the several underwriters in LPL’s IPO.

“LPL” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“LPL Board” means the Board of Directors of LPL.

“LPL Common Stock” means shares of common stock of LPL, par value $0.001, together with any rights that may hereafter attach thereto.

“Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down” has the meaning set forth in
Section 4.2(a)(i).

“Maximum Sale Number” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.7(c).

“Nasdaq” means The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc.

“Non-Demanding Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a).

“Non-Initiating Stockholders” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b).

“Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a)(ii).

“Non-Underwritten Shelf Take-Down” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.

“Original Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Participation Conditions” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b).

“Person” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, trust or other entity or organization, including any governmental authority.

“Piggyback Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.7(a).

“Piggyback Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.7(a).

“Pro Rata Take-Down Portion” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b).

“Prospectus” means the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, all amendments and supplements to such prospectus, including pre- and post-effective amendments to such Registration Statement, and all other material incorporated by reference in such prospectus.

“Registering Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.7(a).

“Registrable Securities” means the Shares owned by the Stockholders, and any Shares or other securities issued in respect of Shares or into which Shares or such other securities shall be converted or exchanged in connection with stock splits, reverse stock splits, stock dividends or distributions, combinations or similar recapitalizations, or a merger, consolidation or reorganization or otherwise; provided, however, as to any particular Shares owned by a Stockholder, such Shares shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (a) a Registration Statement with respect to the sale of such Registrable Securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act and such Shares shall have been disposed of in accordance with such Registration Statement, (b) such Shares shall have been sold pursuant to Rule 144 or (c) such Shares are no longer outstanding.

“Registration” means a registration with the SEC of LPL’s securities for offer and sale to the public under a Registration Statement. The term “Register” shall have a correlative meaning.

“Registration Expenses” means any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance with ARTICLE IV, including (a) all SEC and stock exchange or trading system or FINRA registration, listing and filing fees and any other fees associated with such filings, (b) all fees and expenses of complying with securities or “blue sky” laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with “blue sky” qualifications of the Registrable Securities), (c) all rating agency fees, (d) all printing, duplicating, messenger and delivery expenses, (e) the fees and disbursements of counsel for LPL and of LPL’s independent public accountants, including the expenses of any special audits and/or “comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance, (f) the reasonable fees and disbursements of one law firm or other counsel selected by the holders of a majority of Registrable Securities participating in a Registration, (g) any fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities and the reasonable fees and expenses of any special experts retained in connection with the requested Registration, including any fee payable to a qualified independent underwriter within the meaning of the rules of the FINRA, (h) internal expenses of LPL (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties) and (i) securities acts liability insurance (if LPL elects to obtain such insurance or the underwriters so

require) but, in all cases, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any.

“Registration Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.8.

“Registration Statement” means any registration statement of LPL filed with, or to be filed with, the SEC under the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act, including the related Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including pre- and post-effective amendments, and all exhibits and all material incorporated by reference in such registration statement.

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

“SEC” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Secondary Indemnitors” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.7(b).

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor federal statute thereto, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

“Shares” means shares of LPL Common Stock.

“Shelf Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(b).

“Shelf Registration” means a Registration effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement.

“Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).

“Shelf Suspension” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(c).

“Shelf Take-Down” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.

“Shelf Take-Down Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b).

“Sponsor Directors” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

“Sponsor Group” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.7(a).

“Sponsors” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“State” means any state in the United States of America.

“Stockholders” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation or other organization, whether incorporated or unincorporated, (a) of which such Person or any other Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner (excluding partnerships, the general partnership interests of which held by such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person do not have a majority of the voting interests in such partnership), or (b) at

least a majority of the securities or other interests of which having by their terms ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or others performing similar functions with respect to such corporation or other organization is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person or by any one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries.

“TPG” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“TPG Directors” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

“TPG Sponsor” means TPG and its respective transferee Affiliates who sign a Joinder Agreement contemplated by Section 6.4.

“TPG Sponsor Group” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.7(a).

“Transfer” means, in respect of any Shares or any interest in such Shares, directly or indirectly, to sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, hypothecate or similarly dispose of (by operation of law or otherwise), either voluntarily or involuntarily, or to enter into any contract, option or other arrangement or understanding with respect to the sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or similar disposition thereof (by operation of law or otherwise).

“Unaffiliated Independent Director” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

“Underwritten Offering” means a Registration in which securities of LPL are sold to an underwriter or underwriters on a firm commitment basis for reoffering to the public.

“Underwritten Shelf Take-Down” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.

“Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a).

“VCOC Stockholder” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(b).

“Violation” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.10(a).

“Voting Securities” means at any time shares of any class of Capital Stock or other securities of LPL which are then entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors and not solely upon the occurrence and during the continuation of certain specified events, and any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such shares of Capital Stock.

Section 1.2. Other Definitional Provisions. The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Article, Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Section 2.1. Board of Directors. Concurrently with the effectiveness of this Agreement, LPL and the Sponsors shall take such action, including, but not limited to a shareholder vote, as may be necessary to cause the LPL Board to initially consist of nine Directors, including the following: (i) two individuals designated by the H&F Sponsors (the “H&F Directors”), (ii) two individuals designated by the TPG Sponsor (the “TPG Directors” and, together with the H&F Directors, the “Sponsor Directors”), (iii) Mark Casady, so long as Mark Casady is the Chief Executive Officer of LPL (the “CEO”), and thereafter the CEO of LPL, (iv) James Putnam or, if James Putnam is unable or unwilling to serve, one independent director designated by the Sponsors,after consultation with the CEO (the “Independent Director”), and (v) three independent directors who meet the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act (each, an “Unaffiliated Independent Director”). For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 2.1 is applicable solely to the initial composition of the LPL Board upon the effectiveness of this Agreement and shall have no further force or effect thereafter.

Section 2.2. Sponsor Representation.

(a) For so long as the H&F Sponsors collectively Beneficially Own Shares or other Voting Securities representing at least the percentage of the number of Shares Beneficially Owned by them on the date hereof shown below, there shall be included in the slate of nominees recommended by the LPL Board for election as Directors at each applicable annual or special meeting of shareholders at which Directors are to be elected that number of individuals designated by the H&F Sponsors shown below, that if elected will result in the H&F Sponsors having the number of H&F Directors serving on the LPL Board that is shown below.



Percent	Number of H&F Directors
30.00%	2
less than 30% but greater than or equal to 10%	1
Less than 10%	0

The nomination rights of the H&F Sponsors pursuant to Section 2.1 and this Section 2.2 shall be exercised by H&F Capital Partners or such successor Affiliate thereof as H&F Capital Partners shall indicate in a writing delivered to LPL.

(b) For so long as the TPG Sponsor collectively Beneficially Owns Shares or other Voting Securities representing at least the percentage of the number of Shares Beneficially Owned by it on the date hereof shown below, there shall be included in the slate of nominees recommended by the LPL Board for election as Directors at each applicable annual or special meeting of shareholders at which Directors are to be elected that number of individuals designated by the TPG Sponsor shown below, that if elected will result in the TPG Sponsor having the number of TPG Directors serving on the LPL Board that is shown below.



Percent	Number of TPG Directors
30.00%	2
less than 30% but greater than or equal to 10%	1
Less than 10%	0

The nomination rights of the TPG Sponsor pursuant to Section 2.1 and this Section 2.2 shall be exercised by TPG or such successor Affiliate thereof as TPG shall indicate in a writing delivered to LPL.

(c) If a Sponsor ceases to have the right to designate one or more directors to the LPL Board pursuant to Section 2.2(a) or Section 2.2(b), as applicable, then such Sponsor and LPL shall take all necessary action to cause the director(s) designated by such Sponsor to be removed immediately and the Sponsors and LPL shall take all necessary action to cause the number of directors to be reduced accordingly. In the event that a vacancy is created at any time by the death, disability, retirement, resignation or removal (with or without cause) of any Director who is an H&F Director or a TPG Director, LPL hereby agrees to take all actions necessary to cause the vacancy created thereby to be filled as soon as practicable by a new H&F Director or TPG Director, as the case may be, who is designated in the manner specified in this Section 2.2.

(d) LPL shall establish and maintain an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating committee of the LPL Board, as well as such other board committees as the LPL Board deems appropriate from time to time or as may be required by applicable Law, the rules of any stock exchange on which the LPL Common Stock is listed or the FINRA rules. The committees shall have such duties and responsibilities as are customary for such committees, subject to the provisions of this Agreement. Any committee or subcommittee of the LPL Board shall include a Director nominated by the H&F Sponsors (but only if the H&F Sponsors are then entitled to nominate at least one Director) and a Director nominated by the TPG Sponsors (but only if the TPG Sponsors are then entitled to nominate at least one Director); provided that this Section 2.2(d) shall not apply to a subcommittee of the compensation committee that is comprised entirely of “non employee directors” (as defined in Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) and whose duties are limited to approving transactions pursuant to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act and provided further that an audit committee shall not include any Directors nominated by the Sponsors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the LPL Board (upon the recommendation of the nominating committee of the LPL Board) shall, only to the extent necessary to comply with applicable Law, the rules of any stock exchange on which the LPL Common Stock is listed and the FINRA rules, modify the composition of any such committee to the extent required to comply with such applicable Law, the rules of any stock exchange on which the LPL Common Stock is listed and the FINRA rules.

(e) For so long as either Sponsor can nominate at least one Director, the LPL Board shall not, and LPL will take all action necessary to ensure that the LPL Board shall not, exceed nine (9) members. For so long as the Sponsors collectively have the right to nominate directors that if elected would result in there being at least three (3) Sponsor Directors serving on the LPL Board, the lead independent director will be one of the Sponsor Directors.

(f) For so long as the Sponsors collectively Beneficially Own (directly or indirectly) at least a majority of the voting power of the outstanding voting stock of LPL, the LPL Board will not approve any transaction or other matter unless at least one H&F Director or one TPG Director is present at the time such vote is taken with respect to such action.

Section 2.3. Voting Agreement.

(a) Each Sponsor hereby agrees to vote all Shares Beneficially Owned by such Sponsor, whether at a meeting or by written consent in accordance with such Sponsor’s agreements contained in Section 2.2, so as to cause to be elected to the LPL Board the other Sponsor’s board nominees, which agreement shall remain in effect until the earlier of the expiration of the non-voting Sponsor’s right to nominate a director in accordance with Section 2.2(a) or Section 2.2(b), as applicable.

(b) This Section 2.3 is solely for the benefit of the Sponsors and may be amended, modified or waived by the written consent of the Sponsors.

Section 2.4. Amendment of Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation.

(a) The Company agrees that, without the written consent of the Sponsors, it will not directly or indirectly (including through any merger or consolidation) (i) for so long as any Sponsor has the right to nominate a Director in accordance with Section 2.2, amend Article X of its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; (ii) for so long as any Sponsor has the right to nominate a Director in accordance with Section 2.2, amend the provisions of the bylaws of LPL (the “Bylaws”) relating to advance nomination of directors in any manner directly or indirectly adverse to the H&F Sponsors or the TPG Sponsor or that would require advance notice to their Director nominees; (iii) for so long as the Sponsors Beneficially Own a majority of the outstanding Shares, amend Section 2.3, Section 2.4, Section 2.5 or Section 2.7 of the Bylaws and (iv) adopt any provision of the Bylaws or the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of LPL that is inconsistent with this Agreement or any of the foregoing provisions of the Bylaws or the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of LPL.

Section 2.5. Information Rights; VCOC Stockholders.

(a) Information Rights. For so long as any Sponsor has the right to nominate at least one director pursuant to Section 2.2, such Sponsor will, subject to Section 5.4 hereof, have the right to obtain any reports, documents, information or other materials distributed of LPL and its Subsidiaries which a member of the LPL Board has received or has the right to receive from LPL.

(b) VCOC Stockholders. With respect to each H&F Sponsor and TPG Sponsor and, at the request of an H&F Sponsor or TPG Sponsor, each Affiliate thereof that directly or indirectly has an interest in LPL and that acknowledges and agrees to be bound by Section 5.4 hereof, in each case that is intended to qualify as a “venture capital operating company” as defined in the Plan Asset Regulations (each, a “VCOC Stockholder”), for so long as the VCOC Stockholder, directly or through one or more conduit subsidiaries, continues to hold any Capital Stock of LPL, in each case, without limitation or prejudice of any the rights provided to any of the H&F Sponsors or TPG Sponsors hereunder, LPL shall, with respect to each such VCOC Stockholder:

(i) Provide such VCOC Stockholder or its designated representative with the following:


(A)	the right to visit and inspect any of the offices and properties of LPL and its Subsidiaries and inspect and copy the books and records of

LPL and its Subsidiaries, at such times as the VCOC Stockholder shall reasonably request;

(B)

as soon as available and in any event within sixty (60) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of LPL, consolidated balance sheets of LPL and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such period, and consolidated statements of income and cash flows of LPL and its Subsidiaries for the period then ended, in each case prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, except as otherwise noted therein, and subject to the absence of footnotes and to year-end adjustments;

(C)

as soon as available and in any event within one-hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of LPL, a consolidated balance sheet of LPL and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such year, and consolidated statements of income and cash flows of LPL and its Subsidiaries for the year then ended prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, except as otherwise noted therein, together with an auditor’s report thereon of a firm of established national reputation;


(D)	to the extent LPL or any of its Subsidiaries is required by law or pursuant to the terms of any outstanding indebtedness of LPL or such Subsidiary to prepare such reports, any annual reports, quarterly reports and other periodic reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, actually prepared by LPL or such Subsidiary as soon as available; and

(E)

subject to Section 2.5(b)(iv) below, copies of all materials provided to the LPL Board at substantially the same time as provided to the members of the LPL Board and, if requested copies of the materials provided to the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of any Subsidiary of LPL, provided, that LPL or such Subsidiary shall be entitled to exclude portions of such materials to the extent providing such portions would be reasonably likely to result in the waiver of attorney-client privilege.

(ii) Make appropriate officers of LPL and its Subsidiaries and members of the LPL Board available periodically and at such times as reasonably requested by such VCOC Stockholder for consultation with such VCOC Stockholder or its designated representative with respect to matters relating to the business and affairs of LPL and its Subsidiaries, including significant changes in management personnel and compensation of employees, introduction of new products or new lines of business, important acquisitions or dispositions of plants and equipment, significant research and development programs, the purchasing or selling of important trademarks, licenses or concessions or the proposed commencement or compromise of significant litigation;

(iii) Give such VCOC Stockholder, if such VCOC Stockholder does not

at such time have the right to designate one or more directors or non-voting board observers pursuant to Section 2.2 above, the right to designate one (1) non-voting board observer who will be entitled to attend all meetings of the LPL Board and participate in all deliberations of the LPL Board, provided that such observer shall have no voting rights with respect to actions taken or elected not to be taken by the LPL Board, and provided, further, that LPL shall be entitled to exclude such observer from such portions of a LPL Board meeting to the extent such observer’s presence would be reasonably likely to result in the waiver of attorney-client privilege or to the extent the removal of such observer is required under applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange applicable to LPL;

(iv) To the extent consistent with applicable law (and with respect to events which require public disclosure, only following LPL’s public disclosure thereof through applicable securities law filings or otherwise), inform the VCOC Stockholder or its designated representative in advance with respect to any significant corporate actions, including extraordinary dividends, mergers, acquisitions or dispositions of assets, issuances of significant amounts of debt or equity and material amendments to the certificate of incorporation or by laws of LPL or any of its subsidiaries, and to provide the VCOC Stockholder or its designated representative with the right to consult with LPL and its subsidiaries with respect to such actions; and

(v) Provide such VCOC Stockholder or its designated representative with such other rights of consultation which such VCOC Stockholder’s counsel may determine to be reasonably necessary under applicable legal authorities promulgated after the date hereof to qualify its investment in LPL as a “venture capital investment” for purposes of the Plan Assets Regulation.

(c) The Company agrees to consider, in good faith, the recommendations of each VCOC Stockholder or its designated representative in connection with the matters on which it is consulted as described above, recognizing that the ultimate discretion with respect to all such matters shall be retained by LPL.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 3.1. Representations and Warranties of LPL. LPL represents and warrants to each of the other parties to this Agreement as follows:

(a) LPL is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and has all necessary power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

(b) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by LPL has been duly and validly authorized by all necessary action, and no other proceedings on the part of LPL are necessary to authorize this Agreement or the performance of LPL’s obligations under this Agreement.

(c) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by LPL, and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by each other party, constitutes a legal, valid and

binding obligation of LPL, enforceable against LPL in accordance with its terms, subject to (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting or relating to creditors’ rights generally, and (ii) limitations on the availability of specific performance or injunctive relief or other equitable remedies.

(d) Other than any consents that have already been obtained, no consent, waiver, approval, authorization, exemption, registration or license is required to be made or obtained by LPL in connection with its performance under this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(e) As of the date of this Agreement, LPL has not granted and is not a party to any proxy, voting trust or other agreement that is inconsistent with or conflicts with any provision of this Agreement.

Section 3.2. Representations and Warranties of the Sponsors. Each Sponsor, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to each of the other parties to this Agreement as follows:

(a) Such Sponsor is a limited partnership duly formed, validly existing and, if applicable, in good standing under the laws of its respective jurisdiction of formation, and has all necessary power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

(b) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such Sponsor has been duly and validly authorized by all necessary action, and no other proceedings on the part of such Sponsor are necessary to authorize this Agreement or the performance of such Sponsor’s obligations under this Agreement.

(c) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Sponsor, and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by each other party, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Sponsor, enforceable against such Sponsor in accordance with its terms, subject to (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting or relating to creditors’ rights generally, and (ii) limitations on the availability of specific performance or injunctive relief or other equitable remedies.

(d) Other than any consents that have already been obtained, no consent, waiver, approval, authorization, exemption, registration or license is required to be made or obtained by such Sponsor in connection with its performance under this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(e) As of the date of this Agreement, such Sponsor is the Beneficial Owner of the shares of Capital Stock set forth next to its respective name on Schedule 1.

(f) As of the date of this Agreement, such Sponsor has not granted and is not a party to any proxy, voting trust or other agreement that is inconsistent with or conflicts with any provision of this Agreement.

Section 3.3. Representations and Warranties of the Farallon Holders. Each Farallon

Holder, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to each of the other parties to this Agreement as follows:

(a) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Farallon Holder, and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by each other party, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Farallon Holder, enforceable against such Farallon Holder in accordance with its terms, subject to (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting or relating to creditors’ rights generally, and (ii) limitations on the availability of specific performance or injunctive relief or other equitable remedies.

(b) As of the date of this Agreement, such Farallon Holder is the Beneficial Owner of the shares of Capital Stock set forth next to his or her respective name on Schedule 1.

(c) As of the date of this Agreement, such Farallon Holder has not granted and is not a party to any proxy, voting trust or other agreement that is inconsistent with or conflicts with any provision of this Agreement.

(d) Other than any consents that have already been obtained, no consent, waiver, approval, authorization, exemption, registration or license is required to be made or obtained by such Farallon Holder in connection with its performance under this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

ARTICLE IV

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

Section 4.1. Shelf Registration.

(a) Filing. As promptly as practicable after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, LPL will file with the SEC a Registration Statement on Form S-3 or any successor form (a “Shelf Registration Statement”) relating to the offer and sale of all of the Registrable Securities held by the Stockholders from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution specified by the Sponsors (including, to the extent permitted by applicable law, hedging transactions and short sales) and set forth in a Shelf Registration Statement and, thereafter, shall use reasonable best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act. LPL shall provide drafts of the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus to the Stockholders a reasonable time prior to filing thereof and reflect any reasonable comments to such documents that the Stockholders may make in such filed documents.

(b) Continued Effectiveness. LPL will use reasonable best efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective under the Securities Act in order to permit the Prospectus forming a part thereof to be continuously usable by the Stockholders until the earlier of (i) the date as of which all Registrable Securities have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement or another Registration Statement filed under the Securities Act (but in no event prior to the applicable period referred to in Section 4(3) of the Securities Act and Rule 174 thereunder) and (ii) the later of (1) the two year anniversary of the consummation of the IPO and (2) the date that is twelve (12) months after the date that each of the Stockholders (x) together with its Affiliates Beneficially Owns less than 3% of the

outstanding LPL Common Stock and (y) is permitted to dispose of its Registrable Securities without limitation at any time under Rule 144 (such period of effectiveness, the “Shelf Period”). Subject to Section 4.1(c), LPL shall not be deemed to have used reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the Shelf Period if LPL voluntarily takes any action or omits to take any action that would result in the Stockholders holding Registrable Securities covered thereby not being able to offer and sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement (or a replacement Shelf Registration Statement) during the Shelf Period, unless such action or omission is required by applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, LPL may suspend effectiveness of such Registration Statement during any period covered by Section 4.1(c). During the Shelf Period, LPL shall file a successor Shelf Registration Statement (and applicable Prospectus) every three years and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such successor Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act as soon as possible.

(c) Suspension of Registration. If the continued use of such Shelf Registration Statement (or, with respect to a Shelf Take-Down under Section 4.2, the sale of securities of LPL to be sold pursuant thereto) at any time would require LPL to make an Adverse Disclosure, LPL may, upon giving at least ten days’ prior written notice of such action to the Sponsors, suspend use of the Shelf Registration Statement (or defer the filing of a Prospectus relating to any Shelf Take-Down) (a “Shelf Suspension”); provided that LPL shall not be permitted to exercise a Shelf Suspension or Demand Suspension (as defined in Section 4.3(d)) (i) more than twice during any 12-month period (and, in any event, no more than three times during any 24-month period), (ii) for a period exceeding sixty (60) days on any one occasion or (iii) for an aggregate of more than 90 days in any 12-month period. In the case of a Shelf Suspension, the Sponsors agree that upon receipt of the notice referred to above, the Stockholders will suspend use of the applicable Prospectus in connection with any sale or purchase of, or offer to sell or purchase Registrable Securities (or suspend any marketing with respect to a marketed Shelf Take-Down). LPL shall promptly notify the Stockholders upon the termination of any Shelf Suspension. In the event that LPL exercises its rights under this Section 4.1(c), LPL shall, as promptly as practicable following the expiration of the applicable suspension period, file or update and use its reasonable best efforts to cause the effectiveness of the suspended Registration Statement and applicable Prospectus.

Section 4.2. Shelf Take-Downs. Any Sponsor selling Registrable Securities included in a Shelf Registration Statement (an “Initiating Sponsor”) may initiate an offering or sale of all or part of such Sponsor's Registrable Securities (a “Shelf Take-Down”), in which case the provisions of this Section 4.2 shall apply. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 4.2(a)(i) and Section 4.4(a), a Shelf-Take-Down may be in the form of an underwritten offering (an “Underwritten Shelf Take-Down”) or a non-underwritten offering (a “Non-Underwritten Shelf Take-Down”) and an Underwritten Shelf Take-Down may be “marketed” or “non-marketed.” The form of the Shelf-Take-Down will be based on the Initiating Sponsor’s election.

(a) Underwritten Shelf Take-Downs. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 4.2(a)(i) and Section 4.4(a), the Initiating Sponsor may elect in a written request delivered to LPL (an “Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice”), to effect an Underwritten Shelf Take-Down.

(i) Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Downs. The Initiating Sponsor may elect to undertake an Underwritten Shelf Take-Down that involves a customary “road show” (including an “electronic road show”) or other substantial marketing effort by the underwriters, in each case, either (x) over a period of at least 48 hours or (y) involving travel by

management outside the metropolitan areas in which LPL’s headquarters is located, in which case the Shelf Take-Down will be treated as a marketed Shelf Take-Down (a “Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down”). Any Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down shall be deemed for purposes of Section 4.3(a) to be a Demand Registration and the Initiating Sponsor’s right to request a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 4.3(a) shall be reduced by one (1). The Initiating Sponsor shall indicate its request for a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down in a written request delivered to LPL no later than ten Business Days prior to the expected date of such Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, which request shall include (A) the total number of Registrable Securities expected to be offered and sold, (B) the action or actions required by LPL, including the timing thereof, relating to such written request and (C) the action or actions required by any Non-Initiating Stockholder that elects to participate in the Shelf Take-Down. Upon receipt of the Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice for a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, LPL shall file and effect an amendment or supplement to its Shelf Registration Statement (and any related Prospectus) for such takedown as soon as practicable, subject to Section 4.1(c).

(ii) Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Downs. The Initiating Sponsor may elect to effect an Underwritten Shelf Take-Down that does not constitute a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down (a “Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down”), in which case the Initiating Sponsor shall so indicate in a written request (which may consist of electronic communication) delivered to LPL at least 48 hours (which must include at least one Business Day) prior to the consummation of such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down. Such request shall include (A) the total number of Registrable Securities expected to be offered and sold, (B) the action or actions required by LPL, including the timing thereof, relating to such written request and (C) the action or actions required by any Non-Initiating Stockholder that elects to participate in the Shelf Take-Down. Upon receipt of the Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice of a Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, LPL shall file and effect an amendment or supplement to its Shelf Registration Statement (and any related Prospectus) for such takedown as soon as practicable, subject to Section 4.1(c).

(b) Shelf Take-Down Notice. In the case of an Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, LPL shall provide written notice (a “Shelf Take-Down Notice”) of such Shelf Take-Down promptly (and, in the case of a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, at least ten days prior to the expected date of such offering and, in the case of a Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, as promptly as practical prior to the consummation of such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down and by such means (which may consist of electronic or telephone communication) as determined in good faith by LPL, in light of the applicable circumstances) to the Stockholders who did not initiate the Shelf Take-Down (the “Non-Initiating Stockholders”), which Shelf Take-Down Notice shall set forth (i) the total number of Registrable Securities expected to be offered and sold by the Initiating Sponsor, (ii) that each Non-Initiating Stockholder shall have the right, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 4.2(b), to elect to sell up to its Pro Rata Take-Down Portion in such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down and (iii) the action or actions required, including the timing thereof, with respect to each Non-Initiating Stockholder that elects to exercise its right to sell its Pro Rata Take-Down Portion (including the delivery of one or more stock certificates representing shares of Registrable Securities held by such Non-Initiating Stockholder to be sold in such Shelf Take-Down). Upon receipt of such Shelf Take-Down Notice, each Non-Initiating Stockholder may elect to sell up to its Pro Rata Take-Down Portion with respect to each such Shelf Take-Down, by taking such action or actions set forth in the Notice as required by clause (iii) above in the manner provided in such notice; provided that each such Non-Initiating Stockholder that elects to participate in a Shelf Take-Down may condition its participation on the Shelf

Take-Down being completed within ten Business Days of its acceptance at a price per share (after giving effect to any underwriters’ discounts or commissions) to such Non-Initiating Stockholder of not less than 95% of the closing price for the shares on their principal trading market on the trading day immediately prior to such Non-Initiating Stockholder’s election to participate (the “Participation Conditions”). Notwithstanding the delivery of any Shelf Take-Down Notice, but subject to the Participation Conditions, all determinations as to whether to complete any Shelf Take-Down and as to the timing, manner, price and other terms of any Shelf Take-Down contemplated by Section 4.2(a) or Section 4.2(b) shall be at the discretion of the Initiating Sponsor and conditions of the underwriting as set forth in Section 4.4; provided that if such Shelf Take-Down is to be completed, the Initiating Sponsor must include each Non-Initiating Stockholder’s Pro Rata Take-Down Portion in such Shelf Take-Down if such Non-Initiating Stockholder has complied with the requirements set forth in Section 4.2(b)(iii), subject to Section 4.4(a). For purposes of Section 4.2, “Pro Rata Take-Down Portion” shall mean a number equal to the product of the following: (i) the total number of Registrable Securities to be included in such Shelf Take-Down and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the total number of Registrable Securities beneficially owned by such Initiating Sponsor or other Non-Initiating Stockholder, as applicable, and the denominator of which is the total number of Registrable Securities beneficially owned by the Initiating Sponsor and all the other Non-Initiating Stockholders delivering such a notice and participating in such Shelf Take-Down.

(c) Preemption. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, LPL shall not be obligated to effect a Shelf Take-Down pursuant to Section 4.2:

(i) with respect to a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down if (A) the Initiating Sponsor has previously used all of its Demand Requests set out in Section 4.3(a) or (B) the number of Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Take-Down shall have, in the aggregate, a market value of less than $50,000,000 determined on the date the applicable Shelf Take-Down Notice is delivered to LPL;

(ii) with respect to a Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, if the number of Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Take-Down shall have, in the aggregate, a market value of less than $20,000,000 determined on the date the applicable Shelf Take-Down Notice is delivered to LPL;

(iii) for any Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down if LPL has, within the six-month period preceding the date of such request, effected a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down pursuant to Section 4.2 or a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 4.3;

(iv) for any Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down if not more than 30 days prior to receipt of any request for a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, LPL shall have circulated to prospective underwriters and their counsel a draft of a Registration Statement for a primary offering of equity securities on behalf of LPL or selected an underwriter with respect to a primary offering of Shares, provided that the period of preemption for any Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down preempted pursuant to this Section 4.2(c)(iv) shall not exceed 45 days (except that such period shall be 90 days for any Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down requested by a transferee of an H&F Sponsor or TPG Sponsor pursuant to Section 6.4) and provided further that LPL shall not preempt more than one Underwritten Shelf Take-Down or Demand Registration in any twelve month period in favor of a primary offering;

(v) for any Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down requested by an H&F Sponsor or TPG Sponsor, if (x) LPL has, within the ninety (90) day period preceding the date of such request, effected an Underwritten Shelf Take-Down pursuant to Section 4.2 or a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 4.3 or (y) not more than 30 days prior to receipt of any request for a Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, LPL shall have circulated to prospective underwriters and their counsel a draft of a Registration Statement for a primary offering of equity securities on behalf of LPL or selected an underwriter with respect to a primary offering of Shares, provided that the period of preemption for any Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down preempted pursuant to this Section 4.2(c)(v) shall not exceed 45 days and provided further that LPL shall not preempt more than one Underwritten Shelf Take-Down or Demand Registration in any twelve month period in favor of a primary offering;

(vi) for any Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down requested by a transferee of an H&F Sponsor or TPG Sponsor pursuant to Section 6.4, if (x) LPL has, within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of such request, effected at the request of such transferee an Underwritten Shelf Take-Down pursuant to Section 4.2 or a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 4.3, (y) LPL has, within the ninety (90) day period preceding the date of such request, effected an Underwritten Shelf Take-Down pursuant to Section 4.2 or a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 4.3 or (z) not more than 30 days prior to receipt of any request for a Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, LPL shall have circulated to prospective underwriters and their counsel a draft of a Registration Statement for a primary offering of equity securities on behalf of LPL or selected an underwriter with respect to a primary offering of Shares, provided that the period of preemption for any Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down preempted pursuant to this Section 4.2(c)(vi) shall not exceed 90 days and provided further that LPL shall not preempt more than one Underwritten Shelf Take-Down or Demand Registration in any twelve month period in favor of a primary offering;

(vii) in any particular jurisdiction in which LPL would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance unless LPL is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act; or

(viii) if LPL has exercised a Shelf Suspension pursuant to Section 4.1(c).

Section 4.3. Demand Registration.

(a) Demand Registration. At any time following the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, if there is not a currently effective Shelf Registration Statement on file with the SEC of which the prospectus forming a part is usable by the Stockholders for all offerings contemplated by Section 4.1 and Section 4.2, each Sponsor may make a written demand that LPL effect the registration of all or part of the Registrable Securities Beneficially Owned by such Sponsor (a “Demand Registration”). Each Sponsor shall have four (4) Demand Registrations pursuant to this Section 4.3(a); provided that following the first date on which the number of Registrable Securities Beneficially Owned by such Sponsor constitutes less than 10% of the then outstanding LPL Common Stock, such Sponsor may exercise only (i) one (1) Demand Registration (if applicable) or Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down or (ii) two (2) Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Downs. For the avoidance of doubt, a Sponsor’s right to exercise one Demand Registration or Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down or two Non-Marketed Underwritten

Shelf Take-Downs pursuant to the proviso of the preceding sentence shall not be deemed used by any transfer or sale pursuant to which the number of Registrable Securities Beneficially Owned by such Sponsor constitutes less than 10% of the then outstanding LPL Common Stock. The Sponsor that makes a demand is the “Demanding Party” and each other Stockholder is a “Non-Demanding Party”. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any transferee becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.4 in order to exercise the rights of a Sponsor for purposes of this Article IV, then following the first date on which the number of Registrable Securities Beneficially Owned by such transferee constitutes less than 10% of the then outstanding LPL Common Stock, such transferee may exercise only (i) one (1) Demand Registration (if applicable) or Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down or (ii) one (1) Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down.

(b) Demand Notice. Promptly upon receipt of any request for a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 4.3(a) (but in no event more than 5 Business Days thereafter), LPL shall deliver a written notice (a “Demand Notice”) of any such Registration request to each Non-Demanding Party, and LPL shall include in such Demand Registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which LPL has received written requests for inclusion therein within ten Business Days after the date that the Demand Notice has been delivered. All requests made pursuant to this Section 4.3(b) shall specify the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities to be registered, the intended method of distribution of such securities and shall specify whether the registration will be in the form of an underwritten offering.

(c) Preemption. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, LPL shall not be obligated to effect a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 4.3:

(i) if (A) the Demanding Party has previously used all of its Demand Requests set out in Section 4.3(a) or (B) the number of Registrable Securities covered by such Demand Registration shall have, in the aggregate, a market value of less than $50,000,000 determined on the date the applicable request for a Demand Registration is delivered to LPL;

(ii) if LPL has, within the six-month period preceding the date of such request, effected a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down pursuant to Section 4.2 or a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 4.3;

(iii) for any Demand Registration if not more than 30 days prior to receipt of the Demand Notice, LPL shall have circulated to prospective underwriters and their counsel a draft of a Registration Statement for a primary offering of equity securities on behalf of LPL or selected an underwriter with respect to a primary offering of Shares, provided that the period of preemption for any Demand Registration preempted pursuant to this Section 4.3(c)(iii) shall not exceed 90 days and provided further that LPL shall not preempt more than one Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down or Demand Registration in any twelve month period in favor of a primary offering; or

(iv) in any particular jurisdiction in which LPL would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance unless LPL is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act.

(d) If the filing, initial effectiveness or continued use of such Demand

Registration Statement at any time would require LPL to make an Adverse Disclosure, LPL may, upon giving at least ten days’ prior written notice of such action to the Sponsors, delay the filing or initial effectiveness of or suspend the use of the Demand Registration Statement (or defer the filing of a Prospectus relating to any Demand Registration) (a “Demand Suspension”); provided that LPL shall not be permitted to exercise a Demand Suspension or Shelf Suspension (as defined in Section 4.1(c)) (i) more than twice during any 12-month period (and, in any event, no more than three times during any 24-month period), (ii) for a period exceeding sixty (60) days on any one occasion or (iii) for an aggregate of more than 90 days in any 12-month period. In the case of a Demand Suspension, the Stockholders agree that upon receipt of the notice referred to above, the Stockholders will suspend use of the applicable Prospectus in connection with any sale or purchase of, or offer to sell or purchase Registrable Securities (or suspend any marketing with respect thereto). LPL shall promptly notify the Stockholders upon the termination of any Demand Suspension. In the event that LPL exercises its rights under this Section 4.3(d), LPL shall, as promptly as practicable following the expiration of the applicable suspension period, file or update and use its reasonable best efforts to cause the effectiveness of the suspended Registration Statement and applicable Prospectus.

Section 4.4. Underwriting. In any Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, the Initiating Sponsor requesting such Shelf Take-Down shall have the right to select the underwriter or underwriters to administer the offering, including the lead managing underwriter, which underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to LPL.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of Article IV, if the underwriter in an Underwritten Shelf Take-Down or a Demand Registration shall advise LPL and the Initiating Sponsor that marketing factors (including, without limitation, an adverse effect on the per share offering price) require a limitation of the number of Shares to be underwritten, then LPL shall so advise all Stockholders that have requested to participate in such offering, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated pro rata among such Stockholders in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities held by such Stockholders at the time of delivery of notice to LPL by the Initiating Sponsor or the Demand Party.

(b) Subject to Section 4.5, if any participating Sponsor disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such Sponsor may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to LPL, the underwriter and the participating Sponsor.

(c) If there is no limitation on the number of Registrable Securities to be underwritten (taking into account the Non-Initiating Stockholders’ or Non-Demanding Parties’ right to participate, as applicable), LPL may include securities for its own account (or for the account of other Stockholders) in such underwriting if the underwriter advises the Initiating Sponsor or Demanding Party, as applicable, in writing that, in its or their opinion, LPL (or other Stockholders) securities to be included in such underwriting would not be likely to have an adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the securities offered or the market for the securities offered.

Section 4.5. Withdrawal. An Initiating Sponsor or Demand Party may withdraw its Registrable Securities from a Shelf Take-Down at any time or from a Demand Registration at any time prior to the effectiveness of the applicable Registration Statement. Upon receipt of notices from the Initiating Sponsor or Demand Party to such effect, LPL shall cease all efforts to secure effectiveness of the applicable amendment or supplement to such Shelf Registration Statement or of such Registration

Statement, as applicable. If the Registration was a Demand Registration or the Shelf Take-Down subject to such Shelf Registration Statement was a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, LPL shall reduce by one (1) the number of Demand Registrations the Initiating Sponsor has the right to pursue in accordance with Section 4.3 unless (i) the Initiating Sponsor or Demand Party, as applicable, shall have paid or reimbursed LPL for the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses incurred by LPL in connection with the Registration of such withdrawn Registrable Securities or (ii) the withdrawal is made following the occurrence of a material adverse change in LPL. Any Registration Statement or Shelf Take-Down that is withdrawn will be ignored for purposes of Section 4.2(c)(iii), Section 4.2(c)(v) or Section 4.3(c)(ii) if (x) the Initiating Sponsor or Demand Party, as applicable, shall have paid or reimbursed LPL for the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses incurred by LPL in connection with the Registration of such withdrawn Registrable Securities or (y) the withdrawal is made following the occurrence of a material adverse change in LPL or a Shelf Suspension pursuant to Section 4.1(c) or a Demand Suspension pursuant to 4.3(d).

Section 4.6. Registration Expenses. LPL shall pay all Registration Expenses, in connection with each Registration of Registrable Securities or Shelf Take-Down effected pursuant to Section 4.1, Section 4.2 or Section 4.3.

Section 4.7. Piggyback Registrations.

(a) If at any time (i) LPL proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act with respect to an offering of Shares for its own account or for the account of any other Person (any such Person, a “Registering Party”) other than (i) a registration under Section 4.2 or Section 4.3 or (ii) a Registration on Form S-4 or Form S-8, or any successor or similar forms, LPL shall each such time promptly give written notice to any Stockholder that Beneficially Owns any Registrable Securities of its intention to do so, of the registration form of the SEC that has been selected and of such Stockholder’s rights under this Section 4.7 (the “Piggyback Notice”). Subject to Section 4.7(c) and Section 4.7(d), LPL shall include, and will cause the underwriter or underwriters, if applicable, to include, in the proposed offering, on the same terms and conditions as the Shares proposed to be sold by LPL or such Registering Party in such offering, on a pro rata basis for the Stockholder, all Registrable Securities that LPL has been requested in writing, within fifteen (15) calendar days after the Piggyback Notice is given, to register for such Stockholder (each such registration pursuant to this Section 4.7, a “Piggyback Registration”); provided, however, that (i) if, at any time after giving a Piggyback Notice and prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement filed in connection with such registration, LPL shall determine for any reason not to register such Shares, LPL, shall give written notice of such determination to all Stockholders who Beneficially Own any Registrable Securities and, thereupon, LPL shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such abandoned registration, and (ii) in case of a determination by LPL to delay registration of Shares, such Stockholders shall be permitted to delay the registration of their Registrable Securities for the same period as the delay in registering such other Shares. In the case of any registration of Registrable Securities in an underwritten offering pursuant to this Section 4.7, all Stockholders proposing to distribute their securities pursuant to this on Section 4.7 shall, at the request of LPL, enter into an agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected by LPL or the Registering Party, as applicable.

(b) Piggyback Registrations Expenses. LPL shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with each registration of Registrable Securities requested pursuant to this Section 4.7.

(c) Priority in Piggyback Registrations. If the managing underwriter for a registration pursuant to Section 4.7 shall advise LPL in writing that, in its opinion, the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number (the “Maximum Sale Number”) that can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to LPL, as the case may be, LPL shall include in such offering the following Shares: (i) first, all the Shares, if any, LPL or the Registering Party, as the case may be, proposes to register for its own sale, and (ii) second, all Registrable Securities requested to be included by the Stockholders (or if the number of such Registrable Securities exceeds the Maximum Sale Number less the number of Shares included pursuant to clause (i) above, then the number of such Registrable Securities included in such registration pursuant to this clause (ii) shall be equal to the excess of the Maximum Sale Number over the number of Shares included pursuant to clause (i) above and shall be allocated so as to allow pro rata participation for all requesting Stockholders, on the basis of the relative number of Registrable Securities each such Stockholder had requested to have included in such registration).

(d) Underwriting Requirements. In connection with any offering involving any underwriting of securities in a Piggyback Registration, no Stockholder’s Registrable Securities shall be included in such underwriting unless such Stockholder accepts the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon, in customary form and substance, between LPL and the underwriters (or in the case of an underwritten offering in which LPL is not participating, between the Registering Party, as the case may be, and the underwriters), and such Stockholder agrees to sell such Stockholder’s Registrable Securities on the basis provided therein and completes and/or executes all questionnaires, indemnities, lock-ups, underwriting agreements and other documents (including powers of attorney and custody arrangements) required generally of all selling Stockholders, in each case, in customary form and substance, which are requested to be executed in connection therewith; provided, however, that with respect to any representations, warranties, indemnities and agreements of sellers of Shares in such Piggyback Registration, the aggregate amount of such liability will not exceed the lesser of (i) such Stockholder’s pro rata portion of any such liability, in accordance with such Stockholder's portion of the total number of Shares included in the offering or (ii) such Stockholder’s net proceeds actually received by such Stockholder from such offering.

(e) No Effect on Demand Registrations. No registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 4.7 shall be deemed to be a Demand Registration.

Section 4.8. Effective Registration. Other than for a Shelf Registration, LPL shall be deemed to have effected a Registration only if the Registration Statement relating to such Registration is declared effective by the SEC and remains effective for (i) not less than one hundred eighty (180) days (or such shorter period as will terminate when all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold or withdrawn), or (ii) if such Registration Statement relates to an underwritten offering, such longer period as in the opinion of counsel for the underwriter or underwriters a prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales of Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer (the applicable period, the “Registration Period”). No Registration shall be deemed to have been effected if (i) during the Registration Period such Registration is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or other governmental agency or court or (ii) the conditions to closing specified in the underwriting agreement, if any, entered into in connection with such registration are not satisfied other than by reason of a wrongful act, misrepresentation or breach of such applicable underwriting agreement by a Sponsor.

Section 4.9. Registration Procedures.

(a) If and whenever LPL is required to use its reasonable best efforts to effect or cause the Registration of Registrable Securities under the Securities Act as provided in this ARTICLE IV, LPL shall, subject to the terms of this Agreement, as soon as practicable:

(i) prepare and file with the SEC the requisite Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Securities (including all exhibits and financial statements required under the Securities Act) and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become and remain effective in order to permit the sale of the Registrable Securities by the Stockholders in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof described in such Registration Statement;

(ii) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement and Prospectus as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective during such period, or reasonably requested by holders of the participating Registrable Securities;

(iii) comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the sale or other disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during such period and all stock exchange or trading system or FINRA registration, listing or filing requirements;

(iv) furnish to each Stockholder holding such Registrable Securities and each underwriter such number of copies of such Registration Statement and of each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits), such number of copies of the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary prospectus and summary prospectus), in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as such Stockholder or underwriter may reasonably request;

(v) (i) promptly notify in writing each Stockholder that holds Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement (and, if requested, provide copies of the relevant documents, as soon as reasonably practicable), (A) upon the filing of any such Registration Statement or amendment or supplement thereto (including post-effective amendments) and when such Registration Statement or amendment or supplement thereto becomes effective, (B) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement (and take all reasonable action to prevent the entry of such stop order or to remove it if entered, or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose), (C) if, at any time, the representations and warranties of LPL in any applicable underwriting agreement cease to be true and correct in all material respects, or (D) of the happening of any event as a result of which the Registration Statement, as then in effect, or the Prospectus related thereto or any document included therein by reference includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of such Prospectus and any preliminary prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading and (ii) in the case of an event under clause (v)(i)(B) or (D), promptly file such amendments and supplements which may be required on account of such event

and use its reasonable best efforts to cause each such amendment and supplement to become effective;

(vi) promptly furnish counsel for each underwriter, if any, and for the selling Stockholders of Registrable Securities copies of any written request by the SEC (including any written comments from the SEC on such Registration Statement) or any state securities authority for amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement and Prospectus or for additional information;

(vii) use reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement at the earliest possible time;

(viii) use reasonable best efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement to be listed on the principal securities exchange or authorized for quotation on Nasdaq, if any, on which similar equity securities issued by LPL are then listed or authorized for quotation, or eligible for listing or quotation, if the listing or authorization for quotation of such securities is then permitted under the rules of such exchange or the FINRA;

(ix) enter into an underwriting agreement with the underwriter of such offering in the form customary for such underwriter for similar offerings, including such representations and warranties by LPL, provisions regarding the delivery of opinions of counsel for LPL and accountants’ letters, provisions regarding indemnification and contribution, and such other terms and conditions as are at the time customarily contained in such underwriter’s underwriting agreements for similar offerings (the sellers of Registrable Securities that are to be distributed by such underwriter(s) may, at their option, require that any or all of the representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of, LPL to and for the benefit of such underwriter(s) shall also be made to and for the benefit of such sellers of Registrable Securities);

(x) make available upon reasonable notice at reasonable times and for reasonable periods for inspection by representatives of the selling Stockholders who hold Registrable Securities and any underwriters participating in any disposition pursuant hereto and by any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any selling Stockholder or any underwriters, all pertinent financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of LPL, and cause all of LPL’s officers, directors and employees and the independent public accountants who have certified the its financial statements to make themselves available to discuss the business of LPL and to supply all information reasonably requested by any such selling Stockholders, underwriters, attorneys, accountants or agents in connection with such disposition as shall be necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility (subject to entry by each such representative, counsel or accountant into customary confidentiality agreements in a form reasonably acceptable to LPL);

(xi) permit any Beneficial Owner of Registrable Securities who, in the sole judgment, exercised in good faith, of such Stockholder, with the advice of outside legal counsel, might be deemed to be a controlling Person of LPL, to participate in the preparation of such registration or comparable statement and to require the insertion therein of material, furnished to LPL in writing, that in the reasonable judgment of such Stockholder, with the advice of outside

legal counsel, as aforesaid, should be included to comply with applicable federal, state or local securities laws;

(xii) on or prior to the date on which the applicable Registration Statement is declared effective, use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify, and cooperate with the selling holders of Registrable Securities, the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel, in connection with the Registration or qualification of such Registrable Securities for offer and sale under the securities or “blue sky” laws of each state and other jurisdiction of the United States as any such selling Stockholder or managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, or their respective counsel reasonably request in writing and do any and all other acts or things reasonably necessary or advisable to keep such registration or qualification in effect, provided that LPL shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action which would subject it to taxation or general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;

(xiii) cooperate with the selling Stockholders of Registrable Securities and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriters may request at least two Business Days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities to the underwriters;

(xiv) use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement to be registered or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities (other than any foreign governmental agencies or authorities) as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter or underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

(xv) not later than the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities and provide the applicable transfer agent with printed certificates for the Registrable Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company;

(xvi) enter into such customary agreements (including underwriting and indemnification agreements) and take all such other actions as the holders of at least a majority of any Registrable Securities being sold or the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the Registration and disposition of such Registrable Securities;

(xvii) obtain for delivery to the selling Stockholders of Registrable Securities and to the underwriter or underwriters, if any, an opinion or opinions from counsel for LPL dated the effective date of the Registration Statement or, in the event of an underwritten offering, the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement, in customary form, scope and substance, which opinions shall be reasonably satisfactory to such holders or underwriters, as the case may be, and their respective counsel;

(xviii) promptly incorporate in a supplement to the Prospectus or post-

effective amendment to the Registration Statement such information as the lead underwriter or underwriters, if any, and the selling Stockholders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold agree should be included therein relating to the plan of distribution with respect to such class of Registrable Securities; and make all required filings of such supplement or post-effective amendment as promptly as reasonably practicable after being notified of the matters to be incorporated in such supplement or post-effective amendment;

(xix) in the case of any Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down or Demand Registration, cause the senior executive officers of LPL to participate in any customary “road show” presentations and otherwise to facilitate, cooperate with and participate in each proposed offering contemplated herein and customary selling efforts related thereto, in each case as reasonably requested by the underwriters and taking into account the needs of LPL's business and the requirements of the marketing process; and

(xx) in the case of any Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, cause the senior executive officers of LPL to participate in any customary presentations and otherwise to facilitate, cooperate with and participate in each proposed offering contemplated herein and customary selling efforts related thereto, in each case as reasonably requested by the underwriters and taking into account the needs of LPL's business and the requirements of the marketing process.

(b) LPL may require each Stockholder who is selling Registrable Securities pursuant to which any Registration is being effected to furnish LPL such information regarding such Stockholder and the distribution of such Registrable Securities as LPL may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

(c) Each Stockholder who is selling Registrable Securities shall cooperate with the underwriters by entering into any undertakings and taking such other actions relating to the conduct of the proposed offering which the underwriters may reasonably request to insure compliance with federal and state securities laws and the rules and requirements of FINRA or which are otherwise customary and which the underwriters may request to effectuate an offering or file a Registration Statement.

(d) Each Beneficial Owner of Registrable Securities agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from LPL of the happening of any event of the kind described in
Section 4.9(a)(v)(i)(B) and Section 4.9(a)(v)(i)(D), such Beneficial Owner will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement covering such Registrable Securities until such Beneficial Owners’ receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 4.9(a)(v)(ii), or until such Stockholder is advised in writing by LPL that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and if so directed by LPL, such Beneficial Owner shall deliver to LPL (at LPL’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Beneficial Owner’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that was in effect prior to such amendment or supplement.

Section 4.10. Indemnification.

(a) In the event of any Registration of any Registrable Securities pursuant to this ARTICLE IV, LPL shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any

Stockholder selling any Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, its Affiliates, directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees, advisors, agents and stockholders or members or general and limited partners (and the directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees, agents and stockholders or members or general and limited partners thereof), each other Person who participates as an underwriter or a qualified independent underwriter, if any, in the offering or sale of such securities, each director, officer, fiduciary, employee, agent and stockholder or general and limited partner of such underwriter or qualified independent underwriter, and each other Person (including any such Person’s directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees, agents and stockholders or members or general and limited partners), if any, who controls such seller or any such underwriter or qualified independent underwriter, within the meaning of the Securities Act, against any and all losses, penalties, judgments, suits, costs, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in respect thereof (including reasonable costs of investigation and reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) (“Claims”) and any amounts paid in any settlement effected with LPL’s consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) to which each such indemnified party may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such Claims or expenses arise out of or are based upon any of the following actual or alleged statements, omissions or violations (each, a “Violation”): (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which such Registrable Securities were registered pursuant to this Agreement under the Securities Act, together with any supplements or amendments thereto or documents incorporated by reference therein, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any preliminary, final or summary prospectus, free writing prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, together with the documents incorporated by reference therein, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or (iii) any violation by LPL of any federal, state or common law rule or regulation applicable to LPL and relating to action required of or inaction by LPL in connection with any such Registration, and LPL will reimburse any such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that LPL shall not be liable to any such indemnified party in any such case to the extent such Claim arises out of or is based upon any Violation that occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to LPL pursuant to Section 4.12 or its representatives by or on behalf of such indemnified party expressly stating that such information is for use therein.

(b) Each Stockholder holding Registrable Securities that are included in the securities as to which any Shelf Registration is being effected (and, if LPL requires as a condition to including any Registrable Securities in any Registration Statement filed in connection with any Shelf Registration, any underwriter and qualified independent underwriter, if any) shall, severally and not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless (in the same manner and to the same extent as set forth in Section 4.10(a)), to the fullest extent permitted by law, LPL, its directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees, advisors, agents and stockholders (and the directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees, agents and stockholders or members or general and limited partners thereof) and each Person (including any such Person’s directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees, agents and stockholders or members or general and limited partners), if any, controlling LPL within the meaning of the Securities Act and all other prospective sellers and their directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees, agents and stockholders or general and limited partners and respective controlling Persons (including any such Person’s directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees, agents and stockholders or members or general and limited partners), against any and all Claims, and any amounts paid in any settlement effected with the consent of the indemnifying party,

which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, to which each such indemnified party may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such Claims arise out of or are based upon any Violation that occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to LPL pursuant to Section 4.12 or its representatives by or on behalf of such Stockholder of Registrable Securities, expressly stating that such information is for use in connection with any Registration Statement, preliminary, final or summary prospectus or amendment or supplement. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4.10(b) to the contrary, no indemnifying party shall be required pursuant to this Section 4.10(b) to contribute any amount in excess of the net proceeds received by such indemnifying party from the sale of Registrable Securities in the offering to which the Claims of the indemnified parties relate.

(c) Indemnification similar to that specified in Section 4.10(a) and Section 4.10(b) (with appropriate modifications) shall be given by LPL and each seller of Registrable Securities (and, if LPL requires as a condition to including any Registrable Securities in any Registration Statement filed in connection with any Registration, any underwriter and qualified independent underwriter, if any) with respect to any required Registration or other qualification of securities under any state securities or “blue sky” laws.

(d) Any Person entitled to indemnification under this Agreement shall notify promptly the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of any action or proceeding with respect to which a claim for indemnification may be made pursuant to this Section 4.10, but the failure of any indemnified party to provide such notice shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 4.10, except to the extent the indemnifying party is actually and materially prejudiced thereby and shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 4.10. In case any action or proceeding is brought against an indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, unless in the reasonable opinion of outside counsel to the indemnified party a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist in respect of such claim chooses, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party that it so chooses, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that any indemnified party entitled to indemnification hereunder shall have the right to select and employ separate counsel and to participate in the defense of such claim, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party fails to take reasonable steps necessary to defend diligently the action or proceeding within twenty (20) calendar days after receiving notice from such indemnified party that the indemnified party believes it has failed to do so; (ii) if such indemnified party who is a defendant in any action or proceeding that is also brought against the indemnifying party reasonably shall have concluded that there may be one or more legal defenses available to such indemnified party which are not available to the indemnifying party; or (iii) in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party (based upon advice of its counsel) a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and the indemnifying party with respect to such claims, then, in any such case, the indemnified party shall have the right to assume or continue its own defense as set forth above (but with no more than one firm of counsel for all indemnified parties in each jurisdiction, except to the extent any indemnified party or parties reasonably shall have concluded that there may be legal defenses available to such party or parties that are not available to the other indemnified parties or to the extent representation of all indemnified parties by the same counsel is otherwise inappropriate under applicable standards of

professional conduct) and the indemnifying party shall be liable for any expenses therefor. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any Claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (A) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such Claim and (B) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(e) If for any reason the foregoing indemnity is unavailable or is insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Section 4.10(a), Section 4.10(b) or Section 4.10(c), then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of any Claim in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party and any other indemnifying party on the other hand from the acts, statements and omissions that resulted in such Claims. If, however, the allocation provided in the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law, or if the indemnified party failed to give the notice required by Section 4.10(d) above and the indemnifying party is actually and materially prejudiced thereby, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative fault of but also the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party, on the one hand, and the indemnified party, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations, including the extent of such prejudice. The relative fault shall be determined by a court of law by reference to, among other things, whether the Violation relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such Violation. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 4.10(e) were to be determined by pro rata allocation, or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the preceding sentences of this Section 4.10(e). The amount paid or payable in respect of any Claim shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4.10(e) to the contrary, no indemnifying party (other than LPL) shall be required pursuant to this Section 4.10(e) to contribute any amount in excess of the gross proceeds received by such indemnifying party from the sale of Registrable Securities in the offering to which the Claims of the indemnified parties relate.

(f) The indemnity agreements contained in this Agreement shall be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution that any indemnified party may have pursuant to law or contract and shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made or omitted by or on behalf of any indemnified party and shall survive the Transfer of the Registrable Securities by any such party and the termination of this Agreement.

(g) The indemnification and contribution required by this Section 4.10 shall be made by periodic payments of the amount thereof during the course of the investigation or defense, as and when bills are received or expense, loss, damage or liability is incurred.

(h) In connection with underwritten offerings, LPL will use reasonable best

efforts to negotiate terms of indemnification that are reasonably favorable to the various sellers pursuant thereto, as appropriate under the circumstances.

Section 4.11. Lock-Up Agreement. If requested in writing by the underwriter in any underwritten offering of Registrable Securities in which a Stockholder is participating (including a registration of Shares by LPL in which a Stockholder is participating pursuant to Section 4.7), each participating Stockholder agrees not to effect any public sale or distribution, including any sale pursuant to Rule 144, of any Registrable Securities or any equity interests in LPL or other securities representing, or exchangeable, convertible or exercisable into, Shares or other Voting Securities of LPL (in each case, other than as part of such underwritten public offering) within 14 calendar days before or 90 calendar days after the effective date of a Registration Statement or for such shorter period as the sole or lead managing underwriter shall request, in any such case, unless consented to by such underwriter; provided, however, that the foregoing restrictions will not apply to (i) transactions relating to shares of LPL Common Stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the IPO, (ii) Transfers by a Stockholder to an Affiliate of such Stockholder or (iii) conversions of shares of LPL Common Stock without change of Stockholder.

Section 4.12. Information by Stockholders. Each Stockholder or, if applicable, any other stockholder selling shares pursuant to a Registration Statement, shall furnish to LPL such information regarding such Stockholder and the distribution proposed by such Stockholder as LPL may reasonably request in writing and shall be required in connection with any Registration, qualification or compliance referred to in any section of ARTICLE IV or any provision thereunder.

Section 4.13. Rule 144 Reporting. With a view to making available to the Stockholders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC that may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without Registration, LPL agrees to file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder (or, if LPL is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any Stockholder of Registrable Securities, make publicly available such necessary information for so long as necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rules 144, 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act), and it will take such further action as any Stockholder of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Stockholder to sell Registrable Securities without Registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (i) Rules 144, 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, as such Rules may be amended from time to time, or (ii) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the request of any Stockholder of Registrable Securities, LPL will deliver to such Stockholder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements and, if not, the specifics thereof.

Section 4.14. Termination of Registration Rights.

(a) This ARTICLE IV shall terminate with respect to any Stockholder upon the earlier of (i) the date as of which all Registrable Securities have been sold or, if such Stockholder is a Sponsor, the date on which such Sponsor has used an Underwritten Shelf Take-Down or Demand Registration described in the proviso of the second sentence of Section 4.3(a), and (ii) the date that is twelve (12) months after the date that such Stockholder (x) together with its Affiliates Beneficially Owns less than 3% of the outstanding LPL Common Stock and (y) is permitted to dispose of its Registrable Securities without limitation at any time under Rule 144.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 4.14(a), in no event shall the rights of any Stockholder pursuant to this Article IV terminate prior to the two year anniversary of the consummation of the IPO; provided that (i) the provisions of Section 4.10 shall survive the termination of this ARTICLE IV and the Agreement, (ii) the provisions of Section 4.11 shall survive termination of this ARTICLE IV for a period of 90 calendar days and (iii) the rights of the Stockholders pursuant to Section 4.13 hereof shall terminate when all Registrable Securities have been sold.

ARTICLE V

COVENANTS

Section 5.1. Transfers.

(a) Compliance with Law. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no Stockholder shall Transfer any Shares unless (i) the Transfer is effected pursuant to an effective Registration Statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with any other applicable federal securities laws and state securities or “blue sky” laws or (ii) the transferor shall have furnished LPL with an opinion of outside counsel, if reasonably requested by LPL, which opinion of counsel shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to LPL, to the effect that no such Registration is required because of the availability of an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and under any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws and that the Transfer otherwise complies with any other applicable federal securities laws and state securities or “blue sky” laws and such representations and covenants of the transferor as are reasonably requested by LPL to ensure compliance with any applicable federal securities laws and state securities or “blue sky” laws.

(b) Cooperation. Each Sponsor agrees that to the extent that LPL is subject to any regulatory approvals, filings, consents or other certifications in connection with a proposed Transfer by such Sponsor, the Sponsor Transferring Shares in such proposed Transfer will at the request of LPL use reasonable efforts to cooperate in the obtaining of any such approval, filing, consent or other certification in connection with such proposed Transfer.

Section 5.2. Legends. Each outstanding certificate representing Shares shall bear legends reading substantially as follows:

(a) “THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION THAT WAS NOT REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.”

(b) “THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN A STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 23, 2010, AS AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE ISSUER WITHOUT CHARGE UPON REQUEST. NO TRANSFER OF SUCH SECURITIES WILL BE MADE ON THE BOOKS OF THE ISSUER UNLESS ACCOMPANIED BY EVIDENCE OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF

SUCH AGREEMENT.”

Section 5.3. Further Assurances. The parties shall from time to time execute and deliver all such further documents and do all acts and things as the other parties may reasonably require to effectively carry out or better evidence or perfect the full intent and meaning of this Agreement.

Section 5.4. Confidentiality. Subject to the final sentence of this Section 5.4, each Sponsor recognizes and acknowledges that it has and may in the future receive certain confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets of LPL or any of its Subsidiaries, including confidential information of LPL or any of its Subsidiaries regarding identifiable, specific and discrete business opportunities being pursued by LPL or any of its Subsidiaries (the “Confidential Information”). Each Sponsor (on behalf of itself and, to the extent that such Sponsor would be responsible for the acts of the following persons under principles of agency law, its directors, officers, partners, employees, agents, advisors and representatives who have received Confidential Information) agrees that it will not, during or after the term of this Agreement, whether directly or indirectly through an Affiliate, disclose Confidential Information to any Person for any reason or purpose whatsoever, except (a) to authorized directors, officers, representatives, agents and employees of LPL or any of its Subsidiaries and as otherwise may be proper in the course of performing such Sponsor’s obligations, or enforcing such Sponsor’s rights, under this Agreement and the agreements expressly contemplated hereby; (b) as part of such Sponsor’s normal reporting, rating or review procedure (including normal credit rating or pricing process), or in connection with such Sponsor’s or such Sponsor’s Affiliates’ normal fund raising, marketing, informational or reporting activities, or to such Sponsor’s (or any of its Affiliates’) Affiliates, auditors, attorneys or other agents; provided that no disclosure of Confidential Information shall be made pursuant to this clause (b) unless the recipient enters into an agreement not to disclose such Confidential Information or is otherwise required to keep such Confidential Information confidential; (c) to any bona fide prospective purchaser of the equity or assets of such Sponsor or its Affiliates or the Shares held by such Sponsor, or prospective merger partner of such Sponsor or its Affiliates, provided that such purchaser or merger partner acknowledges and agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 5.4 or (d) as is required to be disclosed by order of a governmental authority, or by subpoena, summons or legal process, or by Law (provided that, to the extent permitted by Law, the Sponsor required to make such disclosure shall provide to the LPL Board prompt notice of such disclosure). For purposes of this Section 5.4, “Confidential Information” shall not include any information that (x) such Person learns of from a source other than LPL or any of its Subsidiaries, or any of their representatives, employees, agents or other service providers, in each case who is not known by such Person to be bound by a confidentiality obligation, (y) is disclosed in a prospectus or becomes generally available to the public or (z) is required or requested to be disclosed under compulsion of law (whether by oral question, interrogatory, subpoena, civil investigative demand or otherwise) pursuant to the terms of any order, judgment, injunction, decree, stipulation or determination issued, promulgated or entered by or with any Governmental Body of competent jurisdiction or other requirement of Law and prior to such disclosure, the disclosing party provides reasonable advance notice to LPL and reasonable assistance in obtaining confidential treatment of such information to the extent possible. LPL acknowledges that in the ordinary course of the Sponsors’ and their Affiliates’ business, the Sponsors or their Affiliate may pursue, acquire, manage and serve on the boards of companies that may be potential competitors to LPL and this Section 5.4 shall not prohibit or restrict such activities. LPL acknowledges that the Confidential Information may enhance the Sponsors’ knowledge and understanding of the industry of LPL and its Subsidiaries in a way that cannot be separated from each Sponsor’s other knowledge and LPL agrees that, without limiting the Sponsors’ obligations under this Section 5. 4, this Section 5.4 shall not restrict the Sponsors’ use of such overall knowledge and understanding of such industry for each Sponsor’s own internal purposes, including the purchase, sale, consideration of, and

decisions related to other investments. The provisions of this Section 5.4 shall continue in effect against each Sponsor so long such as such Sponsor continues to be a Stockholder and for a period of five years thereafter.

ARTICLE VI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 6.1. Amendment and Waiver. This Agreement may be amended, modified, extended or terminated, and the provisions hereof may be waived, only by an agreement in writing signed on behalf of each of (1) LPL, (2) the H&F Sponsors (so long as they collectively Beneficially Own at least 3% of the outstanding LPL Common Stock) and (3) the TPG Sponsor (so long as it Beneficially Owns at least 3% of the outstanding LPL Common Stock); provided that any amendment that would materially and adversely affect the rights of a Farallon Holder in a way that is materially disproportionate to how such amendment affects the rights of a Sponsor shall require the written consent of such Farallon Holder; provided, further, that any amendment that would adversely affect the rights of a Sponsor or its Indemnitees pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 6.7 shall require the written consent of such Sponsor. Each such amendment, modification, extension, termination or waiver shall be binding upon each party hereto and each Stockholder of Shares subject hereto. For the avoidance of doubt, the registration rights provisions in ARTICLE IV shall terminate in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.14.

Section 6.2. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared by any court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, all other provisions of this Agreement, to the extent permitted by law, shall not be affected and shall remain in full force and effect. Upon any such determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith in an effort to agree upon a suitable and equitable substitute provision to effect the original intent of the parties.

Section 6.3. Entire Agreement. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, this Agreement embodies the complete agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and preempts any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, that may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way, including, without limitation, the rights and obligations set forth in the Original Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to the extent that any of the terms hereof are inconsistent with the rights or obligations of LPL under any other agreement with LPL, the terms of this Agreement shall govern.

Section 6.4. Successors and Assigns. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations of any party under this Agreement shall be assigned, in whole or in part (except by operation of law pursuant to a merger or by a Stockholder to an Affiliate thereof who signs a joinder agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Joinder Agreement”) or in such other form reasonably acceptable to LPL), by any party without the prior written consent of each of (1) LPL, (2) the H&F Sponsors (so long as they collectively Beneficially Own at least 3% of the outstanding LPL Common Stock) and (3) the TPG Sponsor (so long as it Beneficially Owns at least 3% of the outstanding LPL Common Stock); provided, however, that in connection with any sale or transfer by any Sponsor to no more than one transferee and any number of such transferee’s Affiliates, of Registrable Securities representing at least 10% of the then outstanding LPL Common Stock, such transferee(s) may become a party hereto solely for the purposes of Article IV and may exercise the rights of a Sponsor included

therein, including the rights of an Initiating Sponsor pursuant to Section 4.2(a)(ii) and, solely to the extent that transferor(s) and transferee(s) may agree, exercise such Sponsor’s rights to initiate Demand Registrations and Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Downs. In the event of any such Transfer, references to the Sponsors or Initiating Sponsors in Article IV shall be deemed to also refer to the relevant transferee, as appropriate. This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

Section 6.5. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

Section 6.6. Remedies.

(a) Each party hereto acknowledges that monetary damages would not be an adequate remedy in the event that each and every one of the covenants or agreements in this Agreement are not performed in accordance with their terms, and it is therefore agreed that, in addition to and without limiting any other remedy or right it may have, the non-breaching party will have the right to an injunction, temporary restraining order or other equitable relief in any court of competent jurisdiction enjoining any such breach and enforcing specifically each and every one of the terms and provisions hereof. Each party hereto agrees not to oppose the granting of such relief in the event a court determines that such a breach has occurred, and to waive any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with such remedy.

(b) All rights, powers and remedies provided under this Agreement or otherwise available in respect hereof at law or in equity shall be cumulative and not alternative, and the exercise or beginning of the exercise of any thereof by any party shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise of any other such right, power or remedy by such party.

Section 6.7. Indemnification of Sponsors.

(a) LPL will indemnify, exonerate and hold the Sponsors and each of their respective partners, stockholders, members, Affiliates (excluding LPL and its controlled Affiliates), directors, officers, fiduciaries, managers, controlling Persons, employees and agents and each of the partners, stockholders, members, Affiliates (excluding LPL and its controlled Affiliates), directors, officers, fiduciaries, managers, controlling Persons, employees and agents of each of the foregoing (collectively, the “Indemnitees”) free and harmless from and against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, claims, liabilities, losses, damages and costs and out-of-pocket expenses in connection therewith (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Indemnitees or any of them before or after the date of this Agreement (collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”), arising out of any action, cause of action, suit, arbitration or claim arising directly or indirectly out of, or in any way relating to such Sponsor’s or its Affiliates’(excluding LPL and its controlled Affiliates) actual, alleged or deemed control or ability to influence LPL or any of its Subsidiaries or the actual or alleged act or omission of such Sponsor’s nominee(s) including for any alleged act or omission arising out of or in connection with the IPO (other than any such Indemnified Liabilities that are caused by any (x) breach of this Agreement, (y) willful misconduct by such Indemnitee or any member of the Sponsor Group of which it is a member or (z) breach of the duty of loyalty by any Sponsor Director who is a member of the Sponsor Group of such Indemnitee (which, for the avoidance of doubt, will not include the Independent Director or any other

Director who is not an Affiliate or employee of that Sponsor or its Affiliates (excluding LPL and its controlled Affiliates))for which indemnification is not available to such Sponsor Director under LPL’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws or director indemnification agreement; provided, however, that if and to the extent that the foregoing undertaking may be unavailable or unenforceable for any reason (other than due to any (x) breach of this Agreement, (y) willful misconduct by such Indemnitee or any member of the Sponsor Group of which it is a member or (z) breach of the duty of loyalty by any Sponsor Director who is a member of the Sponsor Group of such Indemnitee (which, for the avoidance of doubt, will not include the Independent Director or any other Director who is not an Affiliate or employee of that Sponsor or its Affiliates (excluding LPL and its controlled Affiliates)) for which indemnification is not available to such Sponsor Director under LPL’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws or director indemnification agreement, LPL hereby agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities which is permissible under applicable law. For the purposes of this Section 6.7, none of the circumstances described in the limitations contained in the proviso in the immediately preceding sentence shall be deemed to apply absent a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to such effect, in which case to the extent any such limitation is so determined to apply to any Indemnitee as to any previously advanced indemnity payments made by LPL, then such payments shall be promptly repaid by such Indemnitee to LPL. The rights of any Indemnitee to indemnification hereunder will be in addition to any other rights any such Person may have under any other agreement or instrument to which such Indemnitee is or becomes a party or is or otherwise becomes a beneficiary or under law or regulation or under the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of LPL or any of its Subsidiaries. For purposes of this Section 6.7(a), (x) the “H&F Sponsor Group” shall mean the H&F Sponsors and each of their respective partners, stockholders, members, Affiliates (excluding LPL and its controlled Affiliates), directors, officers, fiduciaries, managers, controlling Persons, employees and agents and each of the partners, stockholders, members, Affiliates (excluding LPL and its controlled Affiliates), directors, officers, fiduciaries, managers, controlling Persons, employees and agents of each of the foregoing and (y) the “TPG Sponsor Group” shall mean the TPG Sponsor and each of its partners, stockholders, members, Affiliates (excluding LPL and its controlled Affiliates), directors, officers, fiduciaries, managers, controlling Persons, employees and agents and each of the partners, stockholders, members, Affiliates (excluding LPL and its controlled Affiliates), directors, officers, fiduciaries, managers, controlling Persons, employees and agents of each of the foregoing. For the avoidance of doubt, the H&F Sponsor Group shall include each Sponsor Director who is an H&F Director and is an Affiliate or employee of the H&F Sponsor or its Affiliates (excluding LPL and its controlled Affiliates), and the TPG Sponsor Group shall include each Sponsor Director who is a TPG Director and is an Affiliate or employee of the TPG Sponsor or its Affiliates (excluding LPL and its controlled Affiliates). “Sponsor Group” will mean each of the H&F Sponsor Group and the TPG Sponsor Group.

(b) LPL acknowledges and agrees that it shall be the full indemnitor of first resort in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses in connection with any Jointly Indemnifiable Claims (as defined below), pursuant to and in accordance with (as applicable) the terms of (i) the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), (ii) its certificate of incorporation, as amended, (iii) its bylaws, as amended, (iv) any director indemnification agreement, (v) this Agreement and (vi) any other agreement between LPL and the Indemnitee pursuant to which the Indemnitee is indemnified ((i) through (vi) collectively, the “Indemnification Sources”), irrespective of any right of recovery the Indemnitee may have from any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise from whom an Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification with respect to which, in whole or in part, LPL may also have an indemnification obligation (collectively, the “Secondary Indemnitors”) (i.e., LPL’s obligations to such Indemnitees are primary and any obligation of any Secondary Indemnitor to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same

loss or liability incurred by such Indemnitees is secondary to LPL’s obligations). LPL acknowledges and agrees that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by any such Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all liability and loss suffered by such Indemnitee (including, but not limited to, expenses (including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees and expenses), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee), without regard to any rights any such Indemnitee may have against any Secondary Indemnitor, and LPL irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases each Secondary Indemnitor from any and all claims against such Secondary Indemnitor for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. LPL shall indemnify each Secondary Indemnitor directly for any amounts that such Secondary Indemnitor pays as indemnification or advancement on behalf of any such Indemnitee and for which such Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification from LPL in connection with Jointly Indemnifiable Claims. No right of indemnification, advancement of expenses or other right of recovery that an Indemnitee may have from any Secondary Indemnitor shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the Indemnitee or the obligations of LPL hereunder. No advancement or payment by any Secondary Indemnitor on behalf of any such Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which such Indemnitee has sought indemnification from LPL shall affect the foregoing and the Secondary Indemnitors shall be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Indemnitee against LPL. Each Indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure the rights of such Indemnitee’s Secondary Indemnitors under this Section 6.7, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the Secondary Indemnitors effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights, including in the right of LPL. LPL and Indemnitee agree that each of the Secondary Indemnitors shall be third-party beneficiaries with respect to this Section 6.7, entitled to enforce this Section 6.7 as though each such Secondary Indemnitor were a party to this Agreement. For purposes of this Section 6.7, the term “Jointly Indemnifiable Claims” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any Indemnified Liabilities for which the Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification from both (1) LPL pursuant to the Indemnification Sources, on the one hand, and (2) any Secondary Indemnitor pursuant to any other agreement between any Secondary Indemnitor and the Indemnitee pursuant to which the Indemnitee is indemnified, the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of any Secondary Indemnitor and the certificate of incorporation, certificate of organization, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or other organizational or governing documents of any Secondary Indemnitor, on the other hand.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, for purposes of Section 6.7, the term Indemnitee shall not include any Sponsor Director in such Person’s capacity as a director of LPL or any of LPL’s Subsidiaries. Each Sponsor Director will be entitled to indemnification in his or her capacity as such solely pursuant to LPL’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws and each such Sponsor Director’s indemnification agreement(s) with LPL and any of LPL’s Subsidiaries.

Section 6.8. Expenses. LPL agrees to pay all reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel and an accountant retained by the Sponsors as a group and all reasonable out of pocket travel expenses of Sponsors in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Agreement and the IPO.

Section 6.9. Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered personally, telecopied (upon telephonic confirmation of receipt), on the first Business Day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next day courier service, or on the third Business Day following the date of mailing if delivered by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. All notices hereunder shall be delivered as set forth below, or

pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice.

If to LPL:

c/o LPL Holdings, Inc.
One Beacon Street, 22^nd Floor
Boston, Massachusetts 02108
Attention: Stephanie Brown
Fax: 617-556-2811

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Ropes & Gray LLP
One International Place
Boston, Massachusetts 02110
Attention: Julie H. Jones
Fax: (617) 951-7294

If to Sponsors:

c/o Texas Pacific Group
301 Commerce Street
Suite 3300
Fort Worth, TX 76102
Attention: Richard Schifter
Fax: (415) 743-1501

and

c/o Hellman & Friedman LLC
One Maritime Plaza, 12th Fl.
San Francisco, CA 94111
Attention: Allen Thorpe
Fax: (415) 788-0176

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
2550 Hanover Street
Palo Alto, CA 94034
Attention: Richard Capelouto
Fax: (650) 251-5002

Section 6.10. Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction.

(a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. The parties hereto agree that any suit, action or proceeding (“Litigation”)

seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be brought in any federal court located in the State of Delaware or any Delaware state court. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, counterclaim or otherwise, in any such Litigation, the defense of sovereign immunity, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts for any reason, other than the failure to serve process in accordance with this Section 6.10, that it or its property is exempt or immune from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process commenced in such courts (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of judgment, execution of judgment or otherwise), and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, that the Litigation in any such court is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of such Litigation is improper, or that this Agreement, or the subject matter hereof, may not be enforced in or by such particular courts and further irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the benefit of any defense that would hinder, fetter or delay the levy, execution or collection of any amount to which the party is entitled pursuant to the final judgment of any court having jurisdiction. Each of the parties irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all rights to trial by jury in connection with any Litigation arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

(b) Each of the parties hereto irrevocably consents to the service of process out of any of the aforementioned courts in any such Litigation by the mailing of copies thereof by registered mail, postage prepaid, to such party at its address set forth in this Agreement, such service of process to be effective upon acknowledgment of receipt of such registered mail.

(c) The parties hereto each expressly acknowledge that the foregoing waivers are intended to be irrevocable under the laws of the State of Delaware and of the United States of America; provided that consent by the parties hereto to jurisdiction and service contained in this Section 6.10 is solely for the purpose referred to in this Section 6.10 and shall not be deemed to be a general submission to said courts or in the State of Delaware other than for such purpose.

Section 6.11. Interpretation. The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”

Section 6.12. Term and Effectiveness.

(a) This Agreement shall become effective contemporaneously with the consummation of the IPO. This Agreement shall not become effective and shall automatically be of no force or effect if the IPO is not consummated on or before June 30, 2011.

(b) This Agreement shall terminate upon the later of the time that no Sponsor has the right to nominate at least one director pursuant to Section 2.2, the termination with respect to all Stockholders of Article IV pursuant to Section 4.14(a) and the expiration of the Shelf Period; provided, however, that Section 4.10, Section 4.11 and Section 4.13 shall survive as specified in Section 4.14(b) and Section 6.7 shall survive termination of this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS, INC.

By:     /s/ STEPHANIE L. BROWN_____
Name:    Stephanie L. Brown
Title:    Secretary and Vice President

HELLMAN & FRIEDMAN CAPITAL PARTNERS V, L.P.


By:	Hellman & Friedman Investors V, L.P., its general partner


By:	Hellman & Friedman LLC, its general partner

By:    /s/ ALLEN THORPE____________
Name:    Allen Thorpe
Title:    Managing Director

HELLMAN & FRIEDMAN CAPITAL PARTNERS V (PARALLEL), L.P.


By:	Hellman & Friedman Investors V, L.P., its general partner


By:	Hellman & Friedman LLC, its general partner

By:    /s/ ALLEN THORPE____________
Name:     Allen Thorpe
Title:     Managing Director

Hellman & Friedman Capital Associates V, L.P.


By:	Hellman & Friedman Investors V, L.P., its general partner


By:	Hellman & Friedman LLC, its general partner

By:    /s/ ALLEN THORPE____________
Name:    Allen Thorpe
Title:     Managing Director

TPG PARTNERS IV, L.P.


By:	TPG GenPar IV, L.P., its general partner


By:	TPG GenPar IV Advisors, LLC, its general partner

By: /s/ RONALD CAMI_____________

Name: Ronald Cami
Title: Vice President

FARALLON CAPITAL PARTNERS, L.P.


By:	Farallon Partners, L.L.C., its general partner

By: /s/ MICHAEL LINN_____________

Name: Michael Linn

Title: Managing Director

FARALLON CAPITAL INSTITUTIONAL PARTNERS, L.P.


By:	Farallon Partners, L.L.C., its general partner

By: /s/ MICHAEL LINN_____________

Name: Michael Linn

Title: Managing Director

FARALLON CAPITAL INSTITUTIONAL PARTNERS II, L.P.


By:	Farallon Partners, L.L.C., its general partner

By: /s/ MICHAEL LINN_____________

Name: Michael Linn

Title: Managing Director

FARALLON CAPITAL INSTITUTIONAL PARTNERS III, L.P.


By:	Farallon Partners, L.L.C., its general partner

By: /s/ MICHAEL LINN_____________

Name: Michael Linn

Title: Managing Director

Schedule 1

Beneficial Ownership of Capital Stock of

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC.



Stockholder	Capital Stock Ownership
Hellman & Friedman Capital Partners V, L.P.	30,077,594.7
Hellman & Friedman Capital Partners V (Parallel), L.P.	4,115,485.3
Hellman & Friedman Capital Associates V, L.P.	17,105.1
TPG Partners IV, L.P.	34,210,185
Farallon Capital Partners, L.P.	403,107.3
Farallon Capital Institutional Partners, L.P.	512,106
Farallon Capital Institutional Partners II, L.P.	87,167
Farallon Capital Institutional Partners III, L.P.	87,167

Exhibit A

INSTRUMENT OF JOINDER TO

STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

Reference is made to the Stockholders’ Agreement among LPL Investment Holdings Inc. (“LPL”) and the Stockholders listed on the signature pages thereto dated as of November 23, 2010 in effect from time to time (the “Stockholders’ Agreement”). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this instrument are used herein as defined in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

WHEREAS, [•] (“Transferee”) is an Affiliate of [insert name of Stockholder] (“Transferor”);

WHEREAS, Transferor has agreed to transfer [•] shares of LPL Common Stock to Transferee (the “Transfer”) and Transferee has agreed to accept the Transfer; and

WHEREAS, Transferee shall execute a joinder agreement to the Stockholders’ Agreement (“Joinder Agreement”) upon acceptance of the Transfer.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby confirm, covenant and agree as follows:

1.Agreement to be Bound to Terms of Stockholders’ Agreement. Immediately upon the execution and delivery of this Joinder Agreement by the Transferee, the Transferee (i) shall be made a party to the Stockholders’ Agreement and is deemed to be a “Stockholder” for all purposes therein and (ii) agrees to be bound by and subject to, and to comply with, all of the terms and provisions of the Stockholders’ Agreement. The Transferee further confirms and agrees that all shares of LPL Common Stock now owned or hereafter acquired by the Transferee shall be subject to the provisions of the Stockholders’ Agreement, including, but not limited to, that the certificate, or certificates or book entry units to be issued to the Transferee representing shares of LPL Common Stock shall be legended as set forth in the Stockholders’ Agreement.

2. Due Authorization. The Transferee hereby represents and warrants to LPL and the Stockholders that the Transferee has all requisite power and authority to enter into this Joinder Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery of this Joinder Agreement by the Transferee, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Stockholders’ Agreement, have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Transferee. This Joinder Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Transferee and it and the Stockholders’ Agreement constitutes valid and binding obligations of the Transferee enforceable in accordance with their terms. Neither the execution and delivery of this Joinder Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Stockholders’ Agreement, nor compliance with the terms hereof and thereof, will violate, conflict with or result in a breach or constitute a default (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) under any provision of the constitutive documents of the Transferee, any trust agreement, partnership agreement, loan or credit agreement, note, bond, mortgage, indenture, lease or other agreement, instrument, permit, concession, franchise, license, judgment, order, notice, decree, statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation applicable to the Transferee or to the Transferee’s property or assets.

3. Choice of Law. This Joinder Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with,

the domestic substantive laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule that would cause the application of the substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.

4. Counterparts. This Joinder Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (and by facsimile or portable document format (.pdf)), each of which shall be an original and all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page follows.]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Transferee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Stockholders’ Agreement as currently in effect and has duly executed this Joinder Agreement effective as of the date listed below.

[•]

By: ____________________________________

Name: _____________________________

Title: _____________________________

Dated as of [•].

ACKNOWLEDGED AND ACCEPTED:

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC.

By: ____________________________________

Name: ______________________________

Title: ______________________________

Dated as of [•].

Exhibit 10.25

AMENDMENT TO THE

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC.

2008 NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

Pursuant to Section 12 of the LPL Investment Holdings Inc. 2008 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”), the Plan is hereby amended as follows:

1.The second sentence of Section 11 of the Plan is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“Payment of applicable withholding taxes is the obligation of the Participant; provided, however, that a participant may satisfy tax withholding obligations through the withholding from distribution that number of shares of Common Stock as equals the minimum statutory tax withholding required in connection with the distribution, in each case in accordance with the policies or procedures established by the Administrator.”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, LPL Investment Holdings Inc. has caused this instrument of amendment to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of the 1^st day of December, 2011.

LPL INVESTMENT HOLDINGS INC.



By:	/s/ Stephanie L. Brown

Name:	Stephanie L. Brown
Title:	Secretary

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of Registrant



Subsidiary*	Entity Name	Jurisdiction of Incorporation	Name Under Which the Subsidiary Does Business
1	LPL Holdings, Inc.**	Massachusetts	LPL
2	PTC Holdings, Inc.**	Ohio	PTC
3	The Private Trust Company, N.A.	United States	PTC
4	LPL Financial LLC	California	LPL, LPL Financial
5	Independent Advisers Group Corporation	Delaware	IAG
6	UVEST Financial Services Group, Inc.	North Carolina	UVEST
7	LPL Insurance Associates, Inc.	Delaware	LPL, LPL Financial
8	LPL Independent Advisor Services Group LLC**	Delaware	LPL, LPL Financial
9	Mutual Service Corporation	Michigan	MSC

* All subsidiaries are wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by the Registrant.

** Holding companies.

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-151437 on Form S-8 of our reports dated February 27, 2012, relating to the consolidated financial statements of LPL Investment Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries, and the effectiveness of LPL Investment Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries' internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of LPL Investment Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2011.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Costa Mesa, California

February 27, 2012

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

I, Mark S. Casady, certify that:


1.	I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of LPL Investment Holdings Inc.;


2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;


3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;


4.	The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:


a.	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;


b.	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;


c.	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and


d.	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and


5.	The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):


a.	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and


b.	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 27, 2012



/s/ Mark S. Casady

Mark S. Casady
Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer)

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF THE PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

I, Robert J. Moore, certify that:


1.	I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of LPL Investment Holdings Inc.;


2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;


3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;


4.	The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:


a.	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;


b.	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;


c.	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and


d.	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and


5.	The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):


a.	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and


b.	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 27, 2012



/s/ Robert J. Moore

Robert J. Moore
Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer)

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of LPL Investment Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) for the period ending December 31, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Mark S. Casady, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:


1)	The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and


2)	The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

A signed original of this written statement has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the SEC or its staff upon request.

Date: February 27, 2012



/s/ Mark S. Casady

Mark S. Casady
Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of LPL Investment Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) for the period ending December 31, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Robert J. Moore, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:


1)	The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and


2)	The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

A signed original of this written statement has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the SEC or its staff upon request.

Date: February 27, 2012



/s/ Robert J. Moore

Robert J. Moore
Chief Financial Officer